PMC PM8610-BIAP

SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
PM8610
SBI Bus Serializer (SBS)
Telecom Standard Product
Data Sheet
Preliminary
Issue 3: May, 2001
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Legal Information
Copyright
© 2001 PMC-Sierra, Inc.
The information is proprietary and confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its customers’
internal use. In any event, you cannot reproduce any part of this document, in any form, without
the express written consent of PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PMC-2000168, (A3)
Disclaimer
None of the information contained in this document constitutes an express or implied warranty by
PMC-Sierra, Inc. as to the sufficiency, fitness or suitability for a particular purpose of any such
information or the fitness, or suitability for a particular purpose, merchantability, performance,
compatibility with other parts or systems, of any of the products of PMC-Sierra, Inc., or any
portion thereof, referred to in this document. PMC-Sierra, Inc. expressly disclaims all
representations and warranties of any kind regarding the contents or use of the information,
including, but not limited to, express and implied warranties of accuracy, completeness,
merchantability, fitness for a particular use, or non-infringement.
In no event will PMC-Sierra, Inc. be liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental or
consequential damages, including, but not limited to, lost profits, lost business or lost data
resulting from any use of or reliance upon the information, whether or not PMC-Sierra, Inc. has
been advised of the possibility of such damage.
Trademarks
SBI, SPECTRA, TEMUX, AAL1gator, and FREEDM are trademarks of PMC-Sierra, Inc.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
2
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Contacting PMC-Sierra
PMC-Sierra
8555 Baxter Place Burnaby, BC
Canada V5A 4V7
Tel: (604) 415-6000
Fax: (604) 415-6200
Document Information: [email protected]
Corporate Information: [email protected]
Technical Support: [email protected]
Web Site: http://www.pmc-sierra.com
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
3
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Table of Contents
1
Features.....................................................................................................................17
2
Applications ...............................................................................................................19
3
References ................................................................................................................20
4
Application Examples ................................................................................................21
5
Block Diagram ...........................................................................................................23
6
Loopback Configurations ...........................................................................................25
7
Description.................................................................................................................26
8
Pin Diagram ...............................................................................................................28
9
Pin Description...........................................................................................................29
10
Functional Description ...............................................................................................54
10.1 SBI Bus Data Formats ......................................................................................54
10.1.1 SBI Multiplexing Structure ....................................................................54
10.1.2 SBI Timing Master Modes ....................................................................56
10.1.3 SBI Link Rate Information ....................................................................57
10.1.4 Alarms ..................................................................................................58
10.1.5 T1 Tributary Mapping ...........................................................................59
10.1.6 E1 Tributary Mapping ...........................................................................62
10.1.7 DS3 Tributary Mapping.........................................................................65
10.1.8 E3 Tributary Mapping ...........................................................................66
10.1.9 Transparent VT1.5/TU11 Mapping .......................................................67
10.1.10 Transparent VT2/TU12 Mapping..........................................................69
10.1.11 Fractional Rate Tributary Mapping .......................................................71
10.1.12 SBI336 Bus Format..............................................................................71
10.1.13 SBI336 Multiplexing Structure ..............................................................72
10.2 Incoming SBI336 Timing Adapter......................................................................72
10.3 CAS Expanders.................................................................................................73
10.4 Memory Switch Units ........................................................................................73
10.4.1 Data Buffer ...........................................................................................73
10.4.2 Connection Memory .............................................................................74
10.5 CAS Merging.....................................................................................................74
10.6 Incoming SBI336 Tributary Translator...............................................................74
10.7 PRBS Processors .............................................................................................75
10.7.1 PRBS Generator ..................................................................................75
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
4
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
10.7.2 PRBS Detector .....................................................................................75
10.8 Transmit 8B/10B Encoders ...............................................................................75
10.8.1 SBI336S 8B/10B Character Encoding .................................................75
10.8.2 Serial TelecomBus 8B/10B Character Encoding..................................77
10.9 Transmit Serializer ............................................................................................79
10.10 LVDS Transmitters ............................................................................................79
10.11 Clock Synthesis Unit .........................................................................................79
10.12 Transmit Reference Generator .........................................................................79
10.13 LVDS Receivers ................................................................................................79
10.14 Data Recovery Units .........................................................................................79
10.15 Receive 8B/10B Decoders................................................................................80
10.15.1 FIFO Buffer...........................................................................................80
10.15.2 Serial SBI336S and TelecomBus Alignment ........................................80
10.15.3 Character Alignment Block...................................................................80
10.15.4 Frame Alignment ..................................................................................81
10.15.5 SBI336S Multiframe Alignment ............................................................82
10.16 Outgoing SBI336S Tributary Translator ............................................................83
10.16.1 Outgoing SBI336S Translation............................................................83
10.17 Outgoing SBI336 Timing Adapter......................................................................83
10.18 In-band Link Controller......................................................................................84
10.18.1 In-Band Signaling Channel Fixed Overhead........................................85
10.19 Microprocessor Interface ..................................................................................86
11
Normal Mode Register Description............................................................................91
12
Test Features Description........................................................................................278
12.1 Master Test and Test Configuration Registers ................................................278
12.2 JTAG Test Port ................................................................................................280
12.2.1 Boundary Scan Cells..........................................................................289
13
Operation .................................................................................................................292
13.1 “C1” Synchronization.......................................................................................292
13.2 Synchronized Control Setting Changes ..........................................................293
13.2.1 SBS/NSE Systems with DS0 and CAS switching ..............................293
13.2.2 SBS/NSE Systems switching DS0s without CAS ..............................295
13.2.3 SBS/NSE Non-DS0 Level Switching with SBI336 Devices................297
13.3 Switch Setting Algorithm .................................................................................297
13.3.1 Problem Description ...........................................................................298
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
5
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
13.3.2 Naïve Algorithm ..................................................................................298
13.3.3 Bi-partite graphs .................................................................................301
13.3.4 Unicast ...............................................................................................301
13.3.5 Experimental Results .........................................................................303
13.3.6 Multicast .............................................................................................303
13.4 JTAG Support..................................................................................................304
13.4.1 TAP Controller ....................................................................................306
13.4.2 States..................................................................................................307
13.4.3 Instructions .........................................................................................308
14
Functional Timing.....................................................................................................309
14.1 Incoming SBI336 Bus Functional Timing ........................................................309
14.2 Incoming SBI Bus Functional Timing ..............................................................310
14.3 Incoming 77 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing .......................................... 311
14.4 Incoming 19 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing ..........................................312
14.5 Transmit Serial LVDS Functional Timing ........................................................312
14.6 Transmit TelecomBus Functional Timing ........................................................314
14.7 Transmit SBI336 Bus Functional Timing.........................................................314
14.8 Receive TelecomBus Functional Timing .........................................................315
14.9 Receive SBI336 Functional Timing .................................................................316
14.10 Receive Serial LVDS Functional Timing .........................................................317
14.11 Outgoing 77.76 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing .....................................318
14.12 Outgoing 19.44 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing .....................................319
14.13 Outgoing SBI336 Functional Timing ...............................................................319
14.14 Outgoing SBI Bus Functional Timing ..............................................................320
15
Absolute Maximum Ratings.....................................................................................321
16
D. C. Characteristics................................................................................................322
17
Microprocessor Interface Timing Characteristics ....................................................324
18
A.C. timing Characteristics ......................................................................................327
18.1 SBS Incoming Bus Timing ..............................................................................327
18.2 SBS Receive Bus Timing ................................................................................328
18.3 SBS Outgoing Bus Timing ..............................................................................331
18.4 SBS Outgoing Bus Collision Avoidance Timing ..............................................332
18.5 SBS Transmit Bus Timing ...............................................................................333
18.6 JTAG Port Interface.........................................................................................335
19
Ordering and Thermal Information ..........................................................................336
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
6
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
19.1 Packaging Information ....................................................................................336
19.2 Thermal Information ........................................................................................336
20
Mechanical Information ...........................................................................................337
Notes ...............................................................................................................................338
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
7
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
List of Registers
Register 000H: SBS Master Reset....................................................................................92
Register 001H: SBS Master Configuration........................................................................93
Register 002H: SBS Version/Part Number........................................................................96
Register 003H: SBS Part Number/Manufacturer ID..........................................................97
Register 004H: SBS Master Bypass Register ...................................................................98
Register 005H: SBS Master SPE Control #1 ..................................................................100
Register 006H: SBS Master SPE Control #2 ..................................................................101
Register 007H: SBS Receive Synchronization Delay .....................................................102
Register 008H: SBS In-Bank Link User Bits....................................................................103
Register 009H: SBS Receive Configuration....................................................................104
Register 00AH: SBS Transmit Configuration ..................................................................106
Register 00BH: SBS Transmit J1 Configuration..............................................................108
Register 00CH: SBS Transmit V1 Configuration.............................................................109
Register 00DH: SBS Transmit H1-H2 Pointer Value....................................................... 110
Register 00EH: SBS Transmit Alternate H1-H2 Pointer Value........................................ 111
Register 00FH: SBS Transmit H1-H2 Pointer Selection ................................................. 112
Register 010H: SBS Master Interrupt Source ................................................................. 113
Register 011H: SBS Interrupt Register............................................................................ 116
Register 012H: SBS Interrupt Enable Register ............................................................... 118
Register 013H: SBS Loopback Configuration .................................................................120
Register 014H: SBS Master Signal Monitor #1, Accumulation Trigger ...........................121
Register 015H: SBS Master Signal Monitor #2 ...............................................................123
Register 016H: SBS Master Interrupt Enable .................................................................125
Register 017H: SBS Free User Register.........................................................................128
Register 020H: ISTA Incoming Parity Configuration .......................................................129
Register 021H: ISTA Incoming Parity Status ...................................................................131
Register 022H: ISTA TelecomBus Configuration.............................................................132
Register 028H: IMSU Configuration ................................................................................133
Register 029H: IMSU Interrupt Status and Memory Page Update Register ...................134
Register 02AH: IMSU Indirect Time Switch Address.......................................................135
Register 02BH: IMSU Indirect Time Switch Data ............................................................137
Register 030H: ICASM CAS Enable Indirect Access Address Register .........................138
Register 031H: ICASM CAS Enable Indirect Access Control Register...........................139
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
8
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 032H: ICASM CAS Enable Indirect Access Data Register ...............................140
Register 038H: ISTT Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Address
Register ..................................................................................................................141
Register 039H: ISTT Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Control
Register ..................................................................................................................142
Register 03AH: ISTT Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Data
Register ..................................................................................................................143
Register 040H: OSTT Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Address
Register ..................................................................................................................144
Register 041H: OSTT Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Control
Register ..................................................................................................................145
Register 042H: OSTT Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Data
Register ..................................................................................................................146
Register 048H: OMSU Configuration ..............................................................................147
Register 049H: OMSU Interrupt Status and Memory Page Update Register .................148
Register 04AH: OMSU Indirect Time Switch Address.....................................................149
Register 04BH: OMSU Indirect Time Switch Data ..........................................................151
Register 050H: OCASM CAS Enable Indirect Access Address Register........................152
Register 051H: OCASM CAS Enable Indirect Access Control Register .........................153
Register 052H: OCASM CAS Enable Indirect Access Data Register .............................154
Register 060H: OSTA Outgoing Configuration and Parity..............................................155
Register 061H: OSTA Outgoing J1 Configuration ...........................................................157
Register 062H: OSTA Outgoing V1 Configuration ..........................................................158
Register 063H: OSTA H1-H2 Pointer Value ....................................................................159
Register 064H: OSTA Alternate H1-H2 Pointer Value .....................................................160
Register 065H: OSTA H1-H2 Pointer Selection ..............................................................161
Register 066H: OSTA Tributary Output Enable Indirect Access Address Register .........162
Register 067H: OSTA Tributary Output Enable Indirect Access Control Register ..........163
Register 068H: OSTA Tributary Output Enable Indirect Access Data Register ..............164
Register 070h: WPP Indirect Address .............................................................................165
Register 071h: WPP Indirect Data...................................................................................167
Register 071h (IADDR = 0h): WPP Monitor STS-1 path Configuration ..........................168
Register 071h (IADDR = 1h): WPP Monitor PRBS[22:7] Accumulator ...........................170
Register 071h (IADDR = 2h): WPP Monitor PRBS[6:0] Accumulator .............................171
Register 071h (IADDR = 4h): WPP Monitor Error count .................................................172
Register 071h (IADDR = 8h): WPP Generator STS-1 path Configuration ......................173
Register 071h (IADDR = 9h): WPP Generator PRBS[22:7] Accumulator .......................175
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
9
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 071h (IADDR = Ah): WPP Generator PRBS[6:0] Accumulator.........................176
Register 072h: WPP Generator Payload Configuration ..................................................177
Register 073h: WPP Monitor Payload Configuration ......................................................179
Register 074h: WPP Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Status ................................................181
Register 075h: WPP Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Enable...............................................182
Register 079h: WPP Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Status.......................................183
Register 07Ah: WPP Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Enable .....................................184
Register 07Bh: WPP Monitor Synchronization State ......................................................185
Register 07Ch: WPP Performance Counters Transfer Trigger .......................................186
Register 080h: PPP Indirect Address ..............................................................................187
Register 081h: PPP Indirect Data....................................................................................189
Register 081h (IADDR = 0h): PPP Monitor STS-1 path Configuration ...........................190
Register 081h (IADDR = 1h): PPP Monitor PRBS[22:7] Accumulator ............................192
Register 081h (IADDR = 2h): PPP Monitor PRBS[6:0] Accumulator ..............................193
Register 081h (IADDR = 4h): PPP Monitor Error count ..................................................194
Register 081h (IADDR = 8h): PPP Generator STS-1 path Configuration .......................195
Register 081h (IADDR = 9h): PPP Generator PRBS[22:7] Accumulator ........................197
Register 081h (IADDR = Ah): PPP Generator PRBS[6:0] Accumulator..........................198
Register 082h: PPP Generator Payload Configuration ...................................................199
Register 083h: PPP Monitor Payload Configuration .......................................................201
Register 084h: PPP Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Status .................................................203
Register 085h: PPP Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Enable................................................204
Register 089h: PPP Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Status........................................205
Register 08Ah: PPP Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Enable ......................................206
Register 08Bh: PPP Monitor Synchronization State........................................................207
Register 08Ch: PPP Performance Counters Transfer Trigger ........................................208
Register 090H: WILC Transmit FIFO Data High .............................................................209
Register 091H: WILC Transmit FIFO Data Low ..............................................................210
Register 093H: WILC Transmit Control Register ............................................................ 211
Register 095H: WILC Transmit Status and FIFO Synch Register...................................212
Register 096H: WILC Receive FIFO Data High ..............................................................214
Register 097H: WILC Receive FIFO Data Low ...............................................................215
Register 099H: WILC Receive FIFO Control Register ....................................................216
Register 09AH: WILC Receive Auxiliary Register ...........................................................217
Register 09BH: WILC Receive Status and FIFO Synch Register ...................................218
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
10
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 09DH: WILC Interrupt Enable and Control Register. ........................................222
Register 09FH: WILC Interrupt Reason Register............................................................224
Register 0A0H: PILC Transmit FIFO Data High ..............................................................225
Register 0A1H: PILC Transmit FIFO Data Low...............................................................226
Register 0A3H: PILC Transmit Control Register .............................................................227
Register 0A5H: PILC Transmit Status and FIFO Synch Register ...................................228
Register 0A6H: PILC Receive FIFO Data High...............................................................230
Register 0A7H: PILC Receive FIFO Data Low................................................................231
Register 0A9H: PILC Receive FIFO Control Register.....................................................232
Register 0AAH: PILC Receive Auxiliary Register............................................................233
Register 0ABH: PILC Receive Status and FIFO Synch Register....................................234
Register 0ADH: PILC Interrupt Enable and Control Register..........................................238
Register 0AFH: PILC Interrupt Reason Register ............................................................240
Register 0B0H: TW8E Control and Status ......................................................................241
Register 0B1H: TW8E Interrupt Status............................................................................243
Register 0B2H: TW8E Time-slot Configuration #1 ..........................................................244
Register 0B3H: TW8E Time-slot Configuration #2 ..........................................................245
Register 0B4H: TW8E Test Pattern .................................................................................246
Register 0B5H: TW8E Analog Control ............................................................................247
Register 0B8H: TP8E Control and Status .......................................................................248
Register 0B9H: TP8E Interrupt Status.............................................................................250
Register 0BAH: TP8E Time-slot Configuration #1 ..........................................................251
Register 0BBH: TP8E Time-slot Configuration #2 ..........................................................252
Register 0BCH: TP8E Test Pattern .................................................................................253
Register 0BDH: TP8E Analog Control.............................................................................254
Register 0C0H: RW8D Control and Status......................................................................255
Register 0C1H: RW8D Interrupt Status...........................................................................258
Register 0C2H: RW8D LCV Count..................................................................................260
Register 0C3H: RW8D Analog Control............................................................................261
Register 0C8H: RP8D Control and Status.......................................................................262
Register 0C9H: RP8D Interrupt Status............................................................................265
Register 0CAH: RP8D LCV Count ..................................................................................267
Register 0CBH: RP8D Analog Control ............................................................................268
Register 0D0H: CSTR Control ........................................................................................269
Register 0D1H: CSTR Configuration and Status ............................................................270
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
11
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0D2H: CSTR Interrupt Status............................................................................271
Register 0E0H: REFDLL Configuration...........................................................................272
Register 0E3H: REFDLL Control Status..........................................................................273
Register 0E8H: SYSDLL Configuration...........................................................................275
Register 0EBH: SYSDLL Control Status .........................................................................276
Register 100H: Master Test .............................................................................................279
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
12
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
List of Figures
Figure 1 OC-48 T1/E1 ADM (Individually Drop/Add any T1/E1 in STS-48)....................21
Figure 2 OC-48 T1/E1 ADM (Drop/Add up to STS-48 at STS-1 Granularity) .................21
Figure 3 Any-Service-Any-Port NxDS0 TDM Access Solution........................................22
Figure 4 Any-Service-Any-Port T1/E1 Channelized PHY Card ......................................22
Figure 5 Quad 19 MHz SBI Bus/TelecomBus SBS Block Diagram ................................23
Figure 6 77 MHz SBI Bus/TelecomBus SBS Block Diagram ..........................................24
Figure 7 Loopback Block Diagram ..................................................................................25
Figure 8 Pin Diagram ......................................................................................................28
Figure 9 Character Alignment State Machine .................................................................81
Figure 10 Frame Alignment State Machine.....................................................................82
Figure 11 In-Band Signaling Channel Message Format .................................................85
Figure 12 In-Band Signaling Channel Header Format ....................................................85
Figure 13 Input Observation Cell (IN_CELL) ................................................................289
Figure 14 Output Cell (OUT_CELL) ..............................................................................290
Figure 15 Bidirectional Cell (IO_CELL) .........................................................................290
Figure 16 Layout of Output Enable and Bidirectional Cells...........................................291
Figure 17 “C1” Synchronization Control ........................................................................293
Figure 18 TEMUX™-84/SBS/NSE/SBS/AAL1gator™-32 System DS0 Switching
with CAS .......................................................................................................294
Figure 19 CAS Multiframe timing ..................................................................................295
Figure 20 Switch Timing DSOs with CAS .....................................................................295
Figure 21 TEMUX-84/SBS/NSE/SBS/FREEDM-336 System DS0 Switching No
CAS...............................................................................................................296
Figure 22 Switch Timing - DSOs without CAS ..............................................................296
Figure 23 Non DS0 Switch Timing ................................................................................297
Figure 24 Example Graph .............................................................................................299
Figure 25 Time:Space:Time Switching in one NSE-20G and four Single-Ported
SBSs .............................................................................................................300
Figure 26 Example Graph .............................................................................................301
Figure 27 Example Problem..........................................................................................302
Figure 28 Merged Graph ...............................................................................................302
Figure 29 Relabeled Graph ...........................................................................................303
Figure 30 Boundary Scan Architecture .........................................................................305
Figure 31 TAP Controller Finite State Machine.............................................................306
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
13
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 32 Incoming SBI336 Functional Timing .............................................................309
Figure 33 Incoming SBI Functional Timing ...................................................................310
Figure 34 Incoming 77 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing .......................................312
Figure 35 Incoming 19 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing .......................................312
Figure 36 Incoming TelecomBus to LVDS Functional Timing ......................................313
Figure 37 Incoming SBI Bus to LVDS Timing with DS0 Switching ...............................313
Figure 38 Transmit TelecomBus Functional Timing......................................................314
Figure 39 Transmit SBI336 Functional Timing Diagram ...............................................315
Figure 40 Receive TelecomBus Functional Timing.......................................................315
Figure 41 Receive SBI336 Functional Timing...............................................................316
Figure 42 Receive LVDS Link Timing ...........................................................................317
Figure 43 Outgoing Synchronization Timing .................................................................318
Figure 44 Outgoing 77.76 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing ..................................318
Figure 45 Outgoing 19.44 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing ..................................319
Figure 46 Outgoing SBI336 Functional Timing .............................................................320
Figure 47 Outgoing SBI Bus Functional Timing ............................................................320
Figure 48 Microprocessor Interface Read Timing .........................................................324
Figure 49 Microprocessor Interface Write Timing .........................................................326
Figure 50 SBS Incoming Timing....................................................................................328
Figure 51 SBS Receive Timing .....................................................................................330
Figure 52 SBS Outgoing Timing....................................................................................332
Figure 53 SBS Outgoing Bus Collision Avoidance Timing............................................333
Figure 54 SBS Transmit Timing ....................................................................................334
Figure 55 JTAG Port Interface Timing...........................................................................335
Figure 56 352 Pin UBGA 27 mm x 27 mm Body...........................................................337
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
14
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
List of Tables
Table 1 Structure for Carrying Multiplexed Links ............................................................55
Table 2 T1/TVT1.5 Tributary Column Numbering ...........................................................55
Table 3 E1/TVT2 Tributary Column Numbering..............................................................56
Table 4 T1/E1 Link Rate Information...............................................................................57
Table 5 T1/E1 Clock Rate Encoding ...............................................................................57
Table 6 DS3/E3 Link Rate Information............................................................................58
Table 7 DS3/E3 Clock Rate Encoding ............................................................................58
Table 8 T1 Framing Format.............................................................................................60
Table 9 T1 Channel Associated Signaling bits................................................................61
Table 10 E1 Framing Format ..........................................................................................63
Table 11 E1 Channel Associated Signaling bits .............................................................64
Table 12 DS3 Framing Format........................................................................................65
Table 13 DS3 Block Format ............................................................................................65
Table 14 DS3 Multi-frame Stuffing Format......................................................................66
Table 15 E3 Framing Format ..........................................................................................66
Table 16 E3 Frame Stuffing Format ................................................................................67
Table 17 Transparent VT1.5/TU11 Format .....................................................................68
Table 18 Transparent VT2/TU12 Format ........................................................................69
Table 19 Fractional Rate Format.....................................................................................71
Table 20 Structure for Carrying Multiplexed Links in SBI336..........................................72
Table 21 SBI336S Character Encoding ..........................................................................76
Table 22 Serial TelecomBus Character Encoding ..........................................................77
Table 23 In-band Message Header Fields ......................................................................85
Table 24 Test Mode Register Memory Map ..................................................................278
Table 25 Instruction Register (Length - 3 bits) ..............................................................280
Table 26 Identification Register.....................................................................................281
Table 27 Boundary Scan Register ................................................................................282
Table 28 Absolute Maximum Ratings............................................................................321
Table 29 D.C Characteristics ........................................................................................322
Table 30 Microprocessor Interface Read Access (Figure 48).......................................324
Table 31 Microprocessor Interface Write Access (Figure 49) .......................................326
Table 32 SBS Incoming Timing (Figure 50) ..................................................................327
Table 33 SBS Receive Timing (Figure 51)....................................................................328
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
15
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Table 34 SBS Outgoing Timing with 77.76 MHz SREFCLK (Figure 52) ......................331
Table 35 SBS Outgoing Timing with 19.44 MHz SREFCLK (Figure 52) ......................331
Table 36 SBS Outgoing Bus Collision Avoidance Timing (Figure 53) ..........................332
Table 37 SBS Transmit Timing (Figure 54)...................................................................333
Table 38 JTAG Port Interface (Figure 55) .....................................................................335
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
16
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
1
Features
•
The PM8610 SBI336 Bus Serializer (SBS) is a:
° Scalable Bandwidth Interconnect (SBI) converter and Time Division Multiplexer (TDM)
SBI switch.
° Quad byte-wide 19.44 MHz SBI bus to 777.6 MHz serial SBI336S converter.
° Byte-wide 77.76 MHz SBI336 bus to 777.6 MHz serial SBI336S converter.
° DS0, NxDS0, T1, E1, TVT1.5, TVT2, DS3 and E3 granular quad SBI to serial SBI336S
switch. Supports subrate link switching with the restriction that subrate links must be
symmetric in both the transmit and receive directions.
° DS0, NxDS0, T1, E1, TVT1.5, TVT2, DS3 and E3 granular SBI336 to serial SBI336S
switch. Supports subrate link switching with the restriction that subrate links must be
symmetric in both the transmit and receive directions.
Note: The byte-wide 77.76 MHz SBI336 bus interface can be used instead of the serial
SBI336S interface. All converter and switch capabilities can be used with the byte-wide
SBI interface.
°
°
°
°
°
VT channelized TelecomBus to TelecomBus converter and TDM switch. This requires
the telecombus J1 byte to be in a fixed location corresponding to a value of 0 or 522 that
is immediately following the C1 octets.
Quad byte-wide 19.44 MHz TelecomBus to serial 777.6 MHz TelecomBus converter.
Byte-wide 77.76 MHz TelecomBus to serial 777.6 MHz TelecomBus converter.
VT1.5, VT2, STS-1 quad 19.44 MHz TelecomBus to serial TelecomBus switch.
VT1.5, VT2, STS-1 77.76 MHz TelecomBus to serial TelecomBus switch.
Note: The byte-wide 77.76 MHz TelecomBus interface can be used instead of the serial
TelecomBus interface. All converter and switch capabilities can be used with the bytewide TelecomBus interface.
•
Can be used with the Narrowband Switch Elements, NSE-20G to implement a DS0
granularity SBI Memory:Space:Memory switch scalable to 20 Gbit/s and the NSE-8G to
implement a switch scalable to 8 Gbit/s. In TelecomBus mode, can implement a 20 Gbit/s
VT1.5/VT2 granularity Memory:Space:Memory switch.
•
Integrates two independent DS0 granularity Memory Switches. One switch is placed
between the incoming 77.76 MHz byte wide SBI336 bus (or quad multiplexed 19.44 MHz
SBI buses) and the transmit working and protect Serial SBI336S link (or the 77.76 MHz byte
wide transmit SBI336 bus). The transmit working and protect links transmit the same data.
The other switch is placed between the receive working or protect Serial SBI336S link (or the
77.76 MHz byte wide receive SBI336 bus) and the outgoing 77.76 MHz byte wide SBI336
bus (or quad multiplexed 19.44 MHz SBI buses).
•
Provides 125 µS nominal latency in DS0 mode. Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) latency
through the SBS in DS0 mode is two T1 multiframes (6 mS) or two E1 multiframes (4 mS).
•
Provides less than 16 µS nominal latency in TelecomBus mode or SBI mode without DS0
level switching.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
17
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
•
Permits any receive or incoming byte from an input port to be mapped to any outgoing or
transmit byte, respectively, on the associated output port through the Memory switch.
•
Supports redundant working and protect serial SBI336S links in support of a redundant
Memory:Space:Memory switch with the NSE.
•
Encodes and decodes byte wide SBI and SBI336 bus control signals for all SBI supported
link types and clock modes for transport over the serial SBI336S interface.
•
Encodes data from the incoming SBI bus or TelecomBus stream to a working and protect
777.6 Mbit/s LVDS serial links with 8B/10B-based encoding.
•
Decodes data from a working and protect 777.6 MHz LVDS serial links with 8B/10B-based
encoding to the outgoing SBI bus or TelecomBus stream.
•
In SBI mode, switches Channel Associated Signaling bits (CAS) with all DS0 data.
•
Uses 8B/10B-based line coding protocol on the serial links to provide transition density
guarantee and DC balance and to offer a greater control character vocabulary than the
standard 8B/10B protocol.
•
Provides optional pseudo-random bit sequence (PRBS) generation for each outgoing LVDS
serial data link for off-line link verification. PRBS can be inserted with STS-1 granularity.
•
Provides PRBS detection for each incoming LVDS serial link for off-line link verification.
PRBS is verified with STS-1 granularity.
•
Provides pins to coordinate updating of the connection map of the time-slot interchange
blocks in the local device, peer SBS devices and companion NSE switch device.
•
Can communicate with the NSE switch device over an in-band communications channel in
the LVDS links. This channel includes mechanisms for central control and configuration.
•
Derives all internal timing from a single 77.76 MHz system clock and a system frame pulse.
•
Implemented in 1.8 V/3.3 V 0.18 µm CMOS and packaged in a 352 ball 27 mm x 27 mm
UBGA package.
•
Consumes low power at 1.4 W.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
18
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
2
Applications
•
T1/E1 SONET/SDH Cross-connects
•
T1/E1 SONET/SDH Add-Drop Multiplexers
•
OC-48 Multiservice Access Multiplexers
•
Channelized OC-12/OC-48 Any Service Any Port Switches
•
Serial Backplane Board Interconnect
•
Shelf to Shelf Cabled Serial Interconnect
•
Voice Gateways
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
19
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
3
References
1. IEEE 802.3, “Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access
Method and Physical Layer Specifications”, Section 36.2, 1998.
2. A.X. Widmer and P.A. Franaszek, “A DC-Balanced, Partitioned-Block, 8B/10B Transmission
Code,” IBM Journal of Research and Development, Vol. 27, No 5, September 1983, pp 440451.
3. U.S. Patent No. 4,486,739, P.A. Franaszek and A.X. Widmer, “Byte Oriented DC Balanced
(0,4) 8B/10B Partitioned Block Transmission Code,” December 4, 1984.
4. Telcordia - SONET Transport Systems: Common Generic Criteria, GR-253-CORE, Issue 2,
Revision 2, January 1999.
5. ITU, Recommendation G.707 - "Digital Transmission Systems – Terminal equipments General", March 1996.
6. ITU, Rec Recommendation O.151 – “Error Performance Measuring Equipment Operating at
the Primary Rate and Above", October 1992.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
20
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
4
Application Examples
Figure 1 and Figure 2 show a PM8610 SBI336 Bus Serializer (SBS) connected to a TelecomBus
to implement a T1 or E1 Add/Drop function. When connected to a TelecomBus, the SBS and the
PM8620 or PM8621 Narrowband Switching Element (NSE) implements a T1/E1
Memory:Space:Memory switch. The SBS requires all path pointer justifications to be translated
into tributary pointer movements so that J1 is fixed to the location following C1 or H3. In both
examples, J1 alignment is performed with the TUPP-622. Switching within the SBS and NSE is
done using Transparent Virtual Tributary, TVT, mapping across the serial SBI336S LVDS links.
Figure 1 OC-48 T1/E1 ADM (Individually Drop/Add any T1/E1 in STS-48)
SPECTRA2488
4X
TUPP622
4X
SBS
NSE
4X
SBS
4X
TUPP622
SPECTRA2488
SBS
1X
TEMAP
-84
11 X
OCTLIU
Figure 2 OC-48 T1/E1 ADM (Drop/Add up to STS-48 at STS-1 Granularity)
SPECTRA2488
TBS
SPECTRA2488
TBS
TBS
4X
TUPP622
SBS
SBS
4X
SBS
NSE
SBS
SBS
TEMUX84
TEMUX84
TEMUX84
TEMUX84
TEMUX84
TEMUX84
TEMUX84
TEMUX84
TEMUX84
TEMUX84
TEMUX84
TEMUX84
TEMUX84
TEMUX84
TEMUX84
TEMUX84
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
21
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 3 and Figure 4 show examples of the SBS used to implement high density T1/E1
Channelized Physical Interface cards and NxDS0 Multiservice access cards using SBS and NSE
devices. DS0, NxDS0, T1, E1, Transparent VTs, E3, DS3 and sub-rate links can be switched
between the Physical Layer and Layer 2 devices using SBS and NSE devices.
Figure 3 Any-Service-Any-Port NxDS0 TDM Access Solution
SBS
FREEDM336
Any-PHY
(Packet)
SBS
4X
IMA-84
Any-PHY
(Cell)
SBS
12 X
AAL1gator32
Any-PHY
(Cell)
SBS
11 X
OCTLIU
NSE
Serial
Clock and
Data
DSP
Processors
Figure 4 Any-Service-Any-Port T1/E1 Channelized PHY Card
SPECTRA2488
TBS
4X
TEMUX-84
SBS
TBS
4X
TEMUX-84
SBS
TBS
NSE
TBS
4X
TEMUX-84
SBS
TBS
4X
TEMUX-84
SBS
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
22
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
5
Block Diagram
ICMP
IUSER
TC1FP
Figure 5 Quad 19 MHz SBI Bus/TelecomBus SBS Block Diagram
TDATA[7:0]
TDP
TPL
TV5
TJUST_REQ
TTPL
TTAIS
IDATA[4:1][7:0]
IDP[4:1]
IPL[4:1]
IV5[4:1]
IC1FP[4:1]
ITPL[4:1]
ITAIS[4:1]
Incoming
SBI
Tributary
Translator
(ISTT)
Incoming
Incoming
Incoming
Incoming
SBI336
Memory
CAS
CAS
Timing
Switch
Expand
Merge
Adaptor
Unit
(ICASE)
(ICASM)
(ISTA)
(IMSU)
1/2
Working
PRBS
Processor
(WPP)
1/2
Working
In-Band
Link
Controller
(WILC)
Transmit
Transmit
Working
Working
8B/10B
Serializer
Encoder
(TWPS)
(TW8E)
Transmit
Working
LVDS
Interface
(TWLV)
1/2
Protect
PRBS
Processor
(PPP)
1/2
Protect
In-Band
Link
Controller
(PILC)
Transmit
Transmit
Protect
Protect
8B/10B
Serializer
Encoder
(TPPS)
(TP8E)
Transmit
Protect
LVDS
Interface
(TPLV)
SREFCLK19
SREFCLK
SYSCLK
Tx
Ref
JUST_REQ[4:1]
ODATA[4:1][7:0]
ODP[4:1]
OPL[4:1]
OV5[4:1]
OC1FP[4:1]
OTPL[4:1]
OTAIS[4:1]
OACTIVE[4:1]
ODETECT[4:1]
Outgoing
SBI336
Timing
Adaptor
(OSTA)
Outgoing
CAS
Merge
(OCASM)
Outgoing
Memory
Switch
Unit
(OMSU)
Outgoing
CAS
Expand
(OCASE)
Outgoing
SBI
Tributary
Translator
(OSTT)
TPWRK
TNWRK
TPPROT
TNPROT
Clock
Synthesis
Unit
1/2
Working
PRBS
Processor
(WPP)
1/2
Working
In-Band
Link
Controller
(WILC)
Receive
Working
8B/10B
Decoder
(RW8D)
Working
Data
Recovery
Unit
(WDRU)
Receive
Working
LVDS
Interface
(RWLV)
1/2
Protect
PRBS
Processor
(PPP)
1/2
Protect
In-Band
Link
Controller
(PILC)
Receive
Protect
8B/10B
Decoder
(RP8D)
Protect
Data
Recovery
Unit
(PDRU)
Receive
Protect
LVDS
Interface
(RPLV)
RPWRK
RNWRK
RPPROT
RNPROT
RDATA[7:0]
RDP
RPL
RV5
RJUST_REQ
RTPL
RTAIS
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
TDI
TDO
TCK
TMS
TRSTB
RC1FP
OUSER
RWSEL
ALE
JTAG
INTB
RDB
CSB
WRB
RSTB
A[8:0]
D[15:0]
OCMP
Microprocessor Interface
23
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
ICMP
IUSER
TC1FP
Figure 6 77 MHz SBI Bus/TelecomBus SBS Block Diagram
TDATA[7:0]
TDP
TPL
TV5
TJUST_REQ
TTPL
TTAIS
IDATA[1][7:0]
IDP[1]
IPL[1]
IV5[1]
IC1FP[1]
ITPL[1]
ITAIS[1]
Incoming
SBI
Tributary
Translator
(ISTT)
Incoming
Incoming
Incoming
Incoming
SBI336
Memory
CAS
CAS
Timing
Switch
Expand
Merge
Adaptor
Unit
(ICASE)
(ICASM)
(ISTA)
(IMSU)
1/2
Working
PRBS
Processor
(WPP)
1/2
Working
In-Band
Link
Controller
(WILC)
Transmit
Transmit
Working
Working
8B/10B
Serializer
Encoder
(TWPS)
(TW8E)
Transmit
Working
LVDS
Interface
(TWLV)
1/2
Protect
PRBS
Processor
(PPP)
1/2
Protect
In-Band
Link
Controller
(PILC)
Transmit
Transmit
Protect
Protect
8B/10B
Serializer
Encoder
(TPPS)
(TP8E)
Transmit
Protect
LVDS
Interface
(TPLV)
Tx
Ref
SREFCLK
SYSCLK
JUST_REQ[1]
ODATA[1][7:0]
ODP[1]
OPL[1]
OV5[1]
OC1FP[1]
OTPL[1]
OTAIS[1]
OACTIVE[1]
ODETECT[1]
Outgoing
SBI336
Timing
Adaptor
(OSTA)
Outgoing
CAS
Merge
(OCASM)
Outgoing
Memory
Switch
Unit
(OMSU)
Outgoing
CAS
Expand
(OCASE)
Outgoing
SBI
Tributary
Translator
(OSTT)
TPWRK
TNWRK
TPPROT
TNPROT
Clock
Synthesis
Unit
1/2
Working
PRBS
Processor
(WPP)
1/2
Working
In-Band
Link
Controller
(WILC)
Receive
Working
8B/10B
Decoder
(RW8D)
Working
Data
Recovery
Unit
(WDRU)
Receive
Working
LVDS
Interface
(RWLV)
1/2
Protect
PRBS
Processor
(PPP)
1/2
Protect
In-Band
Link
Controller
(PILC)
Receive
Protect
8B/10B
Decoder
(RP8D)
Protect
Data
Recovery
Unit
(PDRU)
Receive
Protect
LVDS
Interface
(RPLV)
RPWRK
RNWRK
RPPROT
RNPROT
RDATA[7:0]
RDP
RPL
RV5
RJUST_REQ
RTPL
RTAIS
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
TDI
TDO
TCK
TMS
TRSTB
RC1FP
OUSER
RWSEL
ALE
JTAG
INTB
RDB
CSB
WRB
RSTB
A[8:0]
D[15:0]
OCMP
Microprocessor Interface
24
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
6
Loopback Configurations
ICMP
IUSER
TC1FP
Figure 7 Loopback Block Diagram
TDATA[7:0]
TDP
TPL
TV5
TJUST_REQ
TTPL
TTAIS
IDATA[4:1][7:0]
IDP[4:1]
IPL[4:1]
IV5[4:1]
IC1FP[4:1]
ITPL[4:1]
ITAIS[4:1]
Incoming
SBI
Tributary
Translator
(ISTT)
Incoming
Incoming
Incoming
Incoming
SBI336
Memory
CAS
CAS
Timing
Switch
Expand
Merge
Adaptor
Unit
(ICASE)
(ICASM)
(ISTA)
(IMSU)
1/2
Working
PRBS
Processor
(WPP)
1/2
Working
In-Band
Link
Controller
(WILC)
Transmit
Transmit
Working
Working
8B/10B
Serializer
Encoder
(TWPS)
(TW8E)
Transmit
Working
LVDS
Interface
(TWLV)
1/2
Protect
PRBS
Processor
(PPP)
1/2
Protect
In-Band
Link
Controller
(PILC)
Transmit
Transmit
Protect
Protect
8B/10B
Serializer
Encoder
(TPPS)
(TP8E)
Transmit
Protect
LVDS
Interface
(TPLV)
SREFCLK19
SREFCLK
SYSCLK
Tx
Ref
JUST_REQ[4:1]
ODATA[4:1][7:0]
ODP[4:1]
OPL[4:1]
OV5[4:1]
OC1FP[4:1]
OTPL[4:1]
OTAIS[4:1]
OACTIVE[4:1]
ODETECT[4:1]
Outgoing
SBI336
Timing
Adaptor
(OSTA)
Outgoing
CAS
Merge
(OCASM)
Outgoing
Memory
Switch
Unit
(OMSU)
Outgoing
CAS
Expand
(OCASE)
Outgoing
SBI
Tributary
Translator
(OSTT)
TPWRK
TNWRK
TPPROT
TNPROT
Clock
Synthesis
Unit
1/2
Working
PRBS
Processor
(WPP)
1/2
Working
In-Band
Link
Controller
(WILC)
Receive
Working
8B/10B
Decoder
(RW8D)
Working
Data
Recovery
Unit
(WDRU)
Receive
Working
LVDS
Interface
(RWLV)
1/2
Protect
PRBS
Processor
(PPP)
1/2
Protect
In-Band
Link
Controller
(PILC)
Receive
Protect
8B/10B
Decoder
(RP8D)
Protect
Data
Recovery
Unit
(PDRU)
Receive
Protect
LVDS
Interface
(RPLV)
RPWRK
RNWRK
RPPROT
RNPROT
RDATA[7:0]
RDP
RPL
RV5
RJUST_REQ
RTPL
RTAIS
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
TDI
TDO
TCK
TMS
TRSTB
RC1FP
OUSER
RWSEL
ALE
JTAG
INTB
RDB
CSB
WRB
RSTB
A[8:0]
D[15:0]
OCMP
Microprocessor Interface
25
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
7
Description
The PM8610 SBI336 Bus Serializer (SBS) is a monolithic integrated circuit that implements
conversion between a byte-serial 19.44 MHz SBI bus or 77.76 MHz SBI336 bus and a redundant
777.6 Mbit/s bit-serial 8B/10B-base SBI336S bus.
In TelecomBus mode, the SBS implements conversion between any 19.44 MHz TelecomBus or
77.76 MHz TelecomBus format and a redundant 777.6 Mbit/s bit-serial 8B/10B-base serial
TelecomBus format. In line with the bus conversion is a DS0 granular switch allowing any input
DS0 to be output on any output DS0. The redundant 777.6 Mbit/s serial interfaces can be disabled
and a byte-wide SBI336 bus can be enabled in its place with all the DS0 level switching
capabilities.
The SBS can be used to connect and switch high density T1/E1 framer devices supporting an SBI
bus with link layer devices supporting an SBI bus over a serial backplane. Placing a PM8620 or
PM8621 Narrowband Switch Element (NSE) between the framer and link layer devices allows up
to 20 Gbit/s NxDS0 switches to be constructed.
In the ingress direction, the SBS connects an incoming SBI stream to a pair of redundant serial
SBI336S LVDS links through a DS0 memory switch. The incoming SBI bus can be either a
single 77.76 MHz SBI bus (SBI336) or four 19.44 MHz SBI buses (SBI). In TelecomBus mode
an incoming 77.76 MHz TelecomBus or four 19.44 MHz TelecomBuses that have the J1 path
fixed and all high order pointer justifications converted to tributary pointer justifications can be
switched through a VT granular switch to a pair of redundant serial LVDS TelecomBus format
links. The incoming data is encoded into an extended set of 8B/10B characters and transferred
onto two redundant 777.6 Mbit/s serial LVDS links. SBI or TelecomBus frame boundaries,
pointer justification events and master timing controls are marked by 8B/10B control characters.
Incoming SPEs may be optionally overwritten with the locally generated X23 + X18 + 1 pseudorandom bit sequence (PRBS) pattern for diagnosis of downstream equipment. The PRBS
processor is configurable to handle any combination of SPEs and can be inserted independently
into either of the redundant LVDS links. A DS0 memory switch provides arbitrary mapping of
streams on the incoming SBI bus stream(s) to the working and protect LVDS links. In
TelecomBus mode, a VT1.5/VT2 memory switch provides arbitrary mapping of tributaries on the
incoming TelecomBus stream(s) to the working and protect LVDS links. Multi-cast is supported.
In the egress direction, the SBS connects two independent 777.6 Mbit/s serial LVDS links to an
outgoing SBI Bus. Each link contains a constituent SBI336S stream. Bytes on the links are
carried as 8B/10B characters. The SBS decodes the characters into data and control signals for a
single 77.76 MHz SBI336 bus or four 19.44 MHz SBI buses. Alternatively the SBS decodes two
independent 777.6 Mbit/s TelecomBus formatted serial LVDS links characters into a single 77.76
MHz or quad 19.44 MHz TelecomBuses. A PRBS processor is provided to monitor the decoded
payload for the X23 + X18 + 1 pattern in each SPE. The PRBS processor is configurable to handle
any combination of SPEs in the serial LVDS link. Data on the outgoing SBI bus stream(s) may
be sourced from either of the LVDS links.
An In-band signaling link over the serial LVDS links allows this device to be controlled by a
companion switching device, a Narrowband Switching Element, PM8620 NSE-20G. This link can
be used as communication link between a central processor and the local microprocessor.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
26
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Three loopbacks are provided on the SBS. The outgoing-to-incoming loopback allows data
entering the SBS on the receive interface to be looped back from the output of the OCASM to the
input of the ICASE and then returned to the transmit interface. The transmit 8B/10B-to-receive
8B/10B loopback allows data entering on the incoming bus to be looped back from the output of
the TW8E and TP8E to the input of the RW8D and RP8D, respectively. Only the data looped
back on the active link (working or protect) will make it back to the outgoing bus. The transmit
to receive loopback allows data entering on the incoming bus to be looped back from the output
of the ICASM to the input of the OCASE and then returned to the outgoing bus.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
27
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
8
Pin Diagram
The SBS is packaged in a 352-pin UBGA package having a body size of 27 mm by 27 mm and a
ball pitch of 1 mm.
Figure 8 Pin Diagram
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
8
7
6
5
4
A
VSS
VSS
RDP
RTAIS
NC
DVDDI
JUST_R NC
EQ[2]
B
VSS
DVDDO VSS
C
VSS
VSS
DVDDO NC
D
VSS
VSS
AVDH
DVDDO TJUST_ TDATA[1 TDATA[3 TDATA[6 DVDDO TPL
REQ
]
]
]
E
VSS
NC
AVDH
NC
NC
F
RESK
RES
NC
NC
IDATA[1][ IDATA[1][ NC
3]
5]
ITPL[1]
F
G
VSS
NC
NC
NC
IDATA[1][ IDP[1]
6]
IPL[1]
G
H
TNPROT TPPROT NC
NC
DVDDO IC1FP[1] ITAIS[1] ODATA[2
][0]
H
J
VSS
AVDH
NC
DVDDI
J
K
TPWRK TNWRK NC
NC
NC
ODATA[2 ODATA[2 ODATA[2
][2]
][5]
][7]
L
VSS
NC
ODATA[2 ODATA[2 ODP[2]
][4]
][6]
OV5[2]
L
M
RPWRK RNWRK ATB0
ATB1
OPL[2]
NC
M
N
RPPROT RNPROT NC
AVDL
DVDDO INTB
NC
VSS
N
P
AVDL
AVDL
CSU_AV
DH
TRSTB
TCK
VSS
P
R
ITPL[4]
ITAIS[4] AVDL
T
VSS
IPL[4]
U
IDATA[4] IDATA[4][ DVDDI
[6]
7]
V
VSS
W
NC
NC
TC1FP
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
TDATA[7 ODATA[1 TTPL
]
][1]
TDATA[0 TDATA[2 TDATA[4 ODP[1]
]
]
]
NC
NC
TTAIS
ODATA[1 NC
][2]
TDATA[5 ODATA[1 TDP
]
][0]
ODATA[1 ODATA[ ODATA[1 VSS
][3]
1][5]
][7]
ODETEC NC
T[1]
NC
TV5
ODATA[1 NC
][6]
DVDDI
VSS
OPL[1]
OTAIS[1] OTPL[1] NC
OACTIV ODATA[1 NC
E[1]
][4]
OV5[1]
RJUST_ RDATA[2 NC
REQ
]
RDATA[1 RDATA[4 RDATA[7 RTPL
]
]
]
OC1FP[1 RDATA[3 RDATA[6 RV5
]
]
]
DVDDO RDATA[0 RDATA[5 RPL
]
]
NC
OTAIS[2] OCMP
OACTIV SREFCL VSS
E[2]
K19
OTPL[2] ICMP
ODETEC SREFCL NC
T[2]
K
DVDDO NC
SYSCLK NC
352 UBGA
IV5[4]
BOTTOM VIEW
IC1FP[4] AVDH
3
IDP[4]
IDATA[4][ IDATA[4][ IDATA[4][
3]
4]
5]
2
1
VSS
VSS
A
DVDDO VSS
B
DVDDO VSS
DVDDO NC
IDATA[1][
0]
IDATA[1][ NC
1]
IDATA[1][ IDATA[1][ IDATA[1][
2]
4]
7]
IV5[1]
ODATA[2 ODATA[2
][1]
][3]
OC1FP[2 TDO
]
TMS
C
D
E
K
ODATA[3 ODATA[3 ODETEC TDI
][2]
][0]
T[3]
R
ODATA[3 ODATA[3 ODATA[3 ODATA[3
][7]
][5]
][3]
][1]
T
NC
U
ODP[3]
ODATA[3 ODATA[3
][6]
][4]
DVDDO OTPL[3] OPL[3]
OACTIV
E[3]
V
ITAIS[2] IDATA[4][ IDATA[4][ IDATA[4][
0]
2]
1]
NC
NC
W
Y
VSS
IC1FP[2] ITPL[2]
AVDH
IDATA[3][ A[0]
1]
JUST_R OTAIS[3]
EQ[1]
Y
AA
WRB
RDB
DVDDI
ALE
A[2]
A[1]
JUST_R OUSER2
EQ[3]
AA
AB
VSS
CSB
AVDH
DVDDO
NC
A[3]
NC
IDATA[3][
0]
AB
AC
VSS
VSS
AVDH
DVDDO RSTB
A[4]
DVDDI
AC
AD
VSS
VSS
DVDDO RWSEL ODETEC OV5[4]
T[4]
A[5]
AD
AE
VSS
DVDDO VSS
AF
VSS
VSS
RC1FP
JUST_R OTPL[4] DVDDO NC
EQ[4]
ODATA[4 ODATA[ IUSER2 DVDDO NC
][6]
4][2]
NC
D[14]
ODATA[4 NC
][7]
OACTIV OTAIS[4] ODP[4]
E[4]
D[15]
NC
ODATA[4 ODATA[4 NC
][4]
][1]
OC1FP[4 OPL[4]
]
DVDDI
ODATA[4 ODATA[4 NC
][5]
][3]
NC
ODATA[ D[12]
4][0]
D[13]
IDATA[2][ D[8]
4]
ITAIS[3] DVDDO D[5]
ITPL[3]
IDATA[2][ IDATA[2][ D[7]
6]
1]
D[11]
NC
IV5[2]
IDATA[2][ IDATA[2][ IDATA[2][ DVDDI
7]
3]
0]
IC1FP[3] IDATA[3][ IDATA[3][ IDATA[3][ D[0]
7]
6]
2]
VSS
DVDDO VSS
AE
D[10]
VSS
VSS
IDP[2]
IV5[3]
IPL[3]
D[6]
IDATA[3][ D[3]
5]
A[8]
VSS
VSS
AF
8
7
6
5
3
2
1
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
IDATA[3][ D[1]
3]
DVDDO NC
IPL[2]
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
D[4]
A[7]
D[9]
IDATA[2][ IDATA[2][ NC
5]
2]
IDP[3]
IDATA[3][ D[2]
4]
OC1FP[3 OV5[3]
]
A[6]
4
DVDDO VSS
28
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
9
Pin Description
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
Function
Receive Serial Data Interface (5 Signals)
RPWRK
RNWRK
Analog
LVDS
Input
M26
M25
Receive Working Serial Data. In SBI336 mode, the differential
receive working serial data link (RPWRK/RNWRK) carries the
receive 77.76 MHz SBI336 data from an upstream working source,
in bit serial format, SBI336S.
In TelecomBus mode, RPWRK/RNWRK carries the receive 77.76
MHz TelecomBus from an upstream working source, in bit serial
format.
Data on RPWRK/RNWRK is encoded in an 8B/10B format
extended from IEEE Std. 802.3. The 8B/10B character bit ‘a’ is
expected first and the bit ‘j’ is expected last.
RPWRK/RNWRK are nominally 777.6 Mbit/s data streams.
RPPROT
RNPROT
Analog
LVDS
Input
N26
N25
Receive Protect Serial Data. In SBI336 mode, the differential
receive protect serial data link (RPPROT/RNPROT) carries the
receive 77.76 MHz SBI336 data from an upstream protect source,
in bit serial format, SBI336S.
In TelecomBus mode, RPPROT/RNPROT carries the receive
77.76 MHz TelecomBus from an upstream protection source, in bit
serial format.
Data on RPPROT/RNPROT is encoded in an 8B/10B format
extended from IEEE Std. 802.3. The 8B/10B character bit ‘a’ is
expected first and the bit ‘j’ is expected last.
RPPROT/RNPROT are nominally 777.6 Mbit/s data streams.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
29
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
RC1FP
Input
AF24
Function
Receive Serial Frame Pulse. The receive serial SBI336S frame
pulse signal (RC1FP) provides system timing of the receive serial
interface. When using the receive parallel interface, this signal
indicates the first C1 byte on the bus.
Using the Receive Serial Interface:
When using the receive serial interface, RC1FP is set high once
every multiframe (4 frames for SBI without CAS, 48 frames for SBI
with CAS, and 4 frames for TelecomBus), or multiple thereof. The
RC1FP_DLY[13:0] bits (register 007H) are used to align the C1
frame boundary 8B/10B character on the receive serial interface
(RPWRK/RNWRK and RPPROT/RNPROT) with RC1FP.
Using the Receive Parallel Interface:
In SBI mode, this signal also indicates multiframe alignment which
occurs every 4 frames, therefore this signal is pulsed every fourth
C1 octet to produce a 2KHz multiframe signal. The frame pulse
does not need to be repeated every 2KHz as the SBS will flywheel
in its absence.
When using the SBI bus in synchronous mode the RC1FP signal
can be used to indicate T1 and E1 multiframe alignment by pulsing
on 48 SBI frame boundaries. This must be done if CAS is to be
switched along with the data.
In TelecomBus mode, this signal may also be pulsed to indicate
the J1 byte position and the byte following J1. The J1 byte position
must be locked to an offset of either 0 or 522. The byte following
J1 is used to indicate multiframe alignment and should only pulse
once every 4 frames marking the frame with the V1s.
RC1FP is sampled on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
Receive SBI336 Interface (14 Signals)
RDATA[7]
RDATA[6]
RDATA[5]
RDATA[4]
RDATA[3]
RDATA[2]
RDATA[1]
RDATA[0]
Input
B9
C10
D11
B10
C11
A10
B11
D12
Receive Data (RDATA[7:0]). This is the receive SBI336 data bus
when configured for SBI336 byte-wide interface instead of the
Serial SBI336S interface. When in TelecomBus mode this is the
data bus for 77.76 MHz TelecomBus. The receive data bus is a
time division multiplexed bus which transports tributaries by
assigning them to fixed octets within the SBI or TelecomBus
structure.
In SBI336 mode, multiple devices can drive this bus at uniquely
assigned tributary columns within the SBI336 bus structure.
RDATA[7:0] is sampled on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
RDATA[7:0] have integral pull-up resistors.
RDP
Input
A8
Receive Data Parity (RDP). This is the receive data bus parity
when configured for the Receive byte-wide interface. This signal
carries the even or odd parity for the receive bus signals. In SBI336
mode, the parity calculation encompasses the RDATA[7:0], RPL
and RV5 signals. In TelecomBus mode, the parity calculation
encompasses the RDATA[7:0] and optionally the RC1FP and RPL
signals.
Multiple devices can drive this signal at uniquely assigned tributary
columns within the fixed structure. This parity signal is intended to
detect multiple sources in the column assignment.
RDP is sampled on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
RDP has an integral pull-up resistor.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
30
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
RPL
Input
D10
Function
Receive Payload (RPL). This receive SBI336 data bus payload
signal indicates valid tributary payload data when configured for the
receive SBI336 byte-wide interface. In TelecomBus mode this
signal indicates valid path payload.
In SBI336 mode:
This active high signal indicates valid data within the SBI336
structure. This signal is high during all octets making up a tributary
which includes all octets shaded grey in the framing format tables.
This signal goes high during the V3 or H3 octet within a tributary to
accommodate negative timing adjustments between the tributary
rate and the fixed SBI336 bus structure. This signal goes low
during the octet following the V3 or H3 octet within a tributary to
accommodate positive timing adjustments between the tributary
rate and the fixed SBI336 bus structure. For fractional rate links
this signal indicates that the current octet is carrying valid data
when high.
Multiple SBI336 devices can drive this signal at uniquely assigned
tributary columns within the SBI336 bus structure.
In TelecomBus mode:
This signal distinguishes between transport overhead bytes and
synchronous payload bytes. RPL is set high to mark each payload
byte on RDATA[7:0] and is set low to mark each transport
overhead byte on RDATA[7:0].
RPL is sampled on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
RPL has an integral pull-up resistor.
RV5
Input
C9
Receive Payload Indicator (RV5). This is the receive payload
indicator that locates the floating payload on the SBI336 or
TelecomBus when configured for the receive byte-wide interface.
In SBI336 mode:
This active high signal locates the position of the floating payloads
for each tributary within the SBI336 structure. Timing differences
between the port timing and the SBI336 bus timing are indicated by
adjustments of this payload indicator relative to the fixed SBI336
structure. All movements indicated by this signal must be
accompanied by appropriate adjustments in the RPL signal.
Multiple devices can drive this signal at uniquely assigned tributary
columns within the SBI336 structure.
In TelecomBus mode:
This signal identifies tributary payload frame boundaries on the
receive parallel data bus. RV5 is set high to mark the V5 bytes on
the bus.
RV5 is sampled on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
RV5 has an integral pull-up resistor.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
31
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
RTPL
Input
B8
Function
Receive Tributary Payload (RTPL). This signal indicates valid
tributary payload data when configured for the receive byte-wide
TelecomBus interface.
RTPL is set high during valid VC11 and VC12 bytes. RTPL is set
low for all transport overhead bytes, high order path overhead
bytes, fixed stuff column bytes and tributary transport overhead
bytes (V1,V2,V3,V4).
RTPL is ignored when configured for SBI336 mode.
RTPL is sampled on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
RTPL has an integral pull-up resistor.
RTAIS
Input
A7
Receive Tributary AIS Indicator (RTAIS). This signal indicates
tributaries in low order path AIS state when configured for the
receive byte-wide TelecomBus interface.
RTAIS is set high when the tributary on the receive bus is in AIS
state and is set low when the tributary is out of AIS state.
RTAIS is ignored when configured for SBI336 mode.
RTAIS is sampled on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
RTAIS has an integral pull-up resistor.
RJUST_REQ
Input
A11
Receive Justification Request (RJUST_REQ). This is the receive
side justification request when configured for SBI336 byte-wide
interface instead of the Serial SBI336S interface and when
connecting to a PHY device. This signal is not used when
connecting to a SBI336 link layer device nor when in TelecomBus
mode.
The SBI336 Bus Justification Request signal, RJUST_REQ, is
used to speed up, slow down or maintain the minimal rate of a
slave timed SBI device.
This active high signal indicates negative timing adjustments on the
SBI336 bus when asserted high during the V3 or H3 octet,
depending on the tributary type. In response to this the slave timed
SBI336 device should send an extra byte in the V3 or H3 octet of
the next frame along with a valid payload signal indicating a
negative justification.
This signal indicates positive timing adjustments on the SBI336 bus
when asserted high during the octet following the V3 or H3 octet,
depending on the tributary type. The slave timed SBI336 device
should respond to this by not sending an octet during the V3 or H3
octet of the next frame along with a valid payload signal indicating
a positive justification.
For fractional rate links this signal is asserted high during any
available information byte to indicate to the slave timed SBI336
device that the timing master device is able to accept another byte
of data. For every byte that this signal is asserted high the slave
device is expected to send a valid byte of data.
RJUST_REQ
(continued)
All timing adjustments from the slave timed device in response to
the justification request must still set the payload and payload
indicators appropriately for timing adjustments.
RJUST_REQ is sampled on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
RJUST_REQ has an integral pull-up resistor.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
32
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
Function
Outgoing SBI Bus (68 Signals)
OC1FP[4]
OC1FP[3]
OC1FP[2]
OC1FP[1]
Output
AF23
W3
M3
C12
Outgoing C1 Frame Pulse (OC1FP[4:1]). This signal indicates
the first C1 octet on the outgoing SBI or TelecomBus.
In SBI/SBI336 mode:
This signal also indicates multiframe alignment which occurs every
4 frames, therefore this signal is pulsed every fourth C1 octet to
produce a 2KHz multiframe signal.
When using the SBI bus in synchronous mode the OC1FP signal
indicates T1 and E1 signaling multiframe alignment by pulsing on
48 SBI frame boundaries. This must be done if CAS is to be
switched along with the data.
For both 19.44 MHz SBI and 77.76 MHz SBI336 buses, only
OC1FP[1] will indicate the C1 byte position and OC1FP[4:2] are
held low.
In TelecomBus mode:
This signal may also be pulsed to indicate the J1 byte position and
the byte following J1. The J1 byte position is locked to an offset of
either 0 or 522. The byte following J1 is used to indicate
multiframe alignment and is only pulsed once every 4 frames
marking the frame with the V1s.
For a 77.76 MHz TelecomBus, only OC1FP[1] is used and
OC1FP[4:2] are held low. For a 19.44 MHz TelecomBus,
OC1FP[4:1] are all generated with the same C1 frame alignment.
OC1FP[4:1] is updated on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
33
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
ODATA[4][7]
ODATA[4][6]
ODATA[4][5]
ODATA[4][4]
ODATA[4][3]
ODATA[4][2]
ODATA[4][1]
ODATA[4][0]
Tristate
Output
AD18
AC17
AF19
AE18
AF18
AC16
AE17
AD16
ODATA[3][7]
ODATA[3][6]
ODATA[3][5]
ODATA[3][4]
ODATA[3][3]
ODATA[3][2]
ODATA[3][1]
ODATA[3][0]
T4
U2
T3
U1
T2
R4
T1
R3
ODATA[2][7]
ODATA[2][6]
ODATA[2][5]
ODATA[2][4]
ODATA[2][3]
ODATA[2][2]
ODATA[2][1]
ODATA[2][0]
K1
L3
K2
L4
J1
K3
J2
H1
ODATA[1][7]
ODATA[1][6]
ODATA[1][5]
ODATA[1][4]
ODATA[1][3]
ODATA[1][2]
ODATA[1][1]
ODATA[1][0]
A15
C15
A16
D15
A17
B19
A20
C19
ODP[4]
ODP[3]
ODP[2]
ODP[1]
Tristate
Output
AE21
U3
L2
B20
Function
Outgoing Data (ODATA[4:1][7:0]). The Outgoing Data buses,
ODATA[4:1][7:0], are separate time division multiplexed buses
which transport tributaries by assigning them to fixed octets within
the SBI or TelecomBus structure.
In 19.44 MHz SBI mode, The SBS can drive this bus at uniquely
assigned tributary columns within the SBI bus structure.
ODATA[1][7:0] can be either a 19.44 MHz SBI or TelecomBus
when combined with ODATA[4:2][7:0] or can be used as a
standalone 77.76 MHz SBI336 or TelecomBus.
ODATA[4:2][7:0] are held tri-state when configured for 77.76 MHz
operation.
ODATA[4:1][7:0] are updated on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
Outgoing Bus Data Parity (ODP[4:1]). The outgoing data parity
signals carry the even or odd parity for the corresponding outgoing
buses. In SBI/SBI336 modes, the parity calculation for ODP[x]
encompasses the ODATA[x][7:0], OPL[x] and OV5[x] signals. In
TelecomBus mode, the parity calculation encompasses the
ODATA[x][7:0] and optionally the OC1FP[x] and OPL[x] signals.
In 19.44 MHz SBI mode, The SBS can drive this bus at uniquely
assigned tributary columns within the SBI bus structure. This parity
signal is intended to detect conflicts in the tributary assignment.
ODP[1] can be part of either a 19.44 MHz SBI or TelecomBus
when combined with ODP[4:2] or can be used as part of a
standalone 77.76 MHz SBI336 or TelecomBus.
ODP[4:2] are held tri-state when configured for 77.76 MHz
operation.
ODP is updated on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
34
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
OPL[4]
OPL[3]
OPL[2]
OPL[1]
Tristate
Output
AF22
V2
M4
A12
Function
Outgoing Bus Payload (OPL[4:1]). The outgoing payload signal,
OPL[x], indicates valid tributary data within each of the
corresponding SBI buses. In TelecomBus mode, this signal
indicates valid path payload.
In SBI/SBI336 mode:
This active high signal is asserted during all octets making up a
tributary which includes all octets shaded grey in the framing
format tables. This signal goes high during the V3 or H3 octet
within a tributary to accommodate negative timing adjustments
between the tributary rate and the fixed SBI bus structure. This
signal goes low during the octet after the V3 or H3 octet within a
tributary to accommodate positive timing adjustments between the
tributary rate and the fixed SBI bus structure. For fractional rate
links this signal indicates that the current octet is carrying valid data
when high.
In 19.44 MHz SBI mode, the SBS can drive this signal at uniquely
assigned tributary columns within the SBI bus structure.
In locked TVT mode, this signal must be driven in the same
manner as for floating TVTs.
In TelecomBus mode:
This signal distinguishes between transport overhead bytes and
synchronous payload bytes. OPL[x] is set high to mark each
payload byte on ODATA[x][7:0] and is set low to mark each
transport overhead byte.
OPL[4]
OPL[3]
OPL[2]
OPL[1]
(continued)
OPL[1] can be part of either a 19.44 MHz SBI or TelecomBus when
combined with OPL[4:2] or can be used as part of a standalone
77.76 MHz SBI336 or TelecomBus.
OPL[4:2] are held tri-state when configured for 77.76 MHz
operation.
OPL[x] is updated on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
35
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
OV5[4]
OV5[3]
OV5[2]
OV5[1]
Tristate
Output
AD21
W2
L1
C13
Function
Outgoing Bus Payload Indicator (OV5[4:1]). The active high
signal, OV5[x], locates the position of the floating payload for each
tributary within each of the corresponding outgoing SBI/SBI336 or
TelecomBuses.
In SBI/SBI336 mode:
This active high signal locates the position of the floating payloads
for each tributary within the SBS/SBI336 structure. Timing
differences between the port timing and the bus timing are
indicated by adjustments of this payload indicator relative to the
fixed bus structure. All movements indicated by this signal must be
accompanied by appropriate adjustments in the OPL[x] signal.
In 19.44 MHz SBI mode, the SBS can drive this signal at uniquely
assigned tributary columns within the SBI bus structure.
In locked TVT mode or fractional rate link mode this signal may be
driven but must be ignored by the receiving device.
In TelecomBus mode:
This signal identifies tributary payload frame boundaries on the
corresponding outgoing data bus. OV5[x] is set high to mark the
V5 bytes on the bus.
OV5[1] can be part of either a 19.44 MHz SBI or TelecomBus when
combined with OV5[4:2] or can be used as part of a standalone
77.76 MHz SBI336 or TelecomBus.
OV5[4:2] are held tri-state when configured for 77.76 MHz
operation.
OV5[x] is updated on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
JUST_REQ[4]
JUST_REQ[3]
JUST_REQ[2]
JUST_REQ[1]
Bidir
AC21
AA2
A4
Y2
Shared Bus Justification Request (JUST_REQ[4:1]). The SBI
Bus Justification Request signal, JUST_REQ[x], is used to speed
up, slow down or maintain the minimal rate of a slave timed SBI
device.
When the SBS is configured to be connected to a physical layer
device, JUST_REQ[4:1] is an input. In SBI mode, JUST_REQ[4:1]
is aligned to OC1FP[1] and the Outgoing bus. In SBI336 mode,
JUST_REQ[1] is aligned to the IC1FP[1] and Incoming Bus.
When the SBS is configured to be connected to a link layer device,
JUST_REQ[4:1] is an output. In SBI mode, JUST_REQ[4:1] is
aligned to IC1FP[1] and the Incoming bus. In SBI336 mode,
JUST_REQ[1] is aligned to OC1FP[1] and the Outgoing bus.
This active high signal, JUST_REQ[x], indicates negative timing
adjustments on the corresponding SBI bus when asserted high
during the V3 or H3 octet, depending on the tributary type. In
response to this the slave timed SBI device should send an extra
byte in the V3 or H3 octet of the next frame along with a valid
payload signal indicating a negative justification.
This signal indicates positive timing adjustments on the
corresponding SBI bus when asserted high during the octet
following the V3 or H3 octet, depending on the tributary type. The
slave timed SBI device should respond to this by not sending an
octet during the V3 or H3 octet of the next frame along with a valid
payload signal indicating a positive justification.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
36
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
JUST_REQ[4]
JUST_REQ[3]
JUST_REQ[2]
JUST_REQ[1]
(continued)
Function
For fractional rate links this signal is asserted high during any
available information byte to indicate to the slave timed SBI device
that the timing master device is able to accept another byte of data.
For every byte that this signal is asserted high the slave device is
expected to send a valid byte of data.
All timing adjustments from the slave timed device in response to
the justification request must still set the payload and payload
indicators appropriately for timing adjustments.
JUST_REQ[1] can be part of either a 19.44 MHz SBI bus when
combined with JUST_REQ[4:2] or can be used as part of a
standalone 77.76 MHz SBI336 bus.
JUST_REQ[4:1] is configured as an input in TelecomBus mode
and is ignored.
JUST_REQ[4:1] is asserted and sampled on the rising edge of
SREFCLK.
OACTIVE[4]
OACTIVE[3]
OACTIVE[2]
OACTIVE[1]
Output
AE23
V1
B5
D16
Outgoing Bus Active Indicator (OACTIVE[4:1]). The active high
Outgoing SBI Bus Active Indicator signal, OACTIVE[x], is asserted
high during all octets when driving data and control signals,
ODATA[x][7:0], ODP[x], OPL[x] and OV5[x], onto the bus.
All other SBI devices driving the bus listen to this signal to detect
multiple sources driving the bus which can occur due to
configuration problems.
OACTIVE[4:1] is only valid when the SBS is configured for a 19.44
MHz SBI bus. In all other modes, OACTIVE[4:1] is held low.
OACTIVE[x] is updated on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
ODETECT[4]
ODETECT[3]
ODETECT[2]
ODETECT[1]
Input
AD22
R2
C6
B17
Outgoing Bus Active Detector (ODETECT[4:1]). This input
listens to the OR of all other SBI device ACTIVE signals.
When another device is driving OACTIVE[x] high and this device
detects ODETECT[x] is high from that other device it signals a
collision and tristates the bus to minimize or eliminate contention.
Tristating is only done with the 19.44 MHz SBI buses.
The AND of OACTIVE[x] and ODETECT[x] is sampled on the rising
edge of SREFCLK to indicate that a collision occurred and can be
used to indicate contention to management procedures.
ODETECT[4:1] is only valid when the SBS is configured for a 19.44
MHz SBI bus. In all other modes, ODETECT[4:1] is ignored.
ODETECT[4:1] have integral pull-up resistors.
OTPL[4]
OTPL[3]
OTPL[2]
OTPL[1]
Tristate
Output
AC20
V3
C8
B13
Outgoing Tributary Payload (OTPL[4:1]). This signal is used to
indicate tributary payload when configured for TelecomBus and is
held low when configured for SBI or SBI336 buses.
OTPL[x] is set high during valid VC11 and VC12 bytes of the
corresponding Outgoing bus. OTPL[x] is set low for all transport
overhead bytes, high order path overhead bytes, fixed stuff column
bytes and tributary transport overhead bytes (V1,V2,V3,V4).
OTPL[1] can be part of either a 19.44 MHz TelecomBus when
combined with OTPL[4:2] or can be used as part of a standalone
77.76 MHz TelecomBus.
OTPL[4:2] are held tri-state when configured for 77.76 MHz
operation.
OTPL[x] is updated on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
37
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
OTAIS[4]
OTAIS[3]
OTAIS[2]
OTAIS[1]
Tristate
Output
AE22
Y1
B7
B14
Function
Outgoing Tributary Alarm Indication Signal (OTAIS[4:1]). This
signal indicates tributaries in low order path AIS state for the
corresponding Outgoing TelecomBus and is held low when
configured for SBI or SBI336 buses.
OTAIS[x] is set high when the tributary on the corresponding
Outgoing bus is in AIS state and is set low when the tributary is out
of AIS state.
OTAIS[1] can be part of either a 19.44 MHz TelecomBus when
combined with OTAIS[4:2] or can be used as part of a standalone
77.76 MHz TelecomBus.
OTAIS[4:2] are held tri-state when configured for 77.76 MHz
operation.
OTAIS[x] is updated on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
Incoming SBI Bus (56 Signals)
IC1FP[4]
IC1FP[3]
IC1FP[2]
IC1FP[1]
Input
T24
AE8
Y25
H3
Incoming C1 Frame Pulse (IC1FP[4:1]). This signal indicates the
first C1 octet on the incoming SBI or TelecomBus.
In SBI/SBI336 mode:
This signal also indicates multiframe alignment which occurs every
4 frames, therefore this signal is pulsed every fourth C1 octet to
produce a 2KHz multiframe signal. The frame pulse does not need
to be repeated every 2KHz as the SBS will flywheel in its absence.
When using the SBI bus in synchronous mode the IC1FP signal
can be used to indicate T1 and E1 multiframe alignment by pulsing
on 48 SBI frame boundaries. This must be done if CAS is to be
switched along with the data.
For both 19.44 MHz SBI and 77.76 MHz SBI336 buses, only
IC1FP[1] is used and IC1FP[4:2] are ignored.
In TelecomBus mode:
This signal may also be pulsed to indicate the J1 byte position and
the byte following J1. The J1 byte position must be locked to an
offset of either 0 or 522. The byte following J1 is used to indicate
multiframe alignment and should only pulse once every 4 frames
marking the frame with the V1s.
IC1FP[4]
IC1FP[3]
IC1FP[2]
IC1FP[1]
(continued)
IC1FP[1] can be part of either a 19.44 MHz TelecomBus when
combined with IC1FP[4:2] or can be used as part of a standalone
77.76 MHz TelecomBus. When using a 19.44 MHz TelecomBus,
all 4 C1 positions must be aligned and the four signals, IC1FP[4:1],
are logically OR’ed together internally.
IC1FP[4:1] is sampled on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
IC1FP[4:2] have integral pull-up resistors.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
38
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
IDATA[4][7]
IDATA[4][6]
IDATA[4][5]
IDATA[4][4]
IDATA[4][3]
IDATA[4][2]
IDATA[4][1]
IDATA[4][0]
Input
U25
U26
V23
V24
V25
W24
W23
W25
IDATA[3][7]
IDATA[3][6]
IDATA[3][5]
IDATA[3][4]
IDATA[3][3]
IDATA[3][2]
IDATA[3][1]
IDATA[3][0]
AE7
AE6
AF5
AC7
AD6
AE5
Y4
AB1
IDATA[2][7]
IDATA[2][6]
IDATA[2][5]
IDATA[2][4]
IDATA[2][3]
IDATA[2][2]
IDATA[2][1]
IDATA[2][0]
AE12
AD12
AF11
AC12
AE11
AF10
AD11
AE10
IDATA[1][7]
IDATA[1][6]
IDATA[1][5]
IDATA[1][4]
IDATA[1][3]
IDATA[1][2]
IDATA[1][1]
IDATA[1][0]
E1
G4
F3
E2
F4
E3
D2
C1
IDP[4]
IDP[3]
IDP[2]
IDP[1]
Input
U23
AD8
AF12
G3
Function
Incoming Bus Data (IDATA[4:1][7:0]). The Incoming data buses,
IDATA[4:1][7:0], are separate time division multiplexed buses
which transports tributaries by assigning them to fixed octets within
the SBI or TelecomBus structure.
Multiple SBI/SBI336 devices can drive this bus at uniquely
assigned tributary columns within the SBI/SBI336 bus structure.
IDATA[1][7:0] can be either a 19.44 MHz SBI or TelecomBus when
combined with IDATA[4:2][7:0] or can be used as a standalone
77.76 MHz SBI336 or TelecomBus.
IDATA[4:1][7:0] is sampled on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
IDATA[4:2][7:0] have integral pull-up resistors.
Incoming Bus Data Parity (IDP[4:1]). The Incoming data parity
signals carry the even or odd parity for the corresponding Incoming
buses. In SBI/SBI336 modes, the parity calculation encompasses
the IDATA[x][7:0], IPL[x] and IV5[x] signals. In TelecomBus mode,
the parity calculation encompasses the IDATA[x][7:0] and
optionally the IC1FP[x] and IPL[x] signals.
Multiple SBI/SBI336 devices can drive this signal at uniquely
assigned tributary columns within the SBI/SBI336 bus structure.
This parity signal is intended to detect multiple sources in the
column assignment.
IDP[1] can be part of either a 19.44 MHz SBI or TelecomBus when
combined with IDP[4:2] or can be used as part of a standalone
77.76 MHz SBI336 or TelecomBus.
IDP[x] is sampled on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
IDP[4:2] have integral pull-up resistors.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
39
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
IPL[4]
IPL[3]
IPL[2]
IPL[1]
Input
T25
AF7
AD13
G1
Function
Incoming Bus Payload (IPL[4:1]). The Incoming Payload signal,
IPL[4:1], indicates valid tributary data within each of the
corresponding SBI buses. In TelecomBus mode, this signal
indicates valid path payload.
In SBI/SBI336 mode:
This active high signal is asserted during all octets making up a
tributary which includes all octets shaded grey in the framing
format tables. This signal goes high during the V3 or H3 octet
within a tributary to accommodate negative timing adjustments
between the tributary rate and the fixed SBI/SBI336 structure. This
signal goes low during the octet following the V3 or H3 octet within
a tributary to accommodate positive timing adjustments between
the tributary rate and the fixed SBI/SBI336 structure. For fractional
rate links this signal indicates that the current octet is carrying valid
data when high.
Multiple SBI/SBI336 devices can drive this signal at uniquely
assigned tributary columns within the SBI/SBI336 structure.
For locked TVTs, this signal must be driven in the same manner as
for floating TVTs.
In TelecomBus mode:
This signal distinguishes between transport overhead bytes and
the synchronous payload bytes. IPL[x] is set high to mark each
payload byte on IDATA[x][7:0] and is set low to mark each
transport overhead byte..
IPL[1] can be part of either a 19.44 MHz SBI or TelecomBus when
combined with IPL[4:2] or can be used as part of a standalone
77.76 MHz SBI336 or TelecomBus.
IPL[x] is sampled on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
IPL[4:2] have integral pull-up resistors.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
40
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
IV5[4]
IV5[3]
IV5[2]
IV5[1]
Input
R23
AF8
AE13
G2
Function
Incoming Bus Payload Indicator (IV5[4:1]). This signal locates
the position of the floating payload for each tributary within each of
the incoming SBI/SBI336 or TelecomBuses.
In SBI/SBI336 mode:
This active high signal locates the position of the floating payloads
for each tributary within the SBI/SBI336 structure. Timing
differences between the port timing and the bus timing are
indicated by adjustments of this payload indicator relative to the
fixed bus structure. All movements indicated by this signal must be
accompanied by appropriate adjustments in the IPL[x] signal.
Multiple SBI/SBI336 devices can drive this signal at uniquely
assigned tributary columns within the SBI/SBI336 structure.
For locked TVTs, this signal must either be driven in the same
manner as for floating TVTs or held low.
In TelecomBus mode:
This signal identifies tributary payload frame boundaries on the
corresponding incoming data bus. IV5[x] is set high to mark the V5
bytes on the bus.
IV5[1] can be part of either a 19.44 MHz SBI or TelecomBus when
combined with IV5[4:2] or can be used as part of a standalone
77.76 MHz SBI336 or TelecomBus.
IV5[x] is sampled on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
IV5[4:2] have integral pull-up resistors.
ITPL[4]
ITPL[3]
ITPL[2]
ITPL[1]
Input
R26
AD9
Y24
F1
Incoming Tributary Payload (ITPL[4:1]). This signal is used to
indicate tributary payload when configured for TelecomBus and is
unused when configured for SBI or SBI336 buses.
ITPL[x] is set high during valid VC11 and VC12 bytes of the
corresponding Incoming bus. ITPL[x] is set low for all transport
overhead bytes, high order path overhead bytes, fixed stuff column
bytes and tributary transport overhead bytes (V1,V2,V3,V4).
ITPL[1] can be part of either a 19.44 MHz TelecomBus when
combined with ITPL[4:2] or can be used as part of a standalone
77.76 MHz TelecomBus.
ITPL[x] is sampled on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
ITPL[4:2] have integral pull-up resistors.
ITAIS[4]
ITAIS[3]
ITAIS[2]
ITAIS[1]
Input
R25
AC10
W26
H2
Incoming Tributary Alarm Indication Signal (ITAIS[4:1]). This
signal indicates tributaries in low order path AIS state for the
corresponding Incoming TelecomBus and is unused when
configured for SBI or SBI336 buses.
ITAIS[x] is set high when the tributary on the corresponding
Incoming bus is in AIS state and is set low when the tributary is out
of AIS state.
ITAIS[1] can be part of either a 19.44 MHz TelecomBus when
combined with ITAIS[4:2] or can be used as part of a standalone
77.76 MHz TelecomBus.
ITAIS[x] is sampled on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
ITAIS[4:2] have integral pull-up resistors.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
41
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
Function
Transmit Serial Data Interface (4 Signals)
TPWRK
TNWRK
Analog
LVDS
Output
K26
K25
Transmit Working Serial Data. In SBI336 mode, the differential
transmit working serial data link (TPWRK/TNWRK) carries a
transmit 77.76 MHz SBI336 data stream to a downstream working
sink, in bit serial format, SBI336S.
In TelecomBus mode, TPWRK/TNWRK carries the transmit 77.76
MHz TelecomBus data stream to a downstream working sink, in bit
serial format.
Data on TPWRK/TNWRK is encoded in an 8B/10B format
extended from IEEE Std. 802.3. The 8B/10B character bit ‘a’ is
transmitted first and the bit ‘j’ is transmitted last.
TPWRK/TNWRK are nominally 777.6 Mbit/s data streams.
TPPROT
TNPROT
Analog
LVDS
Output
H25
H26
Transmit Protect Serial Data. In SBI336 mode, the differential
transmit protect serial data link (TPPROT/TNPROT) carries a
transmit 77.76 MHz SBI336 data stream to a downstream protect
sink, in bit serial format, SBI336S.
In TelecomBus mode, TPPROT/TNPROT carries the transmit
77.76 MHz TelecomBus data stream to a downstream protection
sink, in bit serial format.
Data on TPPROT/TNPROT is encoded in an 8B/10B format
extended from IEEE Std. 802.3. The 8B/10B character bit ‘a’ is
transmitted first and the bit ‘j’ is transmitted last.
TPPROT/TNPROT are nominally 777.6 Mbit/s data streams.
Transmit SBI336 Interface (15 Signals)
TC1FP
Output
A24
Transmit Serial SBI Frame Pulse. The transmit serial SBI frame
pulse signal (TC1FP) provides system timing of the transmit serial
interface. When using the transmit parallel interface, this signal
indicated the first C1 octet on the transmit SBI336 or TelecomBus.
Using the Transmit Serial Interface:
TC1FP is set high to indicate that the C1 frame boundary 8B/10B
character has been serialized out on the transmit working serial
data link (TPWRK/TNWRK) and the transmit protection serial data
link (TPPROT/ TNPROT). TC1FP is output every 4 frame for SBI
mode without CAS and for TelecomBus mode. TC1FP is output
every 48 frames for SBI mode with CAS.
Using the Transmit Parallel Interface:
In SBI/SBI336 mode, this signal also indicates multiframe
alignment which occurs every 4 frames, therefore this signal is
pulsed every fourth C1 octet to produce a 2KHz multiframe signal.
When using the SBI bus in synchronous mode the TC1FP signal
indicates T1 and E1 signaling multiframe alignment by pulsing on
48 SBI frame boundaries. This must be done if CAS is to be
switched along with the data.
In TelecomBus mode, this signal may also be pulsed to indicate
the J1 byte position and the byte following J1. The J1 byte position
is locked to an offset of either 0 or 522. The byte following J1 is
used to indicate multiframe alignment and is only pulsed once
every 4 frames marking the frame with the V1s.
TC1FP is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
42
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
Function
TDATA[7]
TDATA[6]
TDATA[5]
TDATA[4]
TDATA[3]
TDATA[2]
TDATA[1]
TDATA[0]
Output
A21
D19
C20
B21
D20
B22
D21
B23
Transmit Data (TDATA[7:0]). This is the transmit data bus when
configured for the Transmit byte-wide interface. The transmit data
bus is a time division multiplexed bus which transports tributaries
by assigning them to fixed octets within the 77.76 MHz SBI336 or
TelecomBus structure.
TDP
Output
C18
Transmit Data Parity (TDP). This is the transmit data bus parity
when configured for the Transmit byte-wide interface. This signal
carries the even or odd parity for the transmit bus signals. In
SBI336 mode, the parity calculation encompasses the TDATA[7:0],
TPL and TV5 signals. In TelecomBus mode, the parity calculation
encompasses the TDATA[7:0] and optionally the TC1FP and TPL
signals.
TDATA[7:0] is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
TDP is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
TPL
Output
D17
Transmit Payload (TPL). The transmit SBI336 data bus payload
signal indicates valid tributary payload data when configured for the
transmit SBI336 byte-wide interface. In TelecomBus mode this
signal indicates valid path payload.
In SBI336 mode:
This active high signal indicates valid data within the SBI336
structure. This signal is high during all octets making up a tributary
which includes all octets shaded grey in the framing format tables.
This signal goes high during the V3 or H3 octet within a tributary to
accommodate negative timing adjustments between the tributary
rate and the fixed SBI336 structure. This signal goes low during the
octet following the V3 or H3 octet within a tributary to
accommodate positive timing adjustments between the tributary
rate and the fixed SBI336 structure. For fractional rate links this
signal indicates that the current octet is carrying valid data when
high.
In TelecomBus mode:
This signal distinguishes between transport overhead bytes and
synchronous payload bytes. TPL is set high to mark each payload
byte on TDATA[7:0] and is set low to mark each transport
overhead byte on TDATA[7:0].
TPL is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
43
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
TV5
Output
C17
Function
Transmit Payload Indicator (TV5). The transmit payload indicator
(TV5) locates the floating payload on the SBI336 or TelecomBus
when configured for the transmit byte-wide interface.
In SBI336 mode:
This active high signal locates the position of the floating payloads
for each tributary within the SBI336 structure. Timing differences
between the port timing and the SBI336 bus timing are indicated by
adjustments of this payload indicator relative to the fixed SBI336
structure. All movements indicated by this signal must be
accompanied by appropriate adjustments in the TPL signal.
In TelecomBus mode:
This signal identifies tributary payload frame boundaries on the
transmit parallel data bus. TV5 is set high to mark the V5 bytes on
the bus.
TV5 is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
TTPL
Output
A19
Transmit Tributary Payload (TTPL). This signal indicates valid
tributary payload data when configured for transmit byte-wide
TelecomBus interface.
TTPL is set high during valid VC11 and VC12 bytes. TTPL is set
low for all transport overhead bytes, high order path overhead
bytes, fixes stuff column bytes and tributary transport overhead
bytes (V1,V2,V3,V4).
TTPL is held low in SBI336 mode.
TTPL is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
TTAIS
Output
A18
Transmit Tributary AIS Indicator (TAIS). This signal indicates
tributaries in low order path AIS state when configured for the
transmit byte-wide TelecomBus interface.
TTAIS is set high when the tributary on the transmit bus is in AIS
state and is set low when the tributary is out of AIS state.
TTAIS is held low in SBI336 mode
TTAIS is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
44
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
TJUST_REQ
Output
D22
Function
Transmit Justification Request (TJUST_REQ). This is the
transmit side justification request when configured for SBI336 bytewide interface instead of the Serial SBI336S interface and when
connecting to a link layer device. This signal is held low when
connecting to a SBI336 physical layer device or when in
TelecomBus mode.
The SBI336 Bus Justification Request signal, TJUST_REQ, is used
to speed up, slow down or maintain the minimal rate of a slave
timed SBI336 device.
This active high signal indicates negative timing adjustments on the
SBI336 bus when asserted high during the V3 or H3 octet,
depending on the tributary type. In response to this the slave timed
SBI336 device should send an extra byte in the V3 or H3 octet of
the next receive frame along with a valid payload signal indicating
a negative justification.
This signal indicates positive timing adjustments on the SBI336 bus
when asserted high during the octet following the V3 or H3 octet,
depending on the tributary type. The slave timed SBI336 device
should respond to this by not sending an octet during the V3 or H3
octet of the next receive frame along with a valid payload signal
indicating a positive justification.
For fractional rate links this signal is asserted high during any
available information byte to indicate to the slave timed SBI336
device that the timing master device is able to accept another byte
of data. For every byte that this signal is asserted high the slave
device is expected to send a valid byte of data.
TJUST_REQ
(continued)
All timing adjustments from the slave timed device in response to
the justification request must still set the payload and payload
indicators appropriately for timing adjustments.
TJUST_REQ is updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
Microprocessor Interface (30 Signals)
CSB
Input
AB25
Chip Select Bar. The active low chip select signal (CSB) controls
microprocessor access to registers in the SBS device. CSB is set
low during SBS Microprocessor Interface Port register accesses.
CSB is set high to disable microprocessor accesses.
If CSB is not required (i.e. register accesses controlled using RDB
and WRB signals only), CSB should be connected to an inverted
version of the RSTB input.
RDB
Input
AA25
Read Enable Bar. The active low read enable bar signal (RDB)
controls microprocessor read accesses to registers in the SBS
device. RDB is set low and CSB is also set low during SBS
Microprocessor Interface Port register read accesses. The SBS
drives the D[15:0] bus with the contents of the addressed register
while RDB and CSB are low.
WRB
Input
AA26
Write Enable Bar. The active low write enable bar signal (WRB)
controls microprocessor write accesses to registers in the SBS
device. WRB is set low and CSB is also set low during SBS
Microprocessor Interface Port register write accesses. The
contents of D[15:0] are clocked into the addressed register on the
rising edge of WRB while CSB is low.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
45
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
Function
D[15]
D[14]
D[13]
D[12]
D[11]
D[10]
D[9]
D[8]
D[7]
D[6]
D[5]
D[4]
D[3]
D[2]
D[1]
D[0]
I/O
AE20
AD19
AF16
AD15
AE15
AF15
AD14
AC11
AD10
AF6
AC8
AD7
AF4
AC6
AD5
AE4
Microprocessor Data Bus. The bi-directional data bus, D[15:0] is
used during SBS Microprocessor Interface Port register reads and
write accesses. D[15] is the most significant bit of the data words
and D[0] is the least significant bit.
A[8]/TRS
A[7]
A[6]
A[5]
A[4]
A[3]
A[2]
A[1]
A[0]
Input
AF3
AC5
AD4
AD1
AC2
AB3
AA4
AA3
Y3
Microprocessor Address Bus. The microprocessor address bus
(A[8:0]) selects specific Microprocessor Interface Port registers
during SBS register accesses.
ALE
Input
AA23
Address Latch Enable. The address latch enable signal (ALE) is
active high and latches the address bus (A[11:0]) when it is set low.
The internal address latches are transparent when ALE is set high.
ALE allows the SBS to interface to a multiplexed address/data bus.
ALE has an integral pull up resistor.
INTB
Open
Drain
Output
N3
Interrupt Request Bar. The active low interrupt enable signal
(INTB) output goes low when an SBS interrupt source is active and
that source is unmasked. INTB returns high when the interrupt is
acknowledged via an appropriate register access. INTB is an open
drain output.
A[8] is also the Test Register Select (TRS) address pin and selects
between normal and test mode register accesses. TRS is set high
during test mode register accesses, and is set low during normal
mode register accesses.
General Function (9 Signals)
SYSCLK
Input
D6
SBI System Clock. The 77 MHz SBI reference clock signal,
SYSCLK, is the master clock for the SBS device. SYSCLK is a
77.76 MHz clock, with a nominal 50% duty cycle. RC1FP,
RDATA[7:0], RDP, RPL, RV5, RTPL, RTAIS and RJUST_REQ are
sampled on the rising edge of SYSCLK. TC1FP, TDATA[7:0],
TDP, TPL, TV5, TTPL, TAIS and TJUST_REQ are updated on the
rising edge of SYSCLK.
SREFCLK19
Output
B4
19.44 MHz SBI Reference Clock. The19.44 MHz SBI reference
clock signal, SREFCLK19, is a reference for 19.44 MHz SBI bus
and TelecomBus interfaces. SREFCLK19 is a 19.44 MHz clock,
with a nominal 50% duty cycle and is generated from the 77.76
MHz SYSCLK.
When the incoming and outgoing buses are running at 19.44 MHz,
this signal should be tied to SREFCLK.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
46
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
SREFCLK
Input
C5
Function
SBI Reference Clock. The SBI reference clock, SREFCLK, is a
reference for the incoming and outgoing SBI bus and TelecomBus
interfaces. SREFCLK is either a 77.76 MHz clock with a nominal
50% duty cycle or a 19.44 MHz clock with a nominal 50% duty
cycle. IC1FP, IDATA[4:1][7:0], IDP[4:1], IPL[4:1], IV5[4:1],
ITPL[4:1], ITAIS[4:1] and JUST_REQ[4:1] are sampled on the
rising edge of SREFCLK. OC1FP, ODATA[4:1][7:0], ODP[4:1],
OPL[4:1], OV5[4:1], OTPL[4:1], OTAIS[4:1] and JUST_REQ[4:1]
are updated on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
When the incoming and outgoing buses are running at 77.76 MHz,
this signal should be tied to SYSCLK.
When the incoming and outgoing buses are running at 19.44 MHz,
this signal should be tied to SREFCLK19.
ICMP
Input
C7
Incoming Connection Memory Page. The incoming connection
memory page select signal, ICMP, controls the selection of the
connection memory page in the Incoming Memory Switch Unit,
IMSU. When ICMP is set high, connection memory page 1 is
selected. When ICMP is set low, connection memory page 0 is
selected.
The byte location during which ICMP is sampled is dependant on
the mode of operation.
4-Frame SBI/SBI336 mode:
ICMP is sampled at the C1 byte position of the incoming bus on the
first frame of the 4-frame multiframe (marked by IC1FP[1]).
Changes to the connection memory page selection is synchronized
to the frame boundary (A1 byte position) of the next four frame
multiframe.
48-Frame SBI/SBI336 mode:
ICMP is sampled at the C1 byte position of the incoming bus on the
first frame of the 48-frame multiframe (marked by IC1FP[1]).
Changes to the connection memory page selection is synchronized
to the frame boundary (A1 byte position) of the next 48-frame
multiframe.
TelecomBus mode:
ICMP is sampled at the C1 byte position of every frame on the
incoming bus (marked by IC1FP[4:1]). Changes to the connection
memory page selection are synchronized to the frame boundary
(A1 byte position) of the next frame.
CMP is sampled on the rising edge of SREFCLK.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
47
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
OCMP
Input
B6
Function
Outgoing Connection Memory Page. The outgoing connection
memory page select signal, OCMP, controls the selection of the
connection memory page in the Outgoing Memory Switch Unit,
OMSU. When OCMP is set high, connection memory page 1 is
selected. When OCMP is set low, connection memory page 0 is
selected.
The byte location during which OCMP is sampled is dependant on
the mode of operation.
4-Frame SBI/SBI336 mode:
OCMP is sampled at the C1 byte position of the receive bus on the
first frame of the 4-frame multiframe (marked by RC1FP).
Changes to the connection memory page selection is synchronized
to the frame boundary (A1 byte position) of the next four frame
multiframe.
48-Frame SBI/SBI336 mode:
OCMP is sampled at the C1 byte position of the receive bus on the
first frame of the 48-frame multiframe (marked by RC1FP).
Changes to the connection memory page selection is synchronized
to the frame boundary (A1 byte position) of the next 48-frame
multiframe.
TelecomBus mode:
OCMP is sampled at the C1 byte position of every frame on the
receive bus (marked by RC1FP). Changes to the connection
memory page selection are synchronized to the frame boundary
(A1 byte position) of the next frame.
OCMP is sampled on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
RWSEL
Input
AD23
Receive Working Serial Data Select. The receive working serial
data select signal, RWSEL, selects between sourcing outgoing
data, ODATA[4:1][7:0], from the receive working serial data link,
RPWRK/RNWRK, or the receive protect serial data link,
RPPROT/RNPROT. When RWSEL is set high, the working serial
bus is selected. When RWSEL is set low, the protect serial bus is
selected. RWSEL is sampled at the C1 byte location as defined by
the receive serial interface frame pulse signal, RC1FP. Changes
to the selection of the working and protect serial streams are
synchronized to the SBI frame boundary of the next frame.
RWSEL is sampled on the rising edge of SYSCLK.
IUSER2
Input
AC15
Input In-band Link User Signal. The input in-band link user
signal, IUSER2, provides external control over one of the bits in the
in-band link. The USER[2] bit in the header of the in-band
signaling channel of both the working and protection serial links will
reflect the state of this input.
IUSER2 an asynchronous signal and is internally synchronized to
SYSCLK.
OUSER2
Output
AA1
Output In-Band Link User Signal. The output in-band link user
signal, OUSER2, reflects the state of the USER[2] bit in the header
of the in-band signaling channel of either the working or the
protection serial link, whichever is active.
OUSER2 is an asynchronous output.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
48
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
Function
RSTB
Input
AC22
Reset Enable Bar. The active low reset signal, RSTB, provides an
asynchronous SBS reset. RSTB is a Schmitt triggered input with
an integral pull-up resistor.
JTAG Interface (5 Signals)
TCK
Input
P2
Test Clock. The JTAG test clock signal, TCK, provides timing for
test operations that are carried out using the IEEE P1149.1 test
access port.
TMS
Input
P3
Test Mode Select. The JTAG test mode select signal, TMS,
controls the test operations that are carried out using the IEEE
P1149.1 test access port. TMS is sampled on the rising edge of
TCK. TMS has an integral pull-up resistor.
TDI
Input
R1
Test Data Input. The JTAG test data input signal, TDI, carries test
data into the SBS via the IEEE P1149.1 test access port. TDI is
sampled on the rising edge of TCK. TDI has an integral pull-up
resistor.
TDO
Tristate
M2
Test Data Output. The JTAG test data output signal, TDO, carries
test data out of the SBS via the IEEE P1149.1 test access port.
TDO is updated on the falling edge of TCK. TDO is a tri-state
output which is inactive except when scanning of data is in
progress.
TRSTB
Input
P4
Test Reset Bar. The active low JTAG test reset signal, TRSTB,
provides an asynchronous SBS test access port reset via the IEEE
P1149.1 test access port. TRSTB is a Schmitt triggered input with
an integral pull-up resistor.
Note that when TRSTB is not being used, it must be connected to
the RSTB input.
Analog Reference Resistors (2 Signals)
RES
Analog
F25
Reference Resistor Connection (RES). An off-chip 3.16kΩ ±1%
resistor is connected between this positive resistor reference pin
and a Kelvin ground pin, RESK. An on-chip negative feedback path
will force the 0.8 V VREF onto RES, therefore forcing 252uA of
current to flow through the resistor.
RESK
Analog
F26
Reference Resistor Connection (RESK). An off-chip 3.16 kΩ
±1% resistor is connected between the positive resistor reference
pin, RESK, and this Kelvin ground pin. An on-chip negative
feedback path will force the 0.8 VREF onto RESK, therefore forcing
252 uA of current to flow through the resistor.
Analog Test Bus (2 Signals)
ATB0
Analog
M24
Analog test pin (ATB0). This pin is used for PMC validation and
testing.
ATB1
Analog
M23
Analog test pin (ATB1). This pin is used for PMC validation and
testing.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
49
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
Function
Analog High Voltage Power (8 Signals)
CSU_AVDH
Power
P23
CSU Analog Power (CSU_AVDH). This pin should be connected
to a well-decoupled +3.3V DC supply.
AVDH[6]
AVDH[5]
AVDH[4]
AVDH[3]
AVDH[2]
AVDH[1]
AVDH[0]
Power
Y23
T23
J23
D24
E24
AB24
AC24
Analog Power (AVDH[6:0]). These pins should be connected to a
well-decoupled +3.3 V DC supply.
Analog Low Voltage Power (4 Signals)
AVDL[3]
AVDL[2]
AVDL[1]
AVDL[0]
Power
N23
P25
P26
R24
Analog Power (AVDL[3:0]). This pin should be connected to a
well-decoupled +1.8V DC supply. Each AVDL pin requires
individual filtering.
Digital Core Power (8 Signals)
DVDDI[7]
DVDDI[6]
DVDDI[5]
DVDDI[4]
DVDDI[3]
DVDDI[2]
DVDDI[1]
DVDDI[0]
Power
U24
AA24
AF20
AE9
AC1
J3
A5
C16
Digital Core Power (DVDDI[7:0]). The digital core power pins
should be connected to a well-decoupled +1.8 V DC supply.
AB23
D23
C24
B25
D18
D13
D8
D4
C3
B2
H4
N4
V4
AC4
AD3
AE2
AC9
AC14
AC19
AC23
AD24
AE25
Digital I/O Power (DVDDO[21:0]). The digital I/O power pins
should be connected to a well-decoupled +3.3 V DC supply.
Digital I/O Power (22 Signals)
DVDDO[21]
DVDDO[20]
DVDDO[19]
DVDDO[18]
DVDDO[17]
DVDDO[16]
DVDDO[15]
DVDDO[14]
DVDDO[13]
DVDDO[12]
DVDDO[11]
DVDDO[10]
DVDDO[9]
DVDDO[8]
DVDDO[7]
DVDDO[6]
DVDDO[5]
DVDDO[4]
DVDDO[3]
DVDDO[2]
DVDDO[1]
DVDDO[0]
Power
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
50
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
Function
Ground (40 Signals)
VSS[39]
VSS[38]
VSS[37]
VSS[36]
VSS[35]
VSS[34]
VSS[33]
VSS[32]
VSS[31]
VSS[30]
VSS[29]
VSS[28]
VSS[27]
VSS[26]
VSS[25]
VSS[24]
VSS[23]
VSS[22]
VSS[21]
VSS[20]
VSS[19]
VSS[18]
VSS[17]
VSS[16]
VSS[15]
VSS[14]
VSS[13]
VSS[12]
VSS[11]
VSS[10]
VSS[9]
VSS[8]
VSS[7]
VSS[6]
Ground
A26
B26
C25
A25
B24
A14
A13
B3
A2
A1
B1
C2
N1
P1
AD2
AE1
AF1
AF2
AE3
AF13
AF14
AE24
AF25
AF26
AE26
AD25
AD26
AC25
AC26
AB26
Y26
V26
T26
L26
VSS[5]
VSS[4]
VSS[3]
VSS[2]
VSS[1]
VSS[0]
Ground
J26
G26
E26
D26
D25
C26
Ground (VSS[39:0]). The ground pins, VSS[39:0], should be
connected to GND.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
51
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
Function
No Connect (60 signals)
NC[59:25]
No
Connect
A23
A22
A9
A6
A3
B18
B16
B15
B12
C23
C22
C21
C14
C4
D14
D9
D7
D5
D3
D1
E25
E23
E4
F24
F23
F2
G25
G24
G23
H24
H23
J25
J24
J4
K24
The No Connect pins must be left floating.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
52
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Pin Name
Type
Pin No.
NC[24:0]
No
Connect
K23
K4
L25
L24
L23
M1
N24
N2
P24
U4
W4
W1
AB4
AB2
AC18
AC13
AC3
AD20
AD17
AE19
AE16
AE14
AF21
AF17
AF9
Function
Notes on Pin Description:
1.
All SBS inputs and bi-directionals except the LVDS links present minimum capacitive loading and
operate at TTL (Vdd reference) logic levels.
2.
Inputs RSTB, ALE, TMS, TDI and TRSTB have internal pull-up resistors.
3.
All SBS outputs have 8 mA drive capability.
4.
The DVDDI and AVDL power pins are not internally connected to each other. Failure to connect these
pins externally may cause malfunction or damage to the SBS.
5.
The AVDH, CSU_AVDH and DVDDO power pins are not internally connected to each other. Failure to
connect these pins externally may cause malfunction or damage to the SBS.
6.
The DVDDI, DVDDO, AVDH, CSU_AVDH and AVDL power pins all share a common ground.
7.
To prevent damage to the SBS and to ensure proper operation, power must be applied simultaneously
to all 3.3 V power pins followed by power to all the 1.8 V power pins followed by input pins driven by
signals.
8.
To prevent damage to the SBS, power must first be removed from input pins. Then power may be
removed from all the 1.8 V power supply pins. Only then, should power be simultaneously removed
from all the 3.3 V power pins.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
53
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
10
10.1
Functional Description
SBI Bus Data Formats
The 19.44 MHz Scalable Bandwidth Interconnect (SBI™) bus is a multi-point to multi-point bus.
Since each SBS SBI interface handles the full SBI bus capacity, it will be more common for a
single SBS to talk to multiple devices over the SBI bus, but there is nothing in the SBS that
would prevent the SBS from sharing an SBI bus with other SBI devices.
10.1.1
SBI Multiplexing Structure
The SBI structure uses a locked SONET/SDH structure fixing the position of the TU-3 relative to
the STS-3/STM-1. The SBI is also of fixed frequency and alignment as determined by the
reference clock (SREFCLK19) and frame indicator signal (IC1FP). Frequency deviations are
compensated by adjusting the location of the T1/E1/DS3/E3/TVT1.5/TVT2 channels using
floating tributaries as determined by the V5 indicator and payload signals (IV5[x] and IPL[x]).
TVTs also allow for synchronous operation where SONET/SDH tributary pointers are carried
within the SBI structure in place of the V5 indicator and payload signals (IV5[x] and IPL[x]).
Fractional links use as many bytes as required within a given synchronous payload envelope
(SPE) using the payload signals to indicate bytes carrying valid data.
Table 1 shows the bus structure for carrying T1, E1, TVT1.5, TVT2, DS3, E3 and Fractional
tributaries in a SDH STM-1 like format. Up to 84 T1s, 63 E1s, 84 TVT1.5s, 63 TVT2s, 3 DS3s,
3 E3s or 3 Fractional rate links are carried within the octets labeled SPE1, SPE2 and SPE3 in
columns 16-270. All other octets are unused and are of fixed position. The frame signal (IC1FP)
occurs during the octet labeled C1 in Row 1 column 7.
The multiplexed links are separated into three SPEs: SPE1, SPE2 and SPE3. Each envelope
carries up to 28 T1s, 21 E1, 28 TVT1.5s, 21 TVT2s, a DS3, an E3 or a Fractional link. SPE1
carries the T1s numbered 1,1 through 1,28, E1s numbered 1,1 through 1,21, DS3 number 1,1, E3
number 1,1 or Fractional link 1,1. SPE2 carries T1s numbered 2,1 through 2,28, E1s numbered
2,1 through 2,21, DS3 number 2,1, E3 number 2,1 or Fractional link 2,1. SPE3 carries T1s
numbered 3,1 through 3,28, E1s numbered 3,1 through 3,21, DS3 number 3,1, E3 number 3,1 or
Fractional link 3,1. TVT1.5s are numbered the same as T1 tributaries and TVT2s are numbered
the same as E1 tributaries.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
54
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Table 1 Structure for Carrying Multiplexed Links
SBI Column
Row
1
6
1
-
••• -
C1 -
••• -
SPE1 SPE2 SPE3 SPE1 ••• SPE1 SPE2 SPE3
2
-
••• -
-
••• -
SPE1 SPE2 SPE3 SPE1 ••• SPE1 SPE2 SPE3
9
7
8
-
15 16
17
18
19
•
•
•
268 269 270
-
-
-
-
-
SPE1 SPE2 SPE3 SPE1
SPE1 SPE2 SPE3
1
2
3
3
5
6
90
6
6
7
90
90
SPE Column
The mapping for each link type are rigidly defined. However, the mix of links transported across
the bus at any one time is flexible. Each SPE, comprising 85 columns numbered 6 through 90,
operates independently allowing a mix of T1s, E1s, TVT1.5s, TVT2s, DS3s, E3s or Fractional
links. For example, SPE1 could transport a single DS3, SPE2 could transport a single E3 and
SPE3 could transport either 28 T1s or 21 E1s. Each SPE is restricted to carrying a single tributary
type. SBI columns 16-18 are unused for T1, E1, TVT1.5 and TVT2 tributaries.
Tributary Numbering
The tributary numbering convention for T1 and E1 uses the SPE number followed by the
tributary number within that SPE. These are numbered sequentially. Table 2 and Table 3 show the
T1 and E1 column numbering and relates the tributary number to the SPE column numbers and
overall SBI column structure. Numbering for DS3 or E3 follows the same naming convention
even though there is only one DS3 or E3 per SPE. TVT1.5s and TVT2s follow the same
numbering conventions as T1 and E1 tributaries respectively. SBI columns 16-18 are unused for
T1, E1, TVT1.5 and TVT2 tributaries.
Table 2 T1/TVT1.5 Tributary Column Numbering
T1#
SPE1 Column
1,1
7,35,63
2,1
SPE2 Column
7,35,63
20,104,188
7,35,63
8,36,64
2,2
SBI Column
19,103,187
3,1
1,2
SPE3 Column
21,105,189
22,106,190
8,36,64
23,107,191
•••
1,28
2,28
3,28
34,62,90
100,184,268
34,62,90
101,185,269
34,62,90
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
102,186,270
55
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Table 3 E1/TVT2 Tributary Column Numbering
E1#
SPE1 Column
1,1
7,28,49,70
2,1
SPE2 Column
7,28,49,70
20,83,146,209
7,28,49,70
8,29,50,71
2,2
SBI Column
19,82,145,208
3,1
1,2
SPE3 Column
21,84,147,210
22,85,148,211
8,29,50,71
23,86,149,212
•••
1,21
2,21
27,48,69,90
79,142,205,268
27,48,69,90
3,21
10.1.2
80,143,206,269
27,48,69,90
81,144,207,270
SBI Timing Master Modes
The SBI is a synchronous bus that is timed to a reference 19.44 MHz clock and a 2 KHz frame
pulse (8 KHz is easily derived from the 2 KHz and 19.44 MHz clock). All sources and sinks of
data on this bus are timed to the reference clock and frame pulse.
The data format on the data bus allows for compensating between clock differences on the PHY,
SBI and Link Layer devices. This is achieved by floating data structures within the SBI format.
Timing is communicated across the SBI bus by floating data structures within the bus. Payload
indicator signals in the SBI control the position of the floating data structure and, therefore, the
timing. When sources are running faster than the SBI, the floating payload structure is advanced
by an octet be passing an extra octet in the V3 octet locations (H3 octet for DS3 and E3
mappings). When the source is slower than the SBI, the floating payload is retarded by leaving
the octet after the V3 or H3 octet unused. Both these rate adjustments are indicated by the SBI
control signals.
On the Drop Bus, all timing is sourced from the PHY and is passed onto the Link Layer device by
the arrival rate of data over the SBI.
On the Add Bus, timing can be controlled by either the PHY or the Link Layer device by
controlling the payload and by making justification requests. When the Link Layer device is the
timing master the PHY device gets its transmit timing information from the arrival rate of data
across the SBI. When the PHY device is the timing master it signals the Link Layer device to
speed up or slow down with justification request signals. The PHY timing master indicates a
speedup request to the Link Layer by asserting the justification request signal high during the V3
or H3 octet. When this is detected by the Link Layer it will advance the channel by inserting data
in the next V3 or H3 octet as described above. The PHY timing master indicates a slowdown
request to the Link Layer by asserting the justification request signal high during the octet after
the V3 or H3 octet. When detected by the Link Layer it will retard the channel by leaving the
octet following the next V3 or H3 octet unused. Both advance and retard rate adjustments take
place in the frame or multi-frame following the justification request.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
56
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
The SBI bus supports a synchronous SBI mode for T1 and E1 links. In this mode, the DS0s or
timeslots within the T1 or E1 tributaries are fixed to the locations shown in the T1 and E1
mappings. Effectively synchronous mode locks the V5 in the octet following the V1 octet and
does not allow the tributaries to float relative to SREFCLK19.
10.1.3
SBI Link Rate Information
The SBI bus provides a method for carrying link rate information. This is optional on a per
channel basis. Two methods are specified, one for T1 and E1 channels and the second for DS3
and E3 channels. Link rate information is not available for TVTs. These methods use the
reference 19.44 MHz SBI clock and the IC1FP frame synchronization signal to measure channel
clock ticks and clock phase for transport across the bus.
The T1 and E1 method allows for a count of the number of T1 or E1 rising clock edges between
two IC1FP frame pulses. This count is encoded in ClkRate[1:0] to indicate that the nominal
number of clocks, one more than nominal or one less than nominal should be generated during
the IC1FP period. This method also counts the number of 19.44 MHz clock rising edges after
sampling IC1FP high to the next rising edge of the T1 or E1 clock, giving the ability to control
the phase of the generated clock. The link rate information passed across the SBI bus via the V4
octet and is shown in Table 4. Table 5 shows the encoding of the clock count, ClkRate[1:0],
passed in the link rate octet.
Table 4 T1/E1 Link Rate Information
C1FP
•
•
•
REFCLK
•
•
•
T1/E1 CLK
•
•
•
Link Rate Octet
Clock Count
Bit #
T1/E1 Format
Phase
7
6
5:4
3:0
ALM
0
ClkRate[1:0]
Phase[3:0]
Table 5 T1/E1 Clock Rate Encoding
ClkRate[1:0]
T1 Clocks / 2KHz
E1 Clocks / 2 KHz
“00” – Nominal
772
1024
“01” – Fast
773
1025
“1x” – Slow
771
1023
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
57
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
The DS3 and E3 method for transferring link rate information across the SBI passes the encoded
count of DS3/E3 clocks between C1FP pulses in the same method used for T1/E1 tributaries, but
does not pass any phase information. The other difference from T1/E1 link rate is that
ClkRate[1:0] indicates whether the nominal number of clocks are generated or if four fewer or
four extra clocks are generated during the C1FP period. The format of the DS3/E3 link rate octet
is shown in Table 6. This is passed across the SBI via the Linkrate octet which follows the H3
octet in the column, see Table 12 and Table 15. Table 7 shows the encoding of the clock count,
ClkRate[1:0], passed in the link rate octet.
Table 6 DS3/E3 Link Rate Information
Link Rate Octet
Bit #
DS3/E3 Format
7
6
5:4
3:0
ALM
0
ClkRate[1:0]
Unused
Table 7 DS3/E3 Clock Rate Encoding
10.1.4
ClkRate[1:0]
DS3 Clocks / 2KHz
E3 Clocks / 2 KHz
“00” – Nominal
22368
17184
“01” – Fast
22372
17188
“1x” – Slow
22364
17180
Alarms
A method is provided for transferring alarm conditions across the SBI bus. This is optional on a
per tributary basis and is valid for T1, E1, DS3, E3 tributaries but not valid for transparent VTs or
Fractional links.
Table 4 and Table 6 show the alarm indication bit (ALM) as bit 7 of the Link Rate Octet. Devices
that do not support alarm indications should set this bit to 0. When not enabled, the value of this
bit must be ignored by the receiving device.
The presence of an alarm condition is indicated by the ALM bit set high in the Link Rate Octet.
The absence of an alarm condition is indicated by the ALM bit set low in the Link Rate Octet.
The ALM bit is transparent to the SBS.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
58
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
10.1.5
T1 Tributary Mapping
Table 8 shows the format for mapping 84 T1s within the SPE octets. The DS0s and framing bits
within each T1 are easily located within this mapping for channelized T1 applications. It is
acceptable for the framing bit to not carry a valid framing bit on the Add Bus since the Physical
Layer device will provide this information. Unframed T1s use the exact same format for mapping
84 T1s into the SBI except that the T1 tributaries need not align with the frame bit and DS0
locations. The V1,V2 and V4 octets are not used to carry T1 data and are either reserved or used
for control across the interface. When enabled, the V4 octet is the Link Rate octet of Tables 1 and
3. It carries alarm and clock phase information across the SBI bus. The V1 and V2 octets are
unused and should be ignored by devices listening to the SBI bus. The V5 and R octets do not
carry any information and are fixed to a zero value. The V3 octet carries a T1 data octet but only
during rate adjustments as indicated by the V5 indicator signals, IV5 and OV5, and payload
signals, IPL and OPL. The PPSSSSFR octets carry channel associated signaling (CAS) bits and
the T1 framing overhead. The DS0 octets are the 24 DS0 channels making up the T1 link.
The V1,V2,V3 and V4 octets are fixed to the locations shown. All the other octets, shown shaded
for T1#1,1, float within the allocated columns maintaining the same order and moving a
maximum of one octet per 2 KHz multi-frame. The position of the floating T1 is identified via the
V5 Indicator signals, IV5 and OV5, which locate the V5 octet. When the T1 tributary rate is faster
than the SBI nominal T1 tributary rate, the T1 tributary is shifted ahead by one octet which is
compensated by sending an extra octet in the V3 location. When the T1 tributary rate is slower
than the nominal SBI tributary rate the T1 tributary is shifted by one octet which is compensated
by inserting a stuff octet in the octet immediately following the V3 octet and delaying the octet
that was originally in that position.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
59
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Table 8 T1 Framing Format
COL #
T1#1,1
T1#2,1-3,28 T1#1,1
T1#2,1-3,28 T1#1,1
T1#2,1-3,28
ROW #
1-18
19
20-102
103
104-186
187
188-270
1
Unused
V1
V1
V5
-
PPSSSSFR
-
2
Unused
DS0#1
-
DS0#2
-
DS0#3
-
3
Unused
DS0#4
-
DS0#5
-
DS0#6
-
4
Unused
DS0#7
-
DS0#8
-
DS0#9
-
5
Unused
DS0#10
-
DS0#11
-
DS0#12
-
6
Unused
DS0#13
-
DS0#14
-
DS0#15
-
7
Unused
DS0#16
-
DS0#17
-
DS0#18
-
8
Unused
DS0#19
-
DS0#20
-
DS0#21
-
9
Unused
DS0#22
-
DS0#23
-
DS0#24
-
1
Unused
V2
V2
R
-
PPSSSSFR
-
2
Unused
DS0#1
-
DS0#2
-
DS0#3
-
3
Unused
DS0#4
-
DS0#5
-
DS0#6
-
4
Unused
DS0#7
-
DS0#8
-
DS0#9
-
5
Unused
DS0#10
-
DS0#11
-
DS0#12
-
6
Unused
DS0#13
-
DS0#14
-
DS0#15
-
7
Unused
DS0#16
-
DS0#17
-
DS0#18
-
8
Unused
DS0#19
-
DS0#20
-
DS0#21
-
9
Unused
DS0#22
-
DS0#23
-
DS0#24
-
1
Unused
V3
V3
R
-
PPSSSSFR
-
2
Unused
DS0#1
-
DS0#2
-
DS0#3
-
3
Unused
DS0#4
-
DS0#5
-
DS0#6
-
4
Unused
DS0#7
-
DS0#8
-
DS0#9
-
5
Unused
DS0#10
-
DS0#11
-
DS0#12
-
6
Unused
DS0#13
-
DS0#14
-
DS0#15
-
7
Unused
DS0#16
-
DS0#17
-
DS0#18
-
8
Unused
DS0#19
-
DS0#20
-
DS0#21
-
9
Unused
DS0#22
-
DS0#23
-
DS0#24
-
1
Unused
V4
V4
R
-
PPSSSSFR
-
2
Unused
DS0#1
-
DS0#2
-
DS0#3
-
3
Unused
DS0#4
-
DS0#5
-
DS0#6
-
4
Unused
DS0#7
-
DS0#8
-
DS0#9
-
5
Unused
DS0#10
-
DS0#11
-
DS0#12
-
6
Unused
DS0#13
-
DS0#14
-
DS0#15
-
7
Unused
DS0#16
-
DS0#17
-
DS0#18
-
8
Unused
DS0#19
-
DS0#20
-
DS0#21
-
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
60
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
COL #
T1#1,1
T1#2,1-3,28 T1#1,1
T1#2,1-3,28 T1#1,1
T1#2,1-3,28
ROW #
1-18
19
20-102
103
104-186
187
188-270
9
Unused
DS0#22
-
DS0#23
-
DS0#24
-
The P1P0S1S2S3S4FR octet carries T1 framing in the F bit and channel associated signaling in the
P1P0and S1S2S3S4bits. CAS is optional. The R bit is reserved and is set to 0. The P1P0bits are used
to indicate the phase of the channel associated signaling and the S1S2S3S4 bits are the channel
associated signaling bits for the 24 DS0 channels in the T1. Table 9 shows the channel associated
signaling bit mapping and how the phase bits locate the sixteen state CAS mapping as well as T1
frame alignment for super frame and extended superframe formats. When using four state CAS
then the signaling bits are A1-A24, B1-B24, A1-B24, B1-B24 in place of are A1-A24, B1-B24,
C1-C24, D1-D24. When using 2 state CAS there are only A1-A24 signaling bits.
Table 9 T1 Channel Associated Signaling bits
S1
S2
S3
S4
SF
ESF
F
F
P1 P0
A1
A2
A3
A4
F1
M1
00
A5
A6
A7
A8
S1
C1
00
A9
A10
A11
A12
F2
M2
00
A13
A14
A15
A16
S2
F1
00
A17
A18
A19
A20
F3
M3
00
A21
A22
A23
A24
S3
C2
00
B1
B2
B3
B4
F4
M4
01
B5
B6
B7
B8
S4
F2
01
B9
B10
B11
B12
F5
M5
01
B13
B14
B15
B16
S5
C3
01
B17
B18
B19
B20
F6
M6
01
B21
B22
B23
B24
S6
F3
01
C1
C2
C3
C4
F1
M7
10
C5
C6
C7
C8
S1
C4
10
C9
C10
C11
C12
F2
M8
10
C13
C14
C15
C16
S2
F4
10
C17
C18
C19
C20
F3
M9
10
C21
C22
C23
C24
S3
C5
10
D1
D2
D3
D4
F4
M10
11
D5
D6
D7
D8
S4
F5
11
D9
D10
D11
D12
F5
M11
11
D13
D14
D15
D16
S5
C6
11
D17
D18
D19
D20
F6
M12
11
D21
D22
D23
D24
S6
F6
11
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
61
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
T1 tributary asynchronous timing is compensated via the V3 octet as described in section 10.1.2.
T1 tributary link rate adjustments are optionally passed across the SBI via the V4 octet as
described in section 10.1.3. T1 tributary alarm conditions are optionally passed across the SBI
bus via the link rate octet in the V4 location as described in Section 10.1.3 and 10.1.4.
The SBI bus allows for a synchronous T1 mode of operation. In this mode the T1 tributary
mapping is fixed to that shown in Table 8 and rate justifications are not possible using the V3
octet. The clock rate information within the link rate octet in the V4 location is not used in
synchronous mode.
10.1.6
E1 Tributary Mapping
Table 10 shows the format for mapping 63 E1s within the SPE octets. The timeslots and framing
bits within each E1 are easily located within this mapping for channelized E1 applications. It is
acceptable for the framing bits to not carry valid framing information on the Add Bus since the
physical layer device will provide this information. Unframed E1s use the exact same format for
mapping 63 E1s into the SBI except that the E1 tributaries need not align with the timeslot
locations associated with channelized E1 applications. The V1,V2 and V4 octets are not used to
carry E1 data and are either reserved used for control information across the interface. When
enabled, the V4 octet carries clock phase information across the SBI. The V1 and V2 octets are
unused and should be ignored by devices listening to the SBI bus. The V5 and R octets do not
carry any information and are fixed to a zero value. The V3 octet carries an E1 data octet but
only during rate adjustments as indicated by the V5 indicator signals, IV5 and OV5, and payload
signals, IPL and OPL. The PP octets carry channel associated signaling phase information and E1
frame alignment. TS#0 through TS#31 make up the E1 channel.
The V1,V2,V3 and V4 octets are fixed to the locations shown. All the other octets, shown shaded
for E1#1,1, float within the allocated columns maintaining the same order and moving a
maximum of one octet per 2 KHz multi-frame. The position of the floating E1 is identified via
the V5 Indicator signals, IV5 and OV5, which locate the V5 octet. When the E1 tributary rate is
faster than the E1 tributary nominal rate, the E1 tributary is shifted ahead by one octet which is
compensated by sending an extra octet in the V3 location. When the E1 tributary rate is slower
than the nominal rate the E1 tributary is shifted by one octet which is compensated by inserting a
stuff octet in the octet immediately following the V3 octet and delaying the octet that was
originally in that position.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
62
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Table 10 E1 Framing Format
COL #
E1#1,1
#2,1-
E1#1,1
#2,1-
E1#1,1
#2,1-
ROW # 1-18
19
20-81
82
83-144
145
146-207 208
209-270
1
Unused
V1
V1
V5
-
PP
-
TS#0
-
2
Unused
TS#1
-
TS#2
-
TS#3
-
TS#4
-
3
Unused
TS#5
-
TS#6
-
TS#7
-
TS#8
-
4
Unused
TS#9
-
TS#10
-
TS#11
-
TS#12
-
5
Unused
TS#13
-
TS#14
-
TS#15
-
TS#16
-
6
Unused
TS#17
-
TS#18
-
TS#19
-
TS#20
-
7
Unused
TS#21
-
TS#22
-
TS#23
-
TS#24
-
8
Unused
TS#25
-
TS#26
-
TS#27
-
TS#28
-
9
Unused
TS#29
-
TS#30
-
TS#31
-
R
-
1
Unused
V2
V2
R
-
PP
-
TS#0
-
2
Unused
TS#1
-
TS#2
-
TS#3
-
TS#4
-
3
Unused
TS#5
-
TS#6
-
TS#7
-
TS#8
-
4
Unused
TS#9
-
TS#10
-
TS#11
-
TS#12
-
5
Unused
TS#13
-
TS#14
-
TS#15
-
TS#16
-
6
Unused
TS#17
-
TS#18
-
TS#19
-
TS#20
-
7
Unused
TS#21
-
TS#22
-
TS#23
-
TS#24
-
8
Unused
TS#25
-
TS#26
-
TS#27
-
TS#28
-
9
Unused
TS#29
-
TS#30
-
TS#31
-
R
-
1
Unused
V3
V3
R
-
PP
-
TS#0
-
2
Unused
TS#1
-
TS#2
-
TS#3
-
TS#4
-
3
Unused
TS#5
-
TS#6
-
TS#7
-
TS#8
-
4
Unused
TS#9
-
TS#10
-
TS#11
-
TS#12
-
5
Unused
TS#13
-
TS#14
-
TS#15
-
TS#16
-
6
Unused
TS#17
-
TS#18
-
TS#19
-
TS#20
-
7
Unused
TS#21
-
TS#22
-
TS#23
-
TS#24
-
8
Unused
TS#25
-
TS#26
-
TS#27
-
TS#28
-
9
Unused
TS#29
-
TS#30
-
TS#31
-
R
-
1
Unused
V4
V4
R
-
PP
-
TS#0
-
2
Unused
TS#1
-
TS#2
-
TS#3
-
TS#4
-
3
Unused
TS#5
-
TS#6
-
TS#7
-
TS#8
-
4
Unused
TS#9
-
TS#10
-
TS#11
-
TS#12
-
5
Unused
TS#13
-
TS#14
-
TS#15
-
TS#16
-
6
Unused
TS#17
-
TS#18
-
TS#19
-
TS#20
-
7
Unused
TS#21
-
TS#22
-
TS#23
-
TS#24
-
8
Unused
TS#25
-
TS#26
-
TS#27
-
TS#28
-
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
E1#1,1
#2,1-
63
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
COL #
E1#1,1
#2,1-
E1#1,1
#2,1-
E1#1,1
#2,1-
ROW # 1-18
19
20-81
82
83-144
145
146-207 208
209-270
9
TS#29
-
TS#30
-
TS#31
-
-
Unused
E1#1,1
R
#2,1-
When using CAS TS#16 carries the ABCD signaling bits and the timeslots 17 through 31 are
renumbered 16 through 30. The PP octet is 0h for all frames except for the frame which carries
the CAS for timeslots 15/30 at which time the PP octet is C0h. The first octet of the CAS multiframe, RRRRRRRR, is reserved and should be ignored by the receiver when CAS signaling is
enabled. Table 11 shows the format of timeslot 16 when carrying channel associated signaling.
Table 11 E1 Channel Associated Signaling bits
TS#16[7:4]
TS#16[3:0]
PP
RRRR
RRRR
00
ABCD1
ABCD16
00
ABCD2
ABCD17
00
ABCD3
ABCD18
00
ABCD4
ABCD19
00
ABCD5
ABCD20
00
ABCD6
ABCD21
00
ABCD7
ABCD22
00
ABCD8
ABCD23
00
ABCD9
ABCD24
00
ABCD10
ABCD25
00
ABCD11
ABCD26
00
ABCD12
ABCD27
00
ABCD13
ABCD28
00
ABCD14
ABCD29
00
ABCD15
ABCD30
C0
E1 tributary asynchronous timing is compensated via the V3 octet as described in section 10.1.2.
E1 tributary link rate adjustments are optionally passed across the SBI via the V4 octet as
described in section 10.1.3. E1 tributary alarm conditions are optionally passed across the SBI
bus via the link rate octet in the V4 location as described in Sections 10.1.3 and 10.1.4.
The SBI bus allows for a synchronous E1 mode of operation. In this mode, the E1 tributary
mapping is fixed to that shown in Table 10 and rate justifications are not possible using the V3
octet. The clock rate information within the link rate octet in the V4 location is not used in
synchronous mode.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
64
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
10.1.7
DS3 Tributary Mapping
Table 12 shows a DS3 tributary mapped within the first synchronous payload envelope, SPE1.
The V5 indicator pulse identifies the V5 octet. The DS3 framing format does not follow an 8KHz
frame period so the floating DS3 multi-frame located by the V5 indicator, shown in heavy border
grey region in Table 12, will jump around relative to the H1 frame on every pass. In fact the V5
indicator will often be asserted twice per H1 frame, as is shown by the second V5 octet in Table
12. The V5 indicator and payload signals indicate negative and positive rate adjustments which
are carried out by either putting a data byte in the H3 octet or leaving empty the octet after the H3
octet.
Table 12 DS3 Framing Format
SPE COL #
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
1
2-56
57
58-84
Col 85
SBI COL#
ROW
1,4,7,10
13
16
•••
184
•••
268
1
Unused
H1
V5
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
2
Unused
H2
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
3
Unused
H3
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
4
Unused
Linkrate
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
5
Unused
Unused
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
6
Unused
Unused
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
7
Unused
Unused
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
8
Unused
Unused
DS3
DS3
V5
DS3
DS3
9
Unused
Unused
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
DS3
Because the DS3 tributary rate is less than the rate of the grey region, padding octets are
interleaved with the DS3 tributary to make up the difference in rate. Interleaved with every DS3
multi-frame are 35 stuff octets, one of which is the V5 octet. These 35 stuff octets are spread
evenly across seven DS3 subframes. Each DS3 subframe is eight blocks of 85 bits. The 85 bits
making up a DS3 block are padded out to be 11 octets. Table 13 shows the DS3 block 11 octet
format where R indicates a stuff bit, F indicates a DS3 framing bit and I indicates DS3
information bits. Table 14 shows the DS3 multi-frame format that is packed into the grey region
of Table 12. In this table V5 indicates the V5 octet which is also a stuff octet, R indicates a stuff
octet and B indicates the 11 octet DS3 block. Each row in Table 14 is a DS3 multi-frame. The
DS3 multi-frame stuffing format is identical for 5 multi-frames and then an extra stuff octet after
the V5 octet is added every sixth frame.
Table 13 DS3 Block Format
Octet #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Data
RRRFIIII
8*I
8*I
8*I
8*I
8*I
8*I
8*I
8*I
8*I
8*I
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
65
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Table 14 DS3 Multi-frame Stuffing Format
V5
4*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
V5
4*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
V5
4*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
V5
4*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
V5
4*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
V5
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
5*R
8*B
DS3 asynchronous timing is compensated via the H3 octet as described in section 10.1.2. DS3
link rate adjustments are optionally passed across the SBI via the Linkrate octet as described in
section 10.1.3. DS3 alarm conditions are optionally passed across the SBI bus via the Linkrate
octet as described in section 10.1.3 and 10.1.4.
10.1.8
E3 Tributary Mapping
Table 15 shows a E3 tributary mapped within the first synchronous payload envelope SPE1. The
V5 indicator pulse identifies the V5 octet. The E3 framing format does not follow an 8KHz frame
period so the floating frame located by the V5 indicator and shown in grey in Table 15, will jump
around relative to the H1 frame on every pass. In fact the V5 indicator will be asserted two or
three times per H1 frame, as is shown by the second and third V5 octet in Table 15. The V5
indicator and payload signals indicate negative and positive rate adjustments which are carried
out by either putting a data byte in the H3 octet or leaving empty the octet after the H3 octet.
Table 15 E3 Framing Format
SPE
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
COL #
1
2-18
19
20-38
39
40-84
85
SBI
ROW COL#
13
1,4,7,10
16
•••
70
•••
130
•••
268
1
Unused
H1
V5
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
2
Unused
H2
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
3
Unused
H3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
4
Unused
Linkrate
E3
E3
V5
E3
E3
E3
E3
5
Unused
Unused
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
6
Unused
Unused
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
7
Unused
Unused
E3
E3
E3
E3
V5
E3
E3
8
Unused
Unused
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
9
Unused
Unused
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
66
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Because the E3 tributary rate is less than the rate of the grey region, padding octets are
interleaved with the E3 tributary to make up the difference in rate. Interleaved with every E3
frame is an alternating pattern of 81 and 82 stuff octets, one of which is the V5 octet. These 81 or
82 stuff octets are spread evenly across the E3 frame. Each E3 subframe is 48 octet which is
further broken into 4 equal blocks of 12 octets each. Table 16 shows the alternating E3 frame
stuffing format that is packed into the grey region of Table 15. Note that there are 6 stuff octets
after the V5 octet in one frame and 5 stuff octets after the V5 octet in the next frame. In this table
V5 indicates the V5 octet which is also a stuff octet, R indicates a stuff octet, D indicates an E3
data octet, FAS indicates the first byte of the 10 bit E3 Frame Alignment Signal.
Table 16 E3 Frame Stuffing Format
V5
V5
6*R
FAS
11*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
FAS
11*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
FAS
11*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
FAS
11*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
FAS
11*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
FAS
11*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
FAS
11*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
FAS
11*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
5*R
12*D
E3 asynchronous timing is compensated via the H3 octet as described in Section 10.1.2. E3 link
rate adjustments are optionally passed across the SBI via the Linkrate octet as described in
section 10.1.3. E3 alarm conditions are optionally passed across the SBI bus via the Linkrate octet
as described in section 10.1.3 and 10.1.4.
10.1.9
Transparent VT1.5/TU11 Mapping
VT1.5 and TU11 virtual tributaries, TVT1.5s, are transported across the SBI bus in a similar
manner to the T1 tributary mapping. Table 17 shows the transparent structure where “I” is used to
indicate information bytes. There are two options when carrying virtual tributaries on the SBI
bus, the primary difference being how the floating V5 payload is located.
The first option is locked TVT mode which carries the entire VT1.5/TU11 virtual tributary
indicated by the shaded region in Table 17. Locked is used to indicate that the location of the
V1,V2 pointer is locked. The virtual tributary must have a valid V1,V2 pointer to locate the V5
payload. In this mode the V5 indicator and payload signals, IV5, OV5, IPL and OPL, may be
generated but must be ignored by the receiving device. In locked mode timing is always sourced
by the transmitting side, therefore justification requests are not used and the JUST_REQ signal is
ignored. Other than the V1 and V2 octets which must carry valid pointers, all octets can carry
data in any format. The location of the V1,V2,V3 and V4 octets is fixed to the locations shown in
Table 17.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
67
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
The second option is floating TVT mode which carries the payload comprised of the V5 and I
octets within the shaded region of Table 17. In this mode the V1,V2 pointers are still in a fixed
location and may be valid but are ignored by the receiving device. The V5 indicator and payload
signals, IV5, OV5, IPL and OPL, must be valid and are used to locate the floating payload. The
justification request signal can be used to control the timing on the add bus. The V3 octets are
used to accommodate justification requests. The location of the V1,V2,V3 and V4 octets is fixed
to the locations shown in Table 17.
Table 17 Transparent VT1.5/TU11 Format
COL #
VT1.5#1,1 #2,1-3,28 VT1.5#1,1 #2,1-3,28 VT1.5#1,1
#2,1-3,28
ROW #
1-18
19
20-102
103
104-186
187
188-270
1
Unused
V1
V1
V5
-
I
-
2
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
3
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
4
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
5
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
6
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
7
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
8
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
9
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
1
Unused
V2
V2
I
-
I
-
2
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
3
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
4
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
5
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
6
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
7
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
8
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
9
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
1
Unused
V3
V3
I
-
I
-
2
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
3
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
4
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
5
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
6
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
7
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
8
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
9
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
1
Unused
V4
V4
I
-
I
-
2
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
3
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
68
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
COL #
VT1.5#1,1 #2,1-3,28 VT1.5#1,1 #2,1-3,28 VT1.5#1,1
#2,1-3,28
ROW #
1-18
19
20-102
103
104-186
187
188-270
4
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
5
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
6
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
7
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
8
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
9
Unused
I
-
I
-
I
-
10.1.10
Transparent VT2/TU12 Mapping
VT2 and TU12 virtual tributaries, TVT2s, are transported across the SBI bus in a similar manner
to the E1 tributary mapping. Table 18 shows the transparent structure where “I” is used to
indicate information bytes. There are two options when carrying virtual tributaries on the SBI
bus, the primary difference being how the floating V5 payload is located.
The first option is locked TVT mode, which carries the entire VT2/TU12 virtual tributary
indicated by the shaded region in Table 18. Locked is used to indicate that the location of the
V1,V2 pointer is locked. The virtual tributary must have a valid V1,V2 pointer to locate the V5
payload. In this mode the V5 indicator and payload signals, IV5, OV5, IPL and OPL, are
optionally generated but must be ignored by the receiving device. In locked mode timing is
always sourced by the transmitting side, therefore justification requests are not used and the
JUST_REQ signal is ignored. Other than the V1 and V2 octets which are carrying valid pointers,
all octets can carry data in any format. The location of the V1,V2,V3 and V4 octets is fixed to the
locations shown in Table 18.
The second option is floating TVT mode, which carries the payload comprised of the V5 and I
octets within the shaded region of Table 18. In this mode the V1,V2 pointers are still in a fixed
location and may be valid but are ignored by the receiving device. The V5 indicator and payload
signals, IV5, OV5, IPL and OPL, must be valid and are used to locate the floating payload. The
justification request signal can be used to control the timing on the add bus. The V3 octet is used
to accommodate justification requests. The location of the V1,V2,V3 and V4 octets is fixed to the
locations shown in Table 18.
Table 18 Transparent VT2/TU12 Format
COL # E1#1,1 #2,13 21
ROW # 1-18
19
20-81
E1#1,1 #2,1E1#1,1 #2,1E1#1,1 #2,13 21
3 21
3 21
82
83-144 145
146-207 208
209-270
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
V1
V1
V5
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
69
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
COL # E1#1,1 #2,13 21
ROW # 1-18
19
20-81
E1#1,1 #2,1E1#1,1 #2,1E1#1,1 #2,13 21
3 21
3 21
82
83-144 145
146-207 208
209-270
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
Unuse
d
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
V2
V2
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
V3
V3
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
V4
V4
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
70
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
10.1.11
Fractional Rate Tributary Mapping
The Fractional Rate SBI mapping is intended for support of data services over fractional DS3 or
similar links. A fractional rate link is mapped into any SPE octet as defined in Table 1. Table 19
shows all the available information (I) octets useable for carrying a Fractional rate link mapped to
a single SPE. There are no V1 to V5 bytes nor frame alignment signals in a fractional rate link.
The Add bus and Drop bus payload signals, IPL and OPL, indicate when a fractional rate
information byte contains valid data or is empty. The fractional rate link Add bus can have the
timing master be either the PHY or the Link Layer device. When the PHY is the timing master the
JUST_REQ signal from the PHY communicates the transmit rate to the Link Layer device. The
JUST_REQ signal is asserted during any of the available fractional rate link octets to indicate that
the PHY can accept another byte of data. For every byte that is marked with the JUST_REQ
signal the Link Layer device should respond with a valid byte to the PHY within a short time. The
PHY accepts data from the Link Layer device whenever it sees valid data as indicated by the IPL
or OPL signal, whether it is timing master or slave.
Table 19 Fractional Rate Format
SPE
Fractional Fractional Fractional
COL #
1
2-84
Col 85
SBI COL#
10.1.12
ROW
1,4,7,10,13
16
•••
268
1
Unused
I
I
I
2
Unused
I
I
I
3
Unused
I
I
I
4
Unused
I
I
I
5
Unused
I
I
I
6
Unused
I
I
I
7
Unused
I
I
I
8
Unused
I
I
I
9
Unused
I
I
I
SBI336 Bus Format
The 77.76 MHz SBI336 bus is exactly four interleaved 19.44 MHz SBI buses. There are some
slight differences between the two formats to accommodate the increased clock rate. The
differences are:
The JUST_REQ signal is referenced to the Drop bus C1FP alignment rather than the common
Add/Drop C1FP alignment of the SBI bus. This aids 77.76 MHz bus timing by allowing buffering
and retiming logic to be put between SBI336 devices. This change also aids construction of larger
SBI cross connect systems using smaller buffers between devices by controlling the C1 frame
alignment independently in each direction.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
71
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
10.1.13
SBI336 Multiplexing Structure
Table 20 Structure for Carrying Multiplexed Links in SBI336
SBI Column
1
24 25 26
60 61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
1078 1079 1080
Row 1 -
••• -
C1 -
••• -
1,SPE1 2,SPE1 3,SPE1 4,SPE1 1,SPE2 2,SPE2 3,SPE2 4,SPE2 ••• 2,SPE3 3,SPE3 4,SPE3
2-
••• -
-
••• -
1,SPE1 2,SPE1 3,SPE1 4,SPE1 1,SPE2 2,SPE2 3,SPE2 4,SPE2 ••• 2,SPE3 3,SPE3 4,SPE3
-
•
•
•
1,SPE1 2,SPE1 3,SPE1 4,SPE1 1,SPE2 2,SPE2 3,SPE2 4,SPE2 ••• 2,SPE3 3,SPE3 4,SPE3
91
-
-
-
-
2 3 3
5 6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
90
90
90
SPE Column
Table 20 shows how 12 SPEs are multiplexed into a 77.76 MHz SBI336 bus. The structure is
exactly the same as byte interleaving four 19.44 MHz SBI buses. 1,SPE1 identifies SPE1 from
the first SBI equivalent bus, 2,SPE1 identifies SPE1 from the second SBI equivalent bus, and so
on. All tributary mapping formats are exactly the same as for the 19.44 MHz SBI bus with the
only difference that there are four times the number of tributaries. Tributary numbering appends
the equivalent SBI number to the original SBI numbering. For example, the first T1 in a SBI bus
would be numbered T1 #1,1 whereas the first T1 in a SBI336 bus would be numbered T1 #1,1,1.
Likewise the second T1 in a SBI bus would be T1 #2,1 whereas the second T1 in a SBI336 bus
would be T1 #2,1,1.
10.2
Incoming SBI336 Timing Adapter
The Incoming SBI336 Timing Adapter, ISTA, provides a multiplexing function of four incoming
19.44 MHz SBI or TelecomBuses into a 77.76 MHz SBI336 or TelecomBus. This involves simple
column muxing of the four incoming SBI or TelecomBuses. The timing adapter block also
provides a transparent mode when the incoming interface is already in SBI336 or 77.76 MHz
TelecomBus format.
When the SBS is connected to an 19.44 MHz SBI physical layer device, the justification request
signal, JUST_REQ, is an input to the SBS and is aligned to the outgoing bus. This block realigns the justification request signal from the outgoing frame alignment, marked by OC1FP, to
the internal incoming SBI336 frame alignment. When the SBS is connected to a 19.44 MHz SBI
link layer device or any 77.76 MHz SBI336 device, no re-alignment of the justification request is
required by this block.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
72
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
10.3
CAS Expanders
The Channel Associated Signaling Expander blocks, ICASE and OCASE, pull the CAS
information from the SBI336 formatted bus on a tributary basis so that it can be switched through
the memory switch with the DS0 data. For tributaries enabled for DS0 switching the Channel
Associated Signaling bits (CAS bits) are double buffered on a signaling multiframe boundary and
repeated along side the tributary data for the duration of the multiframe. This function is enabled
on a per tributary basis and can be used for T1 and E1 tributaries simultaneously across SBI
SPEs. This block adds one T1 multiframe (24 frames) or one E1 multiframe (16 frames) of
latency to the CAS bits.
10.4
Memory Switch Units
The Memory Switch Unit blocks, IMSU and OMSU, provide DS0 or column switching of the
SBI336 or 77.76 MHz TelecomBus. Any input byte (or column) can be switched to any output
byte (or column). Four bits of Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) and three or four bits of
control information are switched along with the data byte. In SBI336 mode, the control signals
are PL, V5 and JUST_REQ. In TelecomBus mode, the control signals are PL, TPL, V5 and
TAIS.
In DS0 switch mode, the data entering the MSU is stored in two alternating pages of memory.
Each page contains one complete frame (9720 bytes) of data. One of these alternating pages is
currently filling while the other is currently full. Data exiting the MSU is extracted from the
currently full page. As a consequence, the MSU imposes a nominal switching latency of 1
frame (125us). The selection of bytes to fill each output port requires a switching connection
memory. Control is required for each of the 9720 bytes in the output SBI336 frame. Complete
specification of an output byte requires 14 bits to specify which of the 9720 input bytes to use.
Dual copies of this control memory are required to provide hitless frame boundary switchover.
In column switch mode, the same switching principle described above is used, but less memory is
required. Data entering the MSU is stored in two alternating pages of memory. Each page
contains one row (1080 bytes) of data. In this mode, the nominal latency is 1 row if a frame (<15
us). The switching connection memory for the output port requires control for each of the 1080
columns in the frame. Complete specification of an output column requires 11 bits to specify
which of the 1080 input columns to use. Dual copies of this control memory are required to
provide hitless frame boundary switchover.
Each MSU can be independently bypassed for reduced latency or debugging purposes.
10.4.1
Data Buffer
The Data Buffer block contains a double buffer structure for each frame consisting of a data byte,
4-bits of Channel Associated Signaling information and 4 bits of control information necessary
for identifying valid data and timing.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
73
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
10.4.2
Connection Memory
The Connection Memory sub-block contains two pages of mapping configuration, page 0 and
page 1. One page is designated the active page and the other the stand-by page. Selection
between which page is to be active and which is to be stand-by is controlled by the ICMP signal
(for the IMSU) and OCMP signal (for the OMSU). The Connection Memory sub-block samples
the value on the ICMP signal at the C1 byte position as defined by the incoming frame pulse
signal, IC1FP. The Connection Memory sub-block samples the value on the OCMP signal at the
C1 byte position as defined by the receive serial interface frame pulse signal, RC1FP. Swaps
between the active/standby status of the two pages are synchronized to the first A1 byte of the
next frame or multiframe. This arrangement allows all devices in a cross-connect system to be
updated in a coordinated fashion. Consequently, DS0 streams or tributaries not being assigned
new positions are unaffected by page swaps.
The CMP input signals can be overridden by register configuration or by the SBI336S inband link
channel.
10.5
CAS Merging
The Channel Associated Signaling Merge blocks, ICASM and OCASM, insert the CAS signaling
information into the SBI bus on a tributary basis. CAS signaling channels within the SBI bus are
constructed out of the available CAS bits for T1 and E1 SBI tributaries that are enabled for CAS
signaling. The resulting CAS signaling channel replaces the octets of the SBI bus where the new
CAS signaling is to be inserted. This block adds one T1 multiframe (24 frames) or one E1
multiframe (16 frames) of latency to the CAS bits.
10.6
Incoming SBI336 Tributary Translator
The Incoming SBI336 Tributary Translator block, ISTT, translates all SBI336 timing and
Channel Associated Signaling information for all tributaries into SBI336S format. The output
from this block is a 77.76 MHz SBI336 stream with all tributaries and control signals encoded
into an internal format that closely resembles the serial SBI336S format.
This block translates all tributary types into a form that is easy for the 8B/10B encoder to handle
in a more generic form. A control RAM keeps the current configuration for each of the incoming
SBI bus tributaries so that it can perform the translation function.
Common to all tributaries is identification of the first C1 byte. There are unique mappings of the
8B/10B codes for the supported SBI and SBI336 bus link types: Asynchronous T1/E1,
Synchronous (locked) T1/E1, Transparent VT1.5/VT2, DS3/E3 and Fractional rate links. Much of
the identification and mapping of a link into serial SBI format is based on the C1 frame pulse and
a tributaries location relative to that C1 pulse. In addition to the C1FP identification this block
identifies multiframe alignment, valid payload, pointer movements for floating tributaries and
timing control for encoding into the 8B/10B serial SBI format.
This block is transparent in TelecomBus mode.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
74
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
10.7
PRBS Processors
The Working and Protection PRBS Processor blocks, WPP and PPP, provides in-service and offline PRBS generation and detection for diagnostics of the equipment downstream of the two
LVDS links. Each PRBS Processor has the capacity to source and monitor PRBS data for the
associated Working or Protection Serial SBI336S stream with a granularity of unchannelized SBI
SPEs of TelecomBus STS-1s.
10.7.1
PRBS Generator
The PRBS generator sub-block optionally overwrites the data originating from the incoming data
streams, IDATA[4:1][7:0]. When enabled, the PRBS generator sub-block inserts synchronous
payload envelope, SPE bytes into the serial transmit links. The inserted data is derived from an
internal linear feedback shift register (LFSR) with a polynomial of X23 + X18 + 1.
10.7.2
PRBS Detector
The PRBS detector sub-block monitors the synchronous payload envelope, SPE, bytes in the
incoming data stream. The incoming data is compared against the expected value derived from
an internal linear feedback shift register (LFSR) with a polynomial of X23 + X18 + 1. If the
incoming data fails to match the expected value for three consecutive bytes, the PRBS detector
sub-block will enter out-of-synchronization (OOS) state. The LFSR will be re-initialized using
the incoming data bytes. The new LFSR seed is confirmed by comparison with subsequent
incoming data bytes. The PRBS detector sub-block will exit the OOS state when the incoming
data matches the LFSR output for three consecutive bytes. The PRBS detector sub-block will
remain in the OOS state and re-load the LFSR if confirmation failed. The PRBS sub-block
counts PRBS byte errors and optionally generates interrupts when it enters and exits the OOS
state.
10.8
Transmit 8B/10B Encoders
The Transmit 8B/10B Encoder blocks, TW8E and TP8E, construct an 8B/10B character stream
from an incoming translated SBI336 bus or TelecomBus carrying an STS-12/STM-4 equivalent
stream.
In SBI mode, these blocks encode the SBI336S stream as shown in Table 21. When configured
for Synchronous mode for DS0 switching, the 8B/10B encoder transmits CAS signaling
multiframe alignment across the SBI336S interface by generating a C1FP character every 48
frame times. When not configured for DS0 switching the C1FP character is sent every 4 frames.
10.8.1
SBI336S 8B/10B Character Encoding
Table 21 shows the mapping of SBI336S bus control bytes and signals into 8B/10B control
characters. The linkrate octet in location V4, V1 and V2, the in-band programming channel, the
V3 octet when it contains data are all carried as data. Justification requests for master timing are
carried in the V5 character so there are three V5 characters used, nominal, negative timing
adjustment request, positive timing adjustment request.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
75
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Table 21 SBI336S Character Encoding
Code Group
Name
Curr. RDabcdei fghj
Curr. RD+
abcdei fghj
Encoded Signals
Description
110000 0101
IC1FP=’b1
Common to All Link Types
K28.5
001111 1010
C1FP frame and multiframe alignment
K23.7-
111010 1000
-
Overhead Bytes (columns 1-60 or 1-72
except for C1 and in-band programming
channel), V3 or H3 byte except during
negative justification, byte after V3 or H3
byte during positive justification, unused
bytes in fraction rate links
Asynchronous T1/E1 Links
K27.7-
110110 1000
-
V5 byte, no justification request
K28.7-
001111 1000
-
V5 byte, negative justification request
K29.7-
101110 1000
-
V5 byte, positive justification request
-
V5 byte
Synchronous T1/E1 Links
K27.7-
110110 1000
Asynchronous DS3/E3 Links
K27.7-
110110 1000
-
V5 byte, no justification request
K28.7-
001111 1000
-
V5 byte, negative justification request*
K29.7-
101110 1000
-
V5 byte, positive justification request*
K28.7-
001111 1000
-
V5 byte, send one extra byte request**
K29.7-
101110 1000
-
V5 byte, send one less byte request**
Fractional Rate Links
Floating Transparent Virtual Tributaries
K27.7-
110110 1000
-
V5 byte
IV5=1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b00, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b0
K27.7+
-
001001 0111
V5 byte
IV5=1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b00, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b1
K28.7-
001111 1000
-
V5 byte
IV5=1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b01, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b0
K28.7+
-
110000 0111
V5 byte
IV5=1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b01, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b1
K29.7-
101110 1000
-
V5 byte
IV5=1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b10, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b0
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
76
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Code Group
Name
Curr. RDabcdei fghj
Curr. RD+
abcdei fghj
Encoded Signals
Description
K29.7+
-
010001 0111
V5 byte
IV5=1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b10, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b1
K30.7-
011110 1000
-
V5 byte
IV5=1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b11, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b0
K30.7+
-
100001 0111
V5 byte
IV5=1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b11, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b1
Notes
10.8.2
1.
Note there can be multiple V5s per SBI frame when in DS3 or E3 mode but only one justification can
occur per SBI frame. Positive and negative justification request through V5 required by the SBI336S
interface should be limited to one per frame.
2.
Note fractional rate links are symmetric in the transmit and receive direction over SBI336S. When using
clock slave mode with a fractional rate link the clock master makes single byte adjustments to the
slaves rate once per frame.
Serial TelecomBus 8B/10B Character Encoding
Table 22 shows the mapping of TelecomBus control bytes and signals into 8B/10B control
characters. When the TelecomBus control signals conflict each other, the 8B/10B control
characters are generated according to the sequence of the table, with the characters at the top of
the table taking precedence over those lower in the table.
Table 22 Serial TelecomBus Character Encoding
Code Group
Name
Curr. RDabcdei fghj
Curr. RD+
abcdei fghj
Encoded Signals
Description
110000 0101
IC1FP=’b1
IPL=’b0
High Order Path Termination (HPT) Mode
K28.5
001111 1010
C1FP frame and multiframe alignment
K28.0-
001111 0100
-
IPL=’b0
High-order path H3 byte position, no
negative justification event.
K28.0+
-
110000 1011
IPL=’b0
High-order path PSO byte position, positive
justification event.
K28.6
001111 0110
110000 1001
IC1FP=’b1,
IPL=’b1
High-order path frame alignment (J1).
Low Order Path Termination (LPT) Mode
K28.4+
-
110000 1101
ITAIS=’b1
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
77
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Code Group
Name
Curr. RDabcdei fghj
Curr. RD+
abcdei fghj
Encoded Signals
Description
K27.7-
110110 1000
-
IV5=’b1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b00, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b0
Low-order path AIS.
Low order path frame alignment. ERDI
and REI are encoded in the V5 byte.
K27.7+
-
001001 0111
IV5=’b1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b00, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b1
Low order path frame alignment. ERDI
and REI are encoded in the V5 byte.
K28.7-
001111 1000
-
IV5=’b1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b01, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b0
Low order path frame alignment. ERDI
and REI are encoded in the V5 byte.
K28.7+
-
110000 0111
IV5=’b1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b01, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b1
Low order path frame alignment. ERDI
and REI are encoded in the V5 byte.
K29.7-
101110 1000
-
IV5=’b1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b10, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b0
Low order path frame alignment. ERDI
and REI are encoded in the V5 byte.
K29.7+
-
010001 0111
IV5=’b1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b10, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b1
Low order path frame alignment. ERDI
and REI are encoded in the V5 byte.
K30.7-
011110 1000
-
IV5=’b1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b11, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b0
Low order path frame alignment. ERDI
and REI are encoded in the V5 byte.
K30.7+
-
100001 0111
IV5=’b1,
IDATA[0,4] = ERDI[1:0] = ‘b11, IDATA[5] =
REI = ‘b1
Low order path frame alignment. ERDI
and REI are encoded in the V5 byte.
K23.7-
111010 1000
000101 0111
ITPL=’b0
Non low-order path payload bytes.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
78
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
10.9
Transmit Serializer
The Transmit Serializer blocks, TWPS and TPPS, convert 8B/10B characters to bit-serial format.
The Transmit Working Serializer, TWPS, generates a serial stream for the working transmit
LVDS link, TPWRK/TNWRK. The Transmit Protect Serializer, TPPS, generates a serial stream
for the protect transmit LVDS link, TPPROT/TNPROT.
10.10 LVDS Transmitters
The LVDS Transmitters, TWLV and TPLV, convert 8B/10B encoded digital bit-serial streams to
LVDS signaling levels. The Transmit Working LVDS Interface, TWLV, drives the working
transmit LVDS links, TPWRK/TNWRK. The Transmit Protect LVDS Interface block, TPLV,
drives the protect transmit LVDS link, TPPROT/TNPROT.
10.11 Clock Synthesis Unit
The Clock Synthesis Unit, CSU, block generates the 777.6 MHz clock for the transmit and
receive LVDS links.
10.12 Transmit Reference Generator
The Transmit Voltage Reference Generator block generates bias voltages and currents for the
LVDS Transmitters.
10.13 LVDS Receivers
The LVDS Receivers, RWLV and RPLV, convert LVDS signaling levels to 8B/10B encoded
digital bit-serial. The Receive Working LVDS Interface block, RWLV, connects to the working
receive LVDS links, RPWRK/RNWRK. The Receive Protect LVDS Interface block, RPLV,
connects to the protect receive LVDS link RPPROT/RNPROT.
10.14 Data Recovery Units
The Data Recovery Units, WDRU and PDRU, monitor the receive LVDS link for transitions to
determine the extent of bit cycles on the link. It then adjusts its internal timing to sample the link
in the middle of the data “eye”. WDRU retrieves data from the working receive LVDS link,
RPWRK/RNWRK. PDRU processes the protect receive LVDS link, RPPROT/RNPROT.
The DRU block also converts the serial stream into 10-bit words. The words are constructed
from ten consecutive received bits without regard to 8B/10B character boundaries.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
79
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
10.15 Receive 8B/10B Decoders
The Receive 8B/10B serial SBI336S Bus decoders, RW8D and RP8D, frame to the receive
stream to find 8B/10B character boundaries. It also contains a FIFO to bridge between the timing
domain of the receive LVDS links and the system clock timing domain. The RW8D block
performs framing and elastic store functions on data retrieved from the working receive LVDS
link, RPWRK/RNWRK. The RP8D block processes data on the protect receive LVDS link,
RPPROT/RNPROT.
10.15.1
FIFO Buffer
The FIFO buffer sub-block provides isolation between the timing domain of the associated
receive LVDS link and that of the system clock, SYSCLK. The FIFO also provides a retiming
function to allow individual links in a multi-SBS system to have varying interconnect delay. This
eases timing distribution and synchronization in large systems. Data with arbitrary alignment to
8B/10B characters are written into a 10-bit by 24-word deep FIFO at the link clock rate. Data is
read from the FIFO at every SYSCLK cycle.
10.15.2
Serial SBI336S and TelecomBus Alignment
The alignment functionality preformed by each receiver can be broken down into two parts,
character alignment and frame alignment. Character alignment finds the 8B/10B character
boundary in the arbitrarily aligned incoming data. Frame alignment finds SBI336S or
TelecomBus frame and multiframe boundaries within the Serial link.
The character and frame alignment are expected to be robust enough for operation over a cabled
interconnect.
10.15.3
Character Alignment Block
Character alignment locates character boundaries in the incoming 8B/10B data stream. The
character alignment algorithm may be in one of two states, in-character-alignment state and outof-character-alignment state. The two states of the character alignment algorithm is shown in
Figure 9.
When the character alignment state machine is in the out-of-character-alignment state, it
maintains the current alignment, while searching for a C1FP character. If it finds the C1FP
character it will re-align to the C1FP character and move to the in-character-alignment state. The
C1FP character is found by searching for the 8B/10B C1FP character, K28.5+ or K28.5-,
simultaneously in ten possible bit locations. While in the in-character-alignment state, the state
machine monitors LCVs. If 5 or more LCVs are detected within a 15 character window the
character alignment state machine transitions to out-of-character-alignment state. The special
characters listed in Table 21 and Table 22 are ignored for LCV purposes. Upon return to incharacter-alignment state the LCV count is cleared.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
80
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 9 Character Alignment State Machine
5-in-15 LCVs
out-ofcharacteralignment
incharacteralignment
Found C1FP Character
10.15.4
Frame Alignment
Frame alignment locates SBI or TelecomBus frame and multiframe boundaries in the incoming
8B/10B data stream. The frame alignment state machine may be in one of two states, in-framealignment state and out-of-frame-alignment state. Each SBI336S frame is 125uS in duration.
In SBI mode: Encoded over the SBI336S frame alignment is SBI336S multiframe alignment
which is every four SBI336S frames or 500uS. When carrying DS0 traffic in synchronous mode,
signaling multiframe alignment is also necessary and is also encoded over SBI336S alignment.
Signaling multiframe alignment is every 24 frames for T1 links and every 16 frames for E1 links,
therefore signaling multiframe alignment covering both T1 and E1 multiframe alignment is every
48 SBI336S frames or 6ms. Therefore C1FP characters are sent every four or every 48 frames.
In TelecomBus mode: Encoded over the serial link is the tributary multiframe alignment which is
every 4 frames or 500uS. Multiframe alignment is required so that a downstream device can
extract the T1 or E1 data from the tributary. The multiframe information is preserved by only
sending out C1FP characters every four frames.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
81
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
The frame alignment state machine establishes frame alignment over the link and is based on the
frame and not the multiframe alignments. When the frame alignment state machine is in the outof-frame-alignment state, it maintains the current alignment, while searching for a C1FP
character. When it finds the C1FP character the state machine transitions to the in-framealignment state. While in the in-frame-alignment state the state machine monitors out-of-place
C1FP characters. Out-of-place C1FP characters are identified by maintaining a frame counter
based on the C1FP character. The counter is initialized by the C1FP character when in the out-ofcharacter-alignment state, and is unaffected in the in-character-alignment state. If 3 consecutive
C1FPs have been found that do not agree with the expected location as defined by the frame
counter, the state will change to out-of-frame-alignment state.
The frame alignment state machine is also sensitive to character alignment. When the character
alignment state machine is in the out-of-character-alignment state, the frame alignment state
machine is forced out-of-alignment, and is held in that state until the character alignment state
machine transitions to the in-character alignment state.
Figure 10 Frame Alignment State Machine
3 consecutive out-of-place
C1FPs or
out-of-character alignment
out-offramealignment
in-framealignment
Found C1FP and
not (out-of-character alignment)
10.15.5
SBI336S Multiframe Alignment
SBI336S multiframe alignment is communicated across the link by controlling the frequency of
the C1FP character. The most frequent transmission of the C1FP character is every four SBI336S
frame times. This is the SBI336S multiframe and is used when there are no synchronous
tributaries requiring signalling multiframe alignment on the SBI336S bus. When there are
synchronous tributaries on the SBI336S bus the C1FP character is transmitted every 48 frame
times. This is the CAS signaling multiframe and is the lowest common multiple of the 24 frame
T1 multiframe and the 16 frame E1 multiframe.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
82
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
The SBI336S multiframe and signaling multiframe alignment is based a free running multiframe
counter that is reset with each C1FP character received. Under normal operating conditions each
received C1FP character will coincide with the free running multiframe counter. SBI336S
multiframe alignment is always required, SBI336S signaling multiframe alignment is optional
and only required when synchronous tributaries are supported with DS0 level switching.
10.16 Outgoing SBI336S Tributary Translator
The Outgoing SBI Tributary Translator block, OSTT, processes all timing information and
Channel Associated Signaling information for the tributaries on the outgoing SBI Bus or buses.
Input to this block is a 77 MHz SBI stream with all tributaries encoded in an internal format that
closely resembles the serial SBI format.
This block is transparent in TelecomBus mode.
10.16.1
Outgoing SBI336S Translation
This block translates the generic internal SBI format to the external SBI format. A control RAM
keeps the current configuration of the outgoing SBI bus(es) and the tributaries carried so that it
can perform the translation function.
Common to all tributaries is identification of the first C1 byte. There are unique mappings of the
8B/10B codes for the supported SBI bus link types: Asynchronous T1/E1, Synchronous (locked)
T1/E1, Transparent VT1.5/VT2, DS3/E3 and Fractional rate links. Much of the identification and
mapping of a link from serial SBI format is based on the OC1FP frame pulse and a tributaries
location relative to that C1 reference. In addition to the OC1FP identification this block identifies
multiframe alignment, valid payload, pointer movements for floating tributaries and timing
control for decoding from the 8B/10B serial SBI format.
10.17 Outgoing SBI336 Timing Adapter
The Outgoing SBI336 Timing Adapter, OSTA, provides a demultiplexing from a 77.76 MHz
SBI336 or TelecomBus to four outgoing 19.44 MHz SBI or TelecomBuses. The outgoing timing
adapter block also provides a transparent mode when the outgoing interface is already in 77.76
MHz SBI336 or TelecomBus format.
When the SBS is connected to a 19.44 MHz SBI link layer device the justification request signal,
JUST_REQ, is an output from the SBS and is aligned to the incoming bus. This block re-aligns
the internal justification request signal from the internal outgoing SBI336 frame alignment to the
incoming SBI frame alignment, marked by IC1FP. When the SBS is connected to a 19.44 MHz
SBI physical layer device or any 77.76 MHz SBI336 device, no re-alignment of the justification
request is required by this block.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
83
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
10.18 In-band Link Controller
In order to permit centralized control of distributed NSE/SBS fabrics from the NSE
microprocessor interface (for applications in which NSEs are located on fabric cards, and SBSs
are located on multiple line cards), an in-band signaling channel is provided between the NSE and
the SBS over the Serial interface. Each NSE can control up to 32 SBSs which are attached by the
LVDS links. The NSE-SBS in-band channel is full duplex, but the NSE has active control of the
link.
The SBS contains two independent In-Band Link Controllers. One ILC is connected to the
Working Transmit Serial LVDS Link and the other is connected to the Protection Transmit Serial
LVDS Link.
The in-band channel is carried in the first 36 columns of four rows of the SBI or TelecomBus
structure, rows 3, 6, 7 and 8. The overall in-band channel capacity is thus 36*4*64kb/s =
9.216Mb/s. Each 36 bytes per row allocated to the in-band signaling channel is its own in-band
message between the end points. Four bytes of each 36 byte inband message are reserved for endto-end control information and error protection, leaving 8.192Mb/s available for user data transfer
between the end points.
The data transferred between the end points has no fixed format, effectively providing a clear
channel for packet transfer between the attached microprocessors at each of the LVDS link
terminating devices. Using the microprocessor interface, the user is able to send and receive any
packet up to 32 bytes in length. The first two bytes of each 36 byte message contains a header and
the last two bytes of the message is a CRC-16 which detects errors in the message.
This in-band channel is expected to be used almost entirely to carry out switching control changes
in the SBSs. To configure a DS0 in an SBS device most often requires a local microprocessor to
write to one memory location consisting of a 16-bit address and a 16-bit data. Using this as a
baseline and assuming an efficient use of the in-band channel bandwidth we can set a maximum
of (32bytes/row * 4 rows/frame * 8000 frames/sec / 4 bytes/write) 256,000 DS0 configurations
per second.
Considering that configuring a T1 when switching DS0s requires 27 DS0 writes indicates that the
in-band signaling channel bandwidth sets maximum limit of over 9000 T1 configurations per
second. In real life these limits will not be achieved but this shows that the in-band link should
not be the bottleneck. In TelecomBus mode this same configuration will require only 3 writes per
T1 link.
In N+1 protected architectures it is likely that full configuration of a port card will be necessary
during the switchover. This would require the entire connection memory be reconfigured.
Assuming connections for overhead bytes are also reconfigured, the fastest that a complete
reconfiguration can take place is 9720 register writes which equates to (9720 writes * 4
bytes/write / (32 bytes/row * 4 rows/frame * 8000 frames/second)) 38 milliseconds. It is also
possible that the spare card could hold all the connection configurations for all the port cards it is
protecting locally, for even faster switch over.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
84
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
10.18.1
In-Band Signaling Channel Fixed Overhead
The In-Band Link Controller block generates and terminates two bytes of fixed header and a
CRC-16 per every 36 byte in-band message. The two byte header provides control and status
between devices at the ends of the LVDS link. The CRC-16 is calculated over the entire 34 byte
in-band message and provides the terminating end the ability to detect errors in the in-band
message. The format of the in-band message and header bytes is shown in Figure 11 and Figure
12.
Figure 11 In-Band Signaling Channel Message Format
1 byte
1 byte
32 bytes
2 bytes
Header1
Header2
Free Format Information
CRC-16
Figure 12 In-Band Signaling Channel Header Format
Header1
Bit 7
Bit 6
Valid
Link[1:0]
Bit 5
Bit4
Bit3
Page[1:0]
Bit2
Bit1
Bit 0
Bit1
Bit 0
User[2:0]
Header2
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit4
Bit3
Bit2
Aux[7:0]
Table 23 In-band Message Header Fields
Field Name
Received by SBS
Transmitted by SBS
Valid
Message slot contains a valid
message(1) or is empty(0). If empty
this message will not be put into Rx
Message FIFO (other header
information processed as usual)
Message slot contains a valid
message(1) or is empty(0). The
header and CRC bytes are
transmitted regardless of the state of
this bit.
Link[1:0]#
Each bit indicates which Link to use,
working(0) or Protect(1). Other
algorithms are possible in indicate
Working or Protect over these 2 bits.
Each bit shows current Link in use,
working(0) or Protect(1). Other
algorithms are possible in indicate
Working or Protect over these 2 bits.
These bits are transmitted
immediately.
Page[1:0]#
Each bit indicates which configuration
page to use, page (1) or page (0) for
the corresponding MSU. Page[1]
controls the IMSU configuration page
and Page[0] controls the OMSU
configuration page.
Each bit shows current control page in
use, page (1) or page (0) for the
corresponding MSU. Page[1]
indicates the IMSU configuration page
and Page[0] indicates the OMSU
configuration page
Only transmitted from the beginning of
the first message of the frame
User[2:0]#
User defined bits which may be read
through the microprocessor interface.
User[2] is also output from the SBS on
the OUSER2 pin.
User defined bits. User[2] is sourced
from the IUSER2 input to the SBS.
User[1:0] are sourced from an internal
register.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
85
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Transmitted immediately.
Aux[7:0]#
User defined auxiliary register
indication.
User defined auxiliary register
indication.
Transmitted immediately.
#Change in these bits (received side) will not be processed if the received message CRC-16
indicates an error.
Interrupts can be generated when CRC errors are detected or the USER or LINK bits change
state. There is no inherent flow control provided by the In-Band Link Controller. The attached
microprocessor is able to provide flow control via interrupts when the in-band message fifo
overflows and via the USER bits in the header.
As each message arrives, the CRC-16 and valid bit is checked; if the valid bit is not set the
message is discarded, if it fails the CRC check it is flagged as being in error and an interrupt is
generated if enabled. If the CRC-16 is OK, regardless of the valid bit, the Page Link, User and
Aux bits are passed on immediately. If the fifo erroneously overflows, an interrupt is generated.
10.19 Microprocessor Interface
The Microprocessor Interface block provides normal and test mode registers, and logic required
to connect to the microprocessor interface. The normal mode registers are required for normal
operation, and test mode registers are used to enhance testability of the SBS.
Address
Register
000H
SBS Master Reset
001H
SBS Master Configuration
002H
SBS Revision/Part Number
003H
SBS Part Number/Manufacturer ID
004H
SBS Master Bypass
005H
SBS Master SPE Control #1
006H
SBS Master SPE Control #2
007H
SBS Receive Synchronization Delay
008H
SBS In-Band Link User Bits
009H
SBS Receive Configuration
00AH
SBS Transmit Configuration
00BH
SBS Transmit J1 Configuration
00CH
SBS Transmit V1 Configuration
00DH
SBS Transmit H1-H2 Pointer Value
00EH
SBS Transmit Alternate H1-H2 Pointer Value
00FH
SBS Transmit H1-H2 Pointer Selection
010H
SBS Master Interrupt Source
011H
SBS Interrupt Register
012H
SBS Interrupt Enable Register
013H
SBS Loopback Configuration
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
86
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Address
Register
014H
SBS Master Clock Monitor #1, Accumulation Trigger
015H
SBS Master Clock Monitor #2
016H
SBS Master Interrupt Enable Register
017H
SBS Free User Register
020H
ISTA Incoming Parity Configuration
021H
ISTA Incoming Parity Status
022H
ISTA TelecomBus Configuration
023H
ISTA Reserved
024H – 027H
Reserved
028H
IMSU Configuration
029H
IMSU Interrupt Status and Memory Page Update
02AH
IMSU Indirect Time Switch Address
02BH
IMSU Indirect Time Switch Data
02CH – 02FH
Reserved
030H
ICASM CAS Enable Indirect Address
031H
ICASM CAS Enable Indirect Control
032H
ICASM CAS Enable Indirect Data
033H
ICASM Reserved
034H – 037H
Reserved
038H
ISTT Control RAM Indirect Access Address Register
039H
ISTT Control RAM Indirect Access Control Register
03AH
ISTT Control RAM Indirect Access Data Register
03BH
Reserved
03CH – 03FH
Reserved
040H
OSTT Control RAM Indirect Access Address Register
041H
OSTT Control RAM Indirect Access Control Register
042H
OSTT Control RAM Indirect Access Data Register
043H
Reserved
044H – 047H
Reserved
048H
OMSU Configuration
049H
OMSU Interrupt Status and Memory Page Update
04AH
OMSU Indirect Time Switch Address
04BH
OMSU Indirect Time Switch Data
04CH – 04FH
Reserved
050H
OCASM Indirect Address
051H
OCASM Indirect Control
052H
OCASM Indirect Data
053H
OCASM Reserved
054H – 05FH
Reserved
060H
OSTA Outgoing Configuration and Parity
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
87
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Address
Register
061H
OSTA Outgoing J1 Configuration
062H
OSTA Outgoing V1 Configuration
063H
OSTA H1-H2 Pointer Value
064H
OSTA Alternate H1-H2 Pointer Value
065H
OSTA H1-H2 Pointer Selection
066H
OSTA Output Enable Indirect Access Address
067H
OSTA Output Enable Indirect Access Control
068H
OSTA Output Enable Indirect Access Data
069H – 06FH
OSTA Reserved
070H
WPP Indirect Address
071H
WPP Indirect Data
072H
WPP Generator Payload Configuration
073H
WPP Monitor Payload Configuration
074H
WPP Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Status
075H
WPP Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Enable
076H
Reserved
077H
Reserved
078H
Reserved
079H
WPP Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Status
07AH
WPP Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Enable
07BH
WPP Monitor Synchronization State
07CH
WPP Performance Counters Transfer Trigger
07DH – 07FH
WPP Reserved
080H
PPP Indirect Address
081H
PPP Indirect Data
082H
PPP Generator Payload Configuration
083H
PPP Monitor Payload Configuration
084H
PPP Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Status
085H
PPP Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Enable
086H
Reserved
087H
Reserved
088H
Reserved
089H
PPP Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Status
08AH
PPP Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Enable
08BH
PPP Monitor Synchronization State
08CH
PPP Performance Counters Transfer Trigger
08DH – 08FH
PPP Reserved
090H
WILC Transmit Message FIFO Data High
091H
WILC Transmit Message FIFO Data Low
092H
WILC Reserved
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
88
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Address
Register
093H
WILC Transmit Control
094H
WILC Reserved
095H
WILC Transmit Status and FIFO Synch
096H
WILC Receive Message FIFO Data High
097H
WILC Receive Message FIFO Data Low
098H
WILC Reserved
099H
WILC Receive Control
09AH
WILC Receive Auxiliary
09BH
WILC Receive Status and FIFO Synch
09CH
WILC Reserved
09DH
WILC Interrupt Enable and Control
09EH
WILC Reserved
09FH
WILC Interrupt Reason
0A0H
PILC Transmit Message FIFO Data High
0A1H
PILC Transmit Message FIFO Data Low
0A2H
PILC Reserved
0A3H
PILC Transmit Control
0A4H
PILC Reserved
0A5H
PILC Transmit Status and FIFO Synch
0A6H
PILC Receive Message FIFO Data High
0A7H
PILC Receive Message FIFO Data Low
0A8H
PILC Reserved
0A9H
PILC Receive Control
0AAH
PILC Receive Auxiliary
0ABH
PILC Receive Status and FIFO Synch
0ACH
PILC Reserved
0ADH
PILC Interrupt Enable and Control
0AEH
PILC Reserved
0AFH
PILC Interrupt Reason
0B0H
TW8E Control and Status
0B1H
TW8E Interrupt Status
0B2H
TW8E Time-slot Configuration #1
0B3H
TW8E Time-slot Configuration #2
0B4H
TW8E Test Pattern
0B5H
TW8E Analog Control
0B6H – 0B7H
TW8E Reserved
0B8H
TP8E Control and Status
0B9H
TP8E Interrupt Status
0BAH
TP8E Time-slot Configuration #1
0BBH
TP8E Time-slot Configuration #2
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
89
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Address
Register
0BCH
TP8E Test Pattern
0BDH
TP8E Analog Control
0BEH – 0BFH
TP8E Reserved
0C0H
RW8D Control and Status
0C1H
RW8D Interrupt Status
0C2H
RW8D Line Code Violation Count
0C3H
RW8D Analog Control #1
0C4H – 0C7H
RW8D Reserved
0C8H
RP8D Control and Status
0C9H
RP8D Interrupt Status
0CAH
RP8D Line Code Violation Count
0CBH
RP8D Analog Control
0CCH – 0CFH
RP8D Reserved
0D0H
CSTR Control
0D1H
CSTR Interrupt Enable and Status
0D2H
CSTR Interrupt Indication
0D3H
CSTR Reserved
0D4H – 0DFH
Reserved
0E0H
REFDLL Configuration
0E1H
REFDLL Reserved
0E2H
REFDLL Reserved
0E3H
REFDLL Control Status
0E4H – 0E7H
Reserved
0E8H
SYSDLL Configuration
0E9H
SYSDLL Reserved
0EAH
SYSDLL Reserved
0EBH
SYSDLL Control Status
0ECH – 0FFH
Reserved
100H
SBS Master Test
101H – 1FFH
Reserved for Test
Note
1.
For all register accesses, CSB must be set low.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
90
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
11
Normal Mode Register Description
Normal mode registers are used to configure and monitor the operation of the SBS. Normal
mode registers (as opposed to test mode registers) are selected when A[8] is set low.
Notes on Normal Mode Register Bits:
1. Writing values into unused register bits has no effect. However, to ensure software
compatibility with future, feature-enhanced versions of this product, unused register bits must
be written with logic zero. Reading back unused bits can produce either a logic one or a logic
zero; hence, unused register bits should be masked off by software when read.
2. All configuration bits that can be written into can also be read back. This allows the
processor controlling the TSB to determine the programming state of the block.
3. Writeable normal mode register bits are cleared to logic zero upon reset unless otherwise
noted.
4. Writing into read-only normal mode register bit locations does not affect SBS operation
unless otherwise noted.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
91
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 000H: SBS Master Reset
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
0
Bit 14
Unused
0
Bit 13
Unused
0
Bit 12
Unused
0
Bit 11
Unused
0
Bit 10
Unused
0
Bit 9
Unused
0
Bit 8
Unused
0
Bit 7
Unused
0
Bit 6
Unused
0
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 1
R/W
ARESET
0
Bit 0
R/W
DRESET
0
Reserved
These bits must be set low for proper operation of the SBS.
ARESET
The analogue reset bit (ARESET) allows the analogue circuitry in the SBS to be reset and
disabled under software control. When the ARESET bit is set high, all SBS analogue
circuitry is held in reset and disabled. This bit is not self-clearing. Therefore, it must be set
low to bring the affected circuitry out of reset and enable it. Holding SBS in analogue reset
state places it into a low power, disabled mode. A hardware reset clears the ARESET bit, thus
negating the analogue software reset.
DRESET
The digital reset bit (DRESET) allows the digital circuitry in the SBS to be reset under
software control. When the DRESET bit is set high, all SBS digital circuitry is held in reset
with the exception of this register. This bit is not self-clearing. Therefore, it must be set low
to bring the affected circuitry out of reset. Holding SBS in digital reset state places it into a
low power, digital stand-by mode. A hardware reset clears the DRESET bit, thus negating the
digital software reset.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
92
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 001H: SBS Master Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Unused
0
Bit 14
R/W
ICMP_SRC[1]
0
Bit 13
R/W
ICMP_SRC[0]
0
Bit 12
R/W
ICMP_VAL
0
Unused
0
OCMP_SRC[1]
0
Bit 15
Bit 11
Bit 10
R/W
Bit 9
R/W
OCMP_SRC[0]
0
Bit 8
R/W
OCMP_VAL
0
Bit 7
R/W
RWSEL_SRC
0
Bit 6
R/W
RWSEL_VAL
1
Bit 5
R/W
PARALLEL_MODE
0
Bit 4
R/W
COLUMN_MODE
0
Bit 3
R/W
PHY_SBI
1
Bit 2
R/W
MF_48
0
Bit 1
R/W
TELECOM_BUS
0
Bit 0
R/W
19M_BUS
0
ICMP_SRC[1:0]
The ICMP_SRC[1:0] bits select the source for the incoming connection memory page
information.
ICMP_SRC[1:0]
Source
00
ICMP_VAL register bit
01
ICMP input pin
10
PAGE bit from the active ILC (as determined by the
RWSEL_VAL bit or RWSEL input)
11
Reserved
ICMP_VAL
The ICMP_VAL bit controls the selection of the connection memory page in each Incoming
Memory Switch Unit, IMSU. When ICMP_VAL is a logic one, connection memory page 1 is
selected. When ICMP_VAL is a logic zero, connection memory page 0 is selected.
ICMP_VAL is sampled at the C1 byte position as defined by the incoming frame pulse signal
(IC1FP). Changes to the connection memory page selection are synchronized to the frame
boundary of the next frame (in TelecomBus mode), 4 frame multiframe (in SBI mode without
CAS), or 48 frame multiframe (in SBI mode with CAS). This bit is only used when
ICMP_SRC[1:0] = ‘b00.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
93
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
OCMP_SRC[1:0]
The OCMP_SRC[1:0] bits select the source for the outgoing connection memory page
information.
OCMP_SRC[1:0]
Source
00
OCMP_VAL register bit
01
OCMP input pin
10
PAGE bit from the active ILC (as determined by the
RWSEL_VAL bit or RWSEL input)
11
Reserved
OCMP_VAL
The OCMP_VAL bit controls the selection of the connection memory page in each Outgoing
Memory Switch Unit, OMSU. When OCMP_VAL is a logic one, connection memory page 1
is selected. When OCMP_VAL is a logic zero, connection memory page 0 is selected.
OCMP_VAL is sampled at the C1 byte position as defined by the receive frame pulse signal
(RC1FP). Changes to the connection memory page selection are synchronized to the frame
boundary of the next frame (in TelecomBus mode), 4 frame multiframe (in SBI mode without
CAS), or 48 frame multiframe (in SBI mode with CAS). This bit is only used when
OCMP_SRC[1:0] = ‘b00.
RWSEL_SRC
The RWSEL_SRC bit selects the source for the selection of which link, the working or the
protect, is active. When RWSEL_SRC is a logic zero, the RWSEL_VAL register bit is used
as the source for selecting the active link. When RWSEL_SRC is a logic one, the RWSEL
input is used as the source for selecting the active link.
RWSEL_VAL
The RWSEL_VAL bit selects between the receive working and protect links when the
RWSEL_SRC is a logic zero. When RWSEL_VAL is a logic one, the working link is
selected and the SBS listens to the data from the RPWRK and RNWRK inputs. When
RWSEL_VAL is a logic zero, the protect link is selected and the SBS listens to the data from
the RPPROT and RNPROT inputs. This bit has no effect when the RWSEL_SRC bit is a
logic one or when the parallel interface is used (PARALLEL_MODE = ‘b1).
PARALLEL_MODE
The PARALLEL_MODE bit selects between the parallel bus or the serial LVDS links on the
transmit and receive interfaces. When PARALLEL_MODE is set to a logic one, parallel
mode is enabled. When PARALLEL_MODE is set to a logic zero, the serial LVDS mode is
enabled.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
94
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
COLUMN_MODE
The COLUMN_MODE bit selects between column switching and DS0 switching. When
COLUMN_MODE is set to a logic one, column switching is enabled and the SBS is
configured to switch columns within the SBI336 or TelecomBus. When COLUMN_MODE
is set to a logic zero, DS0 switching is enabled and the SBS is configured to switch DS0’s
within the SBI336 bus. DS0 switching is not permitted in TelecomBus mode.
PHY_SBI
The PHY_SBI bit configures the direction of the JUST_REQ[4:1] input/output signals on the
incoming and outgoing buses. When PHY_SBI is set to a logic one, the SBS is configured to
be connected to a PHY device and the JUST_REQ[4:1] signal is an input. When PHY_SBI is
set to a logic zero, the SBS is configured to be connected to a Link layer device and the
JUST_REQ[4:1] signal is an output.
MF_48
The MF_48 bit selects between 4 frame multiframe mode or 48 frame multiframe mode on
the SBI336 bus. When MF_48 is a logic one, 48 frame mode is selected. IC1FP is expected
once every 48 frames and OC1FP is output every 48 frames, indicating CAS signaling
multiframe alignment. When MF_48 is a logic zero, 4 frame mode is selected. IC1FP is
expected once every 4 frames and OC1FP is output every 4 frames. This bit has no effect
when in TelecomBus mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b1).
TELECOM_BUS
The TELECOM_BUS bit selects between TelecomBus and SBI bus modes on the incoming
and outgoing buses. When TELECOM_BUS is set to a logic one, TelecomBus mode is
selected and all frame pulses must mark C1J1V1 positions. When TELECOM_BUS is set to
a logic zero, SBI bus mode is selected and the all frame pulses only mark the C1 position.
19M_BUS
The 19M_BUS bit selects between 19 MHz and 77 MHz mode on the incoming and outgoing
buses. When 19M_BUS is set to a logic zero, 19 MHz mode is selected and 4 separate 19
MHz buses are used. When 19M_BUS is set to a logic one, 77 MHz mode is selected and a
single 77 MHz bus is used.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
95
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 002H: SBS Version/Part Number
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
VERSION[3]
0
Bit 14
R
VERSION[2]
0
Bit 13
R
VERSION[1]
0
Bit 12
R
VERSION[0]
0
Bit 11
R
PART_NUMBER[15]
1
Bit 10
R
PART_NUMBER[14]
0
Bit 9
R
PART_NUMBER[13]
0
Bit 8
R
PART_NUMBER[12]
0
Bit 7
R
PART_NUMBER[11]
0
Bit 6
R
PART_NUMBER[10]
1
Bit 5
R
PART_NUMBER[9]
1
Bit 4
R
PART_NUMBER[8]
0
Bit 3
R
PART_NUMBER[7]
0
Bit 2
R
PART_NUMBER[6]
0
Bit 1
R
PART_NUMBER[5]
0
Bit 0
R
PART_NUMBER[4]
1
VERSION[3:0]
The VERSION[3:0] bits report the binary revision number of the SBS silicon.
PART_NUMBER[15:4]
The PART NUMBER[15:4] bits represent the 12 most significant bits of the part number of
the SBS device.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
96
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 003H: SBS Part Number/Manufacturer ID
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
PART_NUMBER[3]
0
Bit 14
R
PART_NUMBER[2]
0
Bit 13
R
PART_NUMBER[1]
0
Bit 12
R
PART_NUMBER[0]
0
Bit 11
R
MANUFACTURER_ID[10]
0
Bit 10
R
MANUFACTURER_ID[9]
0
Bit 9
R
MANUFACTURER_ID[8]
0
Bit 8
R
MANUFACTURER_ID[7]
0
Bit 7
R
MANUFACTURER_ID[6]
1
Bit 6
R
MANUFACTURER_ID[5]
1
Bit 5
R
MANUFACTURER_ID[4]
0
Bit 4
R
MANUFACTURER_ID[3]
0
Bit 3
R
MANUFACTURER_ID[2]
1
Bit 2
R
MANUFACTURER_ID[1]
1
Bit 1
R
MANUFACTURER_ID[0]
0
Bit 0
R
JID
1
PART_NUMBER[3:0]
The PART NUMBER[3:0] bits represent the 4 least significant bits of the part number of the
SBS device.
MANUFACTURER_ID[10:0]
The MANUFACTURER ID[10:0] bits represent the 11 bit manufacturer’s code assigned to
PMC-Sierra, Inc. for inclusion in the JTAG Boundary Scan Identification Code. For more
information on JTAG Boundary Scan, refer to Section 12.
JID
The JID bit is bit 0 in the JTAG identification code.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
97
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 004H: SBS Master Bypass Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
0
Bit 14
Unused
0
Bit 13
Unused
0
Bit 12
Unused
0
Bit 11
Unused
0
Bit 10
Unused
0
Bit 9
Unused
0
Bit 8
Unused
0
Bit 7
Unused
0
Bit 6
Unused
0
Bit 5
R/W
IMSU_BYPASS
0
Bit 4
R/W
ICASE_BYPASS
0
Bit 3
R/W
ICASM_BYPASS
0
Bit 2
R/W
OMSU_BYPASS
0
Bit 1
R/W
OCASE_BYPASS
0
Bit 0
R/W
OCASM_BYPASS
0
IMSU_BYPASS
The IMSU_BYPASS bit is used to bypass the functionality of the IMSU block. When
IMSU_BYPASS is a logic one, the incoming memory switch is bypassed and the incoming
data bus is passed to the transmit data bus unmodified. This eliminates the one frame delay
through the IMSU and places the IMSU in a low power mode. When IMSU_BYPASS is a
logic zero, the IMSU is not bypassed and must be configured.
ICASE_BYPASS
The ICASE_BYPASS bit is used to bypass the functionality of the ICASE block. When
ICASE_BYPASS is a logic one, the incoming CAS extractor is bypassed and the CAS bits
are not extracted from the SBI336 bus. This places the ICASE block in a low power mode.
When ICASE_BYPASS is a logic zero, the ICASE is not bypassed and the CAS bits are
extracted from the SBI336 bus.
ICASM_BYPASS
The ICASM_BYPASS bit is used to bypass the functionality of the ICASM block. When
ICASM_BYPASS is a logic one, the incoming CAS merge block is bypassed and the CAS
bits are not inserted into the SBI336 bus. This places the ICASM block in a low power
mode. When ICASM_BYPASS is a logic zero, the ICASM is not bypassed and the CAS bits
are inserted into the SBI336 bus.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
98
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
OMSU_BYPASS
The OMSU_BYPASS bit is used to bypass the functionality of the OMSU block. When
OMUS_BYPASS is a logic one, the outgoing memory switch is bypassed and the receive
data bus is passed to the outgoing data bus unmodified. This eliminates the one frame delay
through the OMSU and places the OMSU in a low power mode. When OMSU_BYPASS is a
logic zero, the OMSU is not bypassed and must be configured.
OCASE_BYPASS
The OCASE_BYPASS bit is used to bypass the functionality of the OCASE block. When
OCASE_BYPASS is a logic one, the transmit CAS extractor is bypassed and the CAS bits are
not extracted from the SBI336 bus. This places the OCASE block in a low power mode.
When OCASE_BYPASS is a logic zero, the OCASE is not bypassed and the CAS bits are
extracted from the SBI336 bus.
OCASM_BYPASS
The OCASM_BYPASS bit is used to bypass the functionality of the OCASM block. When
OCASM_BYPASS is a logic one, the transmit CAS merge block is bypassed and the CAS
bits are not inserted into the SBI336 bus. This places the OCASM block in a low power
mode. When OCASM_BYPASS is a logic zero, the OCASM is not bypassed and the CAS
bits are inserted into the SBI336 bus.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
99
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 005H: SBS Master SPE Control #1
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
0
Bit 14
Unused
0
Bit 13
Unused
0
Bit 12
Unused
0
Bit 11
Unused
0
Bit 10
Unused
0
Bit 9
Unused
0
Bit 8
Unused
0
Bit 7
R/W
SBI4_SPE3_TYP[1]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SBI4_SPE3_TYP[0]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SBI3_SPE3_TYP[1]
0
Bit 4
R/W
SBI3_SPE3_TYP[0]
0
Bit 3
R/W
SBI2_SPE3_TYP[1]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SBI2_SPE3_TYP[0]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SBI1_SPE3_TYP[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SBI1_SPE3_TYP[0]
0
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
100
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 006H: SBS Master SPE Control #2
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
SBI4_SPE2_TYP[1]
0
Bit 14
R/W
SBI4_SPE2_TYP[0]
0
Bit 13
R/W
SBI3_SPE2_TYP[1]
0
Bit 12
R/W
SBI3_SPE2_TYP[0]
0
Bit 11
R/W
SBI2_SPE2_TYP[1]
0
Bit 10
R/W
SBI2_SPE2_TYP[0]
0
Bit 9
R/W
SBI1_SPE2_TYP[1]
0
Bit 8
R/W
SBI1_SPE2_TYP[0]
0
Bit 7
R/W
SBI4_SPE1_TYP[1]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SBI4_SPE1_TYP[0]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SBI3_SPE1_TYP[1]
0
Bit 4
R/W
SBI3_SPE1_TYP[0]
0
Bit 3
R/W
SBI2_SPE1_TYP[1]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SBI2_SPE1_TYP[0]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SBI1_SPE1_TYP[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SBI1_SPE1_TYP[0]
0
SBIx_SPEy_TYP[1:0]
The SBIx_SPEy_TYP[1:0] bits select the SPE type for the specified SPE within the specified
SBI bus. The types for each SPE are independently configured with possible types being T1,
E1, DS3/E3 and fractional rate links. These bits only have an effect when in SBI mode
(TELECOM_BUS = ‘b0 in the SBS Master Configuration Register). The setting for
SBIx_SPEy_TYP[1:0] are:
SBIx_SPEy_TYP[1:0]
Payload Type
00
T1
01
E1
10
DS3/E3
11
Fractional Rate
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
101
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 007H: SBS Receive Synchronization Delay
Bit
Type
Function
Bit 15
R
TIP
0
Unused
0
Bit 14
Default
Bit 13
R/W
RC1FPDLY[13]
0
Bit 12
R/W
RC1FPDLY[12]
0
Bit 11
R/W
RC1FPDLY[11]
0
Bit 10
R/W
RC1FPDLY[10]
0
Bit 9
R/W
RC1FPDLY[9]
0
Bit 8
R/W
RC1FPDLY[8]
0
Bit 7
R/W
RC1FPDLY[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
RC1FPDLY[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
RC1FPDLY[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
RC1FPDLY[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
RC1FPDLY[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
RC1FPDLY[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
RC1FPDLY[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
RC1FPDLY[0]
0
TIP
The transfer in progress bit (TIP) reports the status of latching performance monitor counting
into holding registers. TIP is set high when a transfer is initiated by a write access to the SBS
Master Signal Monitor #1, Accumulation Trigger Register (014H). It is set low when all the
counters in the SBS have transferred their values to holding registers. The updated counts are
now available for reading at the designated registers.
RC1FPDLY[13:0]
The receive transport frame delay bits (RC1FPDLY[13:0]) controls the delay, in SYSCLK
cycles, inserted by the SBS before processing the C1 characters delivered by the receive
serial data links. RC1FPDLY should be set such that after the specified delay the active
receive link should have delivered the C1 character. The relationships between RC1FP,
RC1FPDLY and the receive serial links is described in the Functional Timing section.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
102
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 008H: SBS In-Bank Link User Bits
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
0
Bit 14
Unused
0
Bit 13
Unused
0
Bit 12
Unused
0
Bit 11
Unused
0
Bit 10
Unused
0
Bit 9
Unused
0
Bit 8
Unused
0
Bit 7
Unused
0
Bit 6
Unused
0
Bit 5
Unused
0
Bit 4
Unused
0
Bit 3
R/W
TXWUSER[1]
0
Bit 2
R/W
TXWUSER[0]
0
Bit 1
R/W
TXPUSER[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
TXPUSER[0]
0
TXWUSER[1:0]
The Transmit Working USER bits (TXWUSER[1:0]) contain the values to be inserted in the
USER[1:0] bits in the header of the working in-band signaling channel.
TXPUSER[1:0]
The Transmit Protection USER bits (TXWUSER[1:0]) contain the values to be inserted in the
USER[1:0] bits in the header of the protection in-band signaling channel.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
103
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 009H: SBS Receive Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
0
Bit 14
Unused
0
Bit 13
Unused
0
Bit 12
Unused
0
Bit 11
Unused
0
Bit 10
Unused
0
Bit 9
Unused
0
RLOCK0
0
Bit 7
Unused
0
Bit 6
Unused
0
Bit 5
Unused
0
Bit 4
Unused
0
Bit 3
Unused
0
INCLRC1
0
Bit 8
Bit 2
R/W
R/W
Bit 1
R/W
INCLRPL
0
Bit 0
R/W
ROP
0
RLOCK0
The RLOCK0 bit controls the position of the J1 byte in the Receive TelecomBus. When
RLOCK0 is a logic one, the J1 byte is expected to be locked to an offset of 0 (the byte
following H3). When RLOCK0 is a logic zero, the J1 byte is expected to be locked to an
offset of 522 (the byte following C1). This bit is used to determine where to sample RC1FP
in order to find the byte following J1 which will indicate multiframe alignment. This bit only
has an effect when in TelecomBus mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b1 in the SBS Master
Configuration Register).
INCLRPL
The INCLRPL bit controls whether the RPL input signal participates in the receive parity
calculations. When INCLRPL is set to a logic one, the parity calculation includes the RPL
input. When INCLRPL is set to a logic zero, parity is calculated without regard to the state of
RPL. This bit only takes effect when in TelecomBus mode.
INCLRC1
The INCLRC1 bit controls whether the RC1FP input signal participates in the receive parity
calculations. When INCLRC1 is set to a logic one, the parity calculation includes the RC1FP
input. When INCLRC1 is set to a logic zero, parity is calculated without regard to the state
of RC1FP. This bit only takes effect when in TelecomBus mode.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
104
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
ROP
The receive odd parity bit (ROP) controls the expected parity on the receive bus. When ROP
is set to a logic one, the expected parity on the RDP input is odd. When ROP is set to a logic
zero, the parity is even. In SBI bus mode, the parity calculation encompasses the
RDATA[7:0], RPL and RV5 signals. In TelecomBus mode, the parity calculation
encompasses the RDATA[7:0] and optionally RPL and RC1FP as determined by the
INCLRPL and INCLRC1 bits.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
105
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 00AH: SBS Transmit Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
0
Bit 14
Unused
0
Bit 13
Unused
0
Bit 12
Unused
0
Bit 11
Unused
0
Bit 10
Unused
0
Bit 9
Unused
0
TLOCK0
0
Bit 7
Unused
0
Bit 6
Unused
0
Bit 5
Unused
0
Bit 4
Unused
0
Bit 3
Unused
0
0
Bit 8
R/W
Bit 2
R/W
INCLTC1
Bit 1
R/W
INCLTPL
0
Bit 0
R/W
TOP
0
TLOCK0
The TLOCK0 bit controls the position of the J1 byte in the Transmit TelecomBus. When
TLOCK0 is a logic one, the J1 byte is expected to be locked to an offset of 0 (the byte
following H3). When TLOCK0 is a logic zero, the J1 byte is expected to be locked to an
offset of 522 (the byte following C1). This bit is used to determine where to pulse the TC1FP
output when any part of STS1_TJ1EN[12:1] or STS1_TV1EN[12:1] are set. This bit only
has an effect when in TelecomBus mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b1 in the SBS Master
Configuration Register).
INCLTC1
The INCLTC1 bit controls whether the TC1FP output signal participates in the transmit parity
calculations. When INCLTC1 is set to a logic one, the parity calculation includes the TC1FP
output. When INCLTC1 is set to a logic zero, parity is calculated without regard to the state
of TC1FP. This bit only take effect when in TelecomBus mode.
INCLTPL
The INCLTPL bit controls whether the TPL output signal participates in the transmit parity
calculations. When INCLTPL is set to a logic one, the parity calculation includes the TPL
output. When INCLTPL is set to a logic zero, parity is calculated without regard to the state
of TPL. This bit only takes effect when in TelecomBus mode.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
106
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
TOP
The transmit odd parity bit (TOP) controls the parity generated on the transmit bus. When
TOP is set to a logic one, the parity on the TDP output is odd. When TOP is set to a logic
zero, the parity is even. In SBI bus mode, the parity calculation encompasses the
TDATA[7:0], TPL and TV5 signals. In TelecomBus mode, the parity calculation
encompasses the TDATA[7:0] and optionally TPL and TC1FP as determined by the
INCLTPL and INCLTC1 bits.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
107
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 00BH: SBS Transmit J1 Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
0
Bit 14
Unused
0
Bit 13
Unused
0
Bit 12
Unused
0
Bit 11
R/W
STS1_TJ1EN[12]
0
Bit 10
R/W
STS1_TJ1EN[11]
0
Bit 9
R/W
STS1_TJ1EN[10]
0
Bit 8
R/W
STS1_TJ1EN[9]
0
Bit 7
R/W
STS1_TJ1EN[8]
0
Bit 6
R/W
STS1_TJ1EN[7]
0
Bit 5
R/W
STS1_TJ1EN[6]
0
Bit 4
R/W
STS1_TJ1EN[5]
0
Bit 3
R/W
STS1_TJ1EN[4]
0
Bit 2
R/W
STS1_TJ1EN[3]
0
Bit 1
R/W
STS1_TJ1EN[2]
0
Bit 0
R/W
STS1_TJ1EN[1]
0
STS1_TJ1EN[12:1]
The STS1_TJ1EN[12:1] bit controls the inclusion of the J1 byte identification on the TC1FP
output for each of the 12 STS-1’s. When STS1_TJ1EN[x] is a logic one, the TC1FP output
will pulse high during the J1 byte position of the associated STS-1 along with the usual C1
byte position. The position of the J1 byte relative to the C1 position is determined by the
TLOCK0 bit. When STS1_TJ1EN[x] is a logic zero, the TC1FP will not pulse high during
the J1 byte position of the associated STS-1. This bit only has an effect when in TelecomBus
mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b1 in the SBS Master Configuration Register).
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
108
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 00CH: SBS Transmit V1 Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
0
Bit 14
Unused
0
Bit 13
Unused
0
Bit 12
Unused
0
Bit 11
R/W
STS1_TV1EN[12]
0
Bit 10
R/W
STS1_TV1EN[11]
0
Bit 9
R/W
STS1_TV1EN[10]
0
Bit 8
R/W
STS1_TV1EN[9]
0
Bit 7
R/W
STS1_TV1EN[8]
0
Bit 6
R/W
STS1_TV1EN[7]
0
Bit 5
R/W
STS1_TV1EN[6]
0
Bit 4
R/W
STS1_TV1EN[5]
0
Bit 3
R/W
STS1_TV1EN[4]
0
Bit 2
R/W
STS1_TV1EN[3]
0
Bit 1
R/W
STS1_TV1EN[2]
0
Bit 0
R/W
STS1_TV1EN[1]
0
STS1_TV1EN[12:1]
The STS1_TV1EN[12:1] bit controls the inclusion of the byte following J1 identification on
the TC1FP output for each of the 12 STS-1’s. When STS1_TV1EN[x] is a logic one, the
TC1FP output will pulse high during the byte following the J1 position of the associated STS1 along with the usual C1 byte position. The position of the J1 byte relative to the C1
position is determined by the TLOCK0 bit. When STS1_TV1EN is a logic zero, the TC1FP
will not pulse high during the byte following the J1 position of the associated STS-1. This bit
only has an effect when in TelecomBus mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b1 in the SBS Master
Configuration Register).
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
109
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 00DH: SBS Transmit H1-H2 Pointer Value
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
H1[7]
0
Bit 14
R/W
H1[6]
0
Bit 13
R/W
H1[5]
0
Bit 12
R/W
H1[4]
0
Bit 11
R/W
H1[3]
0
Bit 10
R/W
H1[2]
0
Bit 9
R/W
H1[1]
0
Bit 8
R/W
H1[0]
0
Bit 7
R/W
H2[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
H2[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
H2[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
H2[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
H2[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
H2[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
H2[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
H2[0]
0
H1[7:0]
The H1[7:0] bits contain the value to be output during the H1 position of the transport
overhead of the Transmit TelecomBus when the STS1_PTR_SEL[x] bit is a logic zero and
the H1H2EN bit is set high. These bits have no effect when H1H2EN is low or when in SBI
mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b0 in the Master Configuration Register).
H2[7:0]
The H2[7:0] bits contain the value to be output during the H2 position of the transport
overhead of the Transmit TelecomBus when the STS1_PTR_SEL[x] bit is a logic zero and
the H1H2EN bit is set high. These bits have no effect when H1H2EN is low or when in SBI
mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b0 in the Master Configuration Register).
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
110
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 00EH: SBS Transmit Alternate H1-H2 Pointer Value
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
H1_ALT[7]
0
Bit 14
R/W
H1_ALT[6]
0
Bit 13
R/W
H1_ALT[5]
0
Bit 12
R/W
H1_ ALT[4]
0
Bit 11
R/W
H1_ ALT[3]
0
Bit 10
R/W
H1_ ALT[2]
0
Bit 9
R/W
H1_ ALT[1]
0
Bit 8
R/W
H1_ ALT[0]
0
Bit 7
R/W
H2_ ALT[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
H2_ ALT[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
H2_ ALT[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
H2_ ALT[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
H2_ ALT[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
H2_ ALT[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
H2_ ALT[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
H2_ ALT[0]
0
H1_ALT[7:0]
The H1_ALT[7:0] bits contain the value to be output during the H1 position of the transport
overhead of the Transmit TelecomBus when the STS1_PTR_SEL[x] bit is a logic one and the
H1H2EN bit is set high. These bits have no effect when H1H2EN is low or when in SBI
mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b0 in the Master Configuration Register).
H2_ALT[7:0]
The H2_ALT[7:0] bits contain the value to be output during the H2 position of the transport
overhead of the Transmit TelecomBus when the STS1_PTR_SEL[x] bit is a logic one and the
H1H2EN bit is set high. These bits have no effect when H1H2EN is low or when in SBI
mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b0 in the Master Configuration Register).
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
111
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 00FH: SBS Transmit H1-H2 Pointer Selection
Bit
Type
Function
Bit 15
R/W
Default
H1H2EN
0
Bit 14
Unused
0
Bit 13
Unused
0
Bit 12
Unused
0
Bit 11
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[12]
0
Bit 10
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[11]
0
Bit 9
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[10]
0
Bit 8
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[9]
0
Bit 7
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[8]
0
Bit 6
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[7]
0
Bit 5
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[6]
0
Bit 4
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[5]
0
Bit 3
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[4]
0
Bit 2
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[3]
0
Bit 1
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[2]
0
Bit 0
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[1]
0
H1H2EN
The H1H2EN bit enables the insertion of the H1 and H2 bytes in the transport overhead.
When H1H2EN is a logic one, the values in the internal registers is inserted into the H1 and
H2 bytes of the Transmit TelecomBus according to the STS1_PTR_SEL[12:1] bits. When
H1H2EN is a logic zero, the values from the internal registers is not inserted into the H1 and
H2 bytes. This bit has no effect when in SBI mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b0 in the Master
Configuration Register).
STS1_PTR_SEL[12:1]
The STS1_PTR_SEL[12:1] bits select which of the two H1-H2 Pointer registers is used for
each of the 12 STS-1’s output on the Transmit TelecomBus when the H1H2EN bit is set.
When STS1_PTR_SEL[x] is a logic zero, the SBS Transmit H1-H2 Pointer Value register is
used for the associated STS-1 on the Transmit bus. When STS1_PTR_SEL[x] is a logic one,
the SBS Transmit Alternate H1-H2 Pointer Value register is used for the associated STS-1 on
the Transmit bus. These bits have no effect when H1H2EN is low or when in SBI mode
(TELECOM_BUS = ‘b0 in the Master Configuration Register).
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
112
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 010H: SBS Master Interrupt Source
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Unused
0
Bit 14
R
SBS_INT
X
Bit 13
R
IMSU_INT
X
Bit 12
R
OMSU_INT
X
Bit 11
R
REFDLL_INT
X
Bit 10
R
SYSDLL_INT
X
Bit 15
Bit 9
R
CSTR_INT
X
Bit 8
R
TW8E_INT
X
Bit 7
R
TP8E_INT
X
Bit 6
R
RW8D_INT
X
Bit 5
R
RP8D_INT
X
Bit 4
R
WPP_INT
X
Bit 3
R
PPP_INT
X
Bit 2
R
WILC_INT
X
Bit 1
R
PILC_INT
X
Bit 0
R
ISTA_INT
X
SBS_INT
If the SBS_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the top level circuitry.
The SBS Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
IMSU_INT
If the IMSU_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the IMSU block. The
IMSU Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
OMSU_INT
If the OMSU_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the OMSU block.
The OMSU Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
REFDLL_INT
If the REFDLL_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the REFDLL block.
The REFDLL Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
SYSDLL_INT
If the SYSDLL_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the SYSDLL block.
The SYSDLL Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
113
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
CSTR_INT
If the CSTR_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the CSTR block. The
CSTR Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
TW8E_INT
If the TW8E_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the TW8E block. The
TW8E Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
TPPP_INT
If the TP8E_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the TP8E block. The
TP8E Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
RW8D_INT
If the RW8D_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the RW8D block.
The RW8D Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
RP8D_INT
If the RP8D_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the RP8D block. The
RP8D Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
WPP_INT
If the WPP_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the WPP block. The
WPP Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
PPP_INT
If the PPP_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the PPP block. The PPP
Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
WILC_INT
If the WILC_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the WILC block. The
WILC Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
PILC_INT
If the PILC_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the PILC block. The
PILC Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
114
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
ISTA_INT
If the ISTA_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the ISTA block. The
ISTA Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
115
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 011H: SBS Interrupt Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
0
Bit 14
Unused
0
Bit 13
Unused
0
Bit 12
Unused
0
Bit 11
Unused
0
Bit 10
Unused
0
Bit 9
Unused
0
Bit 8
Unused
0
Bit 7
Unused
0
X
Bit 6
R
ICMP_INT
Bit 5
R
OCMP_INT
X
Bit 4
R
OCOL_INT[4]
X
Bit 3
R
OCOL_INT[3]
X
Bit 2
R
OCOL_INT[2]
X
Bit 1
R
OCOL_INT[1]
X
Bit 0
R
RP_INT
X
ICMP_INT
The ICMP_INT bit is set to a logic one when the ICMP input is sampled by the SBS. In
TelecomBus mode, ICMP is sampled during the first C1 position of every frame, as marked
by IC1FP. In SBI mode, ICMP is sampled during the first C1 position of every 4 or 48 frame
multiframe, as marked by IC1FP. This interrupt may be helpful in scheduling configuration
page changes in the IMSU. This interrupt is enabled with the ICMPE bit in the SBS Interrupt
Enable register. This interrupt bit will be cleared when read.
OCMP_INT
The OCMP_INT bit is set to a logic one when the OCMP input is sampled by the SBS. In
TelecomBus mode, OCMP is sampled during the first C1 position of every frame, as marked
by RC1FP. In SBI mode, OCMP is sampled during the first C1 position of every 4 or 48
frame multiframe, as marked by RC1FP. This interrupt may be helpful in scheduling
configuration page changes in the OMSU. This interrupt is enabled with the OCMPE bit in
the SBS Interrupt Enable register. This interrupt bit will be cleared when read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
116
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
OCOL_INT[4:1]
If the OCOL_INT[x] bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated from a collision on the
associated outgoing bus. A collision is detected when ODETECT[x] is sampled high during
the same clock cycle that the OACTIVE[x] is set high. These interrupts are enabled with the
OCOLE[4:1] bits in the SBS Interrupt Enable register. These interrupt bits will be cleared
when read.
RP_INT
If the RP_INT is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated from a parity error on the
associated receive bus. This in an indication that there may be hardware or configuration
problem on the receive bus. This interrupt is enabled with the RPE bit in the SBS Interrupt
Enable register. This interrupt bit will be cleared when read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
117
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 012H: SBS Interrupt Enable Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
0
Bit 14
Unused
0
Bit 13
Unused
0
Bit 12
Unused
0
Bit 11
Unused
0
Bit 10
Unused
0
Bit 9
Unused
0
Bit 8
Unused
0
Bit 7
Unused
0
Bit 6
R/W
ICMPE
0
Bit 5
R/W
OCMPE
0
Bit 4
R/W
OCOLE[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
OCOLE[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
OCOLE[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
OCOLE[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
RPE
0
ICMPE
The ICMPE interrupt enable bit (ICMPE) is an active high interrupt enable. When ICMPE is
set to a logic one, an interrupt will be asserted on the INTB output when the ICMP_INT bit in
the SBS Interrupt Register is set high. When ICMPE is set to a logic zero, The ICMP_INT
bit will not cause an interrupt.
OCMPE
The OCMPE interrupt enable bit (OCMPE) is an active high interrupt enable. When OCMPE
is set to a logic one, an interrupt will be asserted on the INTB output when the OCMP_INT
bit in the SBS Interrupt Register is set high. When OCMPE is set to a logic zero, The
OCMP_INT bit will not cause an interrupt.
OCOLE[4:1]
The outgoing collision detect interrupt enable bits (OCOLE[4:1] are active high interrupt
enables. When OCOLE[x] is set to a logic one, the occurrence of a collision detection on the
associated outgoing bus will cause an interrupt to be asserted on the INTB output. When
OCOLE[x] is set to a logic zero, outgoing collision detection will not cause an interrupt.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
118
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
RPE
The receive parity interrupt enable bit (RPE) is an active high interrupt enable. When RPE is
set to a logic one, the occurrence of a parity error on the receive bus will cause an interrupt to
be asserted on the INTB output. When RPE is set to a logic zero, receive parity errors will
not cause an interrupt.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
119
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 013H: SBS Loopback Configuration
Bit
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
0
Bit 14
Unused
0
Bit 13
Unused
0
Bit 12
Unused
0
Bit 11
Unused
0
Bit 10
Unused
0
Bit 9
Unused
0
Bit 8
Unused
0
Bit 7
Unused
0
Bit 6
Unused
0
Bit 5
Unused
0
Bit 4
Unused
0
Bit 3
Unused
0
O2ILOOP
0
Bit 2
Type
R/W
Bit 1
R/W
T82R8LOOP
0
Bit 0
R/W
T2RLOOP
0
O2ILOOP
The O2ILOOP bit enables a diagnostic loopback from the outgoing interface to the incoming
interface. When O2ILOOP is a logic one, the entire SBI336 or TelecomBus is looped back
from the output of the OCASM to the input of the ICASE. When O2ILOOP is a logic zero,
no loopback is performed.
T82R8LOOP
The T82R8LOOP bit enables a diagnostic loopback from the transmit 8B/10B encoded bus to
the receive 8B/10B encoded bus. When T82R8LOOP is a logic one, the entire SBI336 or
TelecomBus is looped back from the output of the TW8E and TP8E to the input of the RW8D
and RP8D, respectively. When T82R8LOOP is a logic zero, no loopback is performed.
T2RLOOP
The T2RLOOP bit enables a diagnostic loopback from the transmit interface to the receive
interface. When T2RLOOP is a logic one, the entire SBI336 or TelecomBus is looped back
from the output of the ICASM to the input of the OCASE. When T2RLOOP is a logic zero,
no loopback is performed.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
120
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 014H: SBS Master Signal Monitor #1, Accumulation Trigger
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
0
Bit 14
Unused
0
Bit 13
Unused
0
Bit 12
Unused
0
Bit 11
Unused
0
Bit 10
R
RTPLA
X
Bit 9
R
RV5A
X
Bit 8
R
RPLA
X
Bit 7
R
RDATAA
X
Bit 6
R
RC1FPA
X
Bit 5
R
SYSCLKA
X
Bit 4
R
SREFCLKA
X
Bit 3
R
IC1FPA[4]
X
Bit 2
R
IC1FPA[3]
X
Bit 1
R
IC1FPA[2]
X
Bit 0
R
IC1FPA[1]
X
This register provides activity monitoring on major SBS inputs. When a monitored input makes a
low to high transition, the corresponding register bit is set high. The bit will remain high until
this register is read, at which point, all the bits in this register are cleared. Bits that depend on
multiple inputs making a low to high transition must have each input make a low to high
transition between subsequent reads before the activity bit will be set high. The corresponding
register bit reading low indicates a lack of transitions. This register should be read periodically to
detect for stuck at conditions.
Writing to this register delimits the accumulation intervals in the various performance monitor
accumulation registers. Counts accumulated in those registers are transferred to holding registers
where they can be read. The counters themselves are then cleared to begin accumulating events
for a new accumulation interval. To prevent loss of data, accumulation intervals must be 1.0
second or shorter. The bits in this register are not affected by write accesses.
RTPLA
The RTPL active bits (RTPLA) detects low to high transitions on the RTPL input. RTPLA is
set high when a rising edge has been observed on the RTPL input, and is set low when this
register is read.
RV5A
The RV5 active bits (RV5A) detects low to high transitions on the RV5 input. RV5A is set
high when a rising edge has been observed on the RV5 input, and is set low when this register
is read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
121
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
RPLA
The RPL active bits (RPLA) detects low to high transitions on the RPL input. RPLA is set
high when a rising edge has been observed on the RPL input, and is set low when this register
is read.
RDATAA
The RDATA active bit (RDATAA) detects low to high transitions on the RDATA input bus.
RDATAA is set high when rising edges have been observed on all the signals on the
RDATA[7:0] bus, and is set low when this register is read.
RC1FPA
The RC1FP active bit (RC1FPA) detects low to high transitions on the RC1FP input.
RC1FPA is set high on a rising edge of RC1FP, and is set low when this register is read.
SYSCLKA
The SYSCLK active bit (SYSCLKA) detects low to high transitions on the SYSCLK input.
SYSCLKA is set high on a rising edge of SYSCLK, and is set low when this register is read.
SREFCLKA
The SREFCLK active bit (SREFCLKA) detects low to high transitions on the SREFCLK
input. SREFCLKA is set high on a rising edge of SREFCLK, and is set low when this
register is read.
IC1FPA[4:1]
The IC1FP[x] active bits (IC1FPA[x]) detects low to high transitions on the corresponding
IC1FP[x] input. IC1FPA[x] is set high on a rising edge of IC1FP[x], and is set low when this
register is read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
122
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 015H: SBS Master Signal Monitor #2
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
ITPLA[4]
X
Bit 14
R
ITPLA[3]
X
Bit 13
R
ITPLA[2]
X
Bit 12
R
ITPLA[1]
X
Bit 11
R
IV5A[4]
X
Bit 10
R
IV5A[3]
X
Bit 9
R
IV5A[2]
X
Bit 8
R
IV5A[1]
X
Bit 7
R
IPLA[4]
X
Bit 6
R
IPLA[3]
X
Bit 5
R
IPLA[2]
X
Bit 4
R
IPLA[1]
X
Bit 3
R
IDATAA[4]
X
Bit 2
R
IDATAA[3]
X
Bit 1
R
IDATAA[2]
X
Bit 0
R
IDATAA[1]
X
This register provides activity monitoring on major SBS inputs. When a monitored input makes a
low to high transition, the corresponding register bit is set high. The bit will remain high until
this register is read, at which point, all the bits in this register are cleared. Bits that depend on
multiple inputs making a low to high transition must have each input make a low to high
transition between subsequent reads before the activity bit will be set high. The corresponding
register bit reading low indicates a lack of transitions. This register should be read periodically to
detect for stuck at conditions.
ITPLA[4:1]
The ITPL[4:1] active bits (ITPLA[4:1]) detects low to high transitions on the ITPL[4:1]
inputs. ITPLA[x] is set high when a rising edge has been observed on the ITPL[x] input, and
is set low when this register is read.
IV5A[4:1]
The IV5[4:1] active bits (IV5A[4:1]) detects low to high transitions on the IV5[4:1] inputs.
IV5A[x] is set high when a rising edge has been observed on the IV5[x] input, and is set low
when this register is read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
123
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
IPLA[4:1]
The IPL[4:1] active bits (IPLA[4:1]) detects low to high transitions on the IPL[4:1] inputs.
IPLA[x] is set high when a rising edge has been observed on the IPL[x] input, and is set low
when this register is read.
IDATAA[4:1]
The IDATA[4:1] active bits (IDATAA[4:1]) detects low to high transitions on the IDATA[4:1]
input buses. IDATAA[x] is set high when rising edges have been observed on all the signals
on the IDATA[x][7:0] bus, and is set low when this register is read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
124
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 016H: SBS Master Interrupt Enable
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
INTE
0
Bit 14
R/W
SBSE
0
Bit 13
R/W
IMSUE
0
Bit 12
R/W
OMSUE
0
Bit 11
R/W
REFDLLE
0
Bit 10
R/W
SYSDLLE
0
Bit 9
R/W
CSTRE
0
Bit 8
R/W
TW8EE
0
Bit 7
R/W
TP8EE
0
Bit 6
R/W
RW8DE
0
Bit 5
R/W
RP8DE
0
Bit 4
R/W
WPPE
0
Bit 3
R/W
PPPE
0
Bit 2
R/W
WILCE
0
Bit 1
R/W
PILCE
0
Bit 0
R/W
ISTAE
0
SBS_INT
If the SBS_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the top level circuitry.
The SBS Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
IMSU_INT
If the IMSU_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the IMSU block. The
IMSU Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
OMSU_INT
If the OMSU_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the OMSU block.
The OMSU Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
REFDLL_INT
If the REFDLL_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the REFDLL block.
The REFDLL Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
SYSDLL_INT
If the SYSDLL_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the SYSDLL block.
The SYSDLL Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
125
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
CSTR_INT
If the CSTR_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the CSTR block. The
CSTR Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
TW8E_INT
If the TW8E_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the TW8E block. The
TW8E Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
TPPP_INT
If the TP8E_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the TP8E block. The
TP8E Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
RW8D_INT
If the RW8D_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the RW8D block.
The RW8D Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
RP8D_INT
If the RP8D_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the RP8D block. The
RP8D Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
WPP_INT
If the WPP_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the WPP block. The
WPP Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
PPP_INT
If the PPP_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the PPP block. The PPP
Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
WILC_INT
If the WILC_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the WILC block. The
WILC Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
PILC_INT
If the PILC_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the PILC block. The
PILC Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
126
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
ISTA_INT
If the ISTA_INT bit is a logic one, an interrupt has been generated by the ISTA block. The
ISTA Interrupt register must be read to clear this interrupt.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
127
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 017H: SBS Free User Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
0
Bit 14
Unused
0
Bit 13
Unused
0
Bit 12
Unused
0
Bit 11
Unused
0
Bit 10
Unused
0
Bit 9
Unused
0
Bit 8
Unused
0
Bit 7
R/W
FREE[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
FREE[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
FREE[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
FREE[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
FREE[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
FREE[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
FREE[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
FREE[0]
0
FREE[7:0]
The software ID register (FREE) holds whatever value is written into it. Reset clears the
contents of this register. This register has no impact on the operation of the SBS.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
128
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 020H: ISTA Incoming Parity Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
IPE[4]
0
Bit 14
R/W
IPE[3]
0
Bit 13
R/W
IPE[2]
0
Bit 12
R/W
IPE[1]
0
Bit 11
R/W
INCLIC1[4]
0
Bit 10
R/W
INCLIC1[3]
0
Bit 9
R/W
INCLIC1[2]
0
Bit 8
R/W
INCLIC1[1]
0
Bit 7
R/W
INCLIPL[4]
0
Bit 6
R/W
INCLIPL[3]
0
Bit 5
R/W
INCLIPL[2]
0
Bit 4
R/W
INCLIPL[1]
0
Bit 3
R/W
IOP[4]
0
Bit 2
R/W
IOP[3]
0
Bit 1
R/W
IOP[2]
0
Bit 0
R/W
IOP[1]
0
IPE[4:1]
The incoming parity interrupt enable bits (IPE[4:1]) are active high interrupt enables. When
IPE[x] is set to a logic one, the occurrence of a parity error on the incoming bus will cause an
interrupt to be asserted on the INTB output. When IPE is set to a logic zero, incoming parity
errors will not cause and interrupt. IPE[4:2] are only valid when in 19 MHz mode.
INCLIPL[4:1]
The INCLIPL bits control whether the IPL[x] input signal participates in the incoming parity
calculations. When INCLIPL[x] is set to a logic one, the parity signal includes the IPL[x]
input. When INCLIPL[x] is set to a logic zero, parity is calculated without regard to the state
of IPL[x]. These bits only take effect when in TelecomBus mode. INCLIPL[4:2] are only
valid when in 19 MHz mode.
INCLIC1[4:1]
The INCLIC1 bits control whether the IC1FP input signal participates in the incoming parity
calculations. When INCLIC1[x] is set to a logic one, the parity signal includes the IC1FP
input. When INCLIC1[x] is set to a logic zero, parity is calculated without regard to the state
of IC1FP. These bits only take effect when in TelecomBus mode. INCLIC1[4:2] are only
valid when in 19 MHz mode.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
129
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
IOP[4:1]
The incoming odd parity bits (IOP[4:1]) control the expected parity on the incoming bus.
When IOP is set to a logic one, the expected parity on the IDP[x] input is odd. When IOP is
set to a logic zero, the parity is even. In SBI bus mode, the parity calculation encompasses
the IDATA[x][7:0], IPL[x] and IV5[x] signals. In TelecomBus mode, the parity calculation
encompasses the IDATA[x][7:0] and optionally IPL[x] and IC1FP as determined by the
INCLIPL[x] and INCLIC1[x] bits. IOP[4:2] are only valid when in 19 MHz mode.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
130
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 021H: ISTA Incoming Parity Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
IPI[4]
X
Bit 14
R
IPI[3]
X
Bit 13
R
IPI[2]
X
Bit 12
R
IPI[1]
X
Unused
0
Bit 0-11
IPI[4:1]
The incoming parity error indication bits (IPI[4:1]) are set high when a parity error has
occurred on the associated Incoming bus. These bits are cleared when this register is read.
IPI[4:2] are only valid when in 19 MHz mode.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
131
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 022H: ISTA TelecomBus Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Bit 15
R/W
ILOCK0
0
Unused
0
Bit 0-14
Default
ILOCK0
The ILOCK0 bit controls the position of the J1 byte in the Incoming TelecomBus. When
ILOCK0 is a logic one, the J1 byte is expected to be locked to an offset of 0 (the byte
following H3). When ILOCK0 is a logic zero, the J1 byte is expected to be locked to an
offset of 522 (the byte following C1). This bit is used to determine where to sample the
IC1FP[4:1] input in order to find the byte following J1 which will indicate multiframe
alignment. This bit only has an effect when in TelecomBus mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b1 in
the SBS Master Configuration Register).
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
132
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 028H: IMSU Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Unused
0
Bit 4
R/W
AUTO_UPDATE
0
Bit 3
R/W
SWAP_PENDINGE
0
Bit 5-15
Bit 2
R/W
UPDATEE
0
Bit 1
R
SWAP_PENDINGV
0
Bit 0
R
UPDATEV
0
AUTO_UPDATE
The AUTO_UPDATE bit selects when an off-line page update is performed. When
AUTO_UPDATE is a logic one, the on-line page is automatically copied into the off-line
page whenever there is a change to the connection memory page. When AUTO_UPDATE is
a logic zero, the off-line page is not updated when there is a change to the connection
memory page. A page update may still be performed by writing to the Interrupt Status and
Memory Page Update Register.
SWAP_PENDINGE
A logic one on the SWAP_PENDINGE bit enables the generation of an interrupt on a change
of state of SWAP_PENDINGV.
UPDATEE
A logic one on the UPDATEE bit enables the generation of an interrupt on a change of state
from high to low of UPDATEV.
SWAP_PENDINGV
The SWAP_PENDINGV bit contains the current state of the page swap circuitry. This bit is a
logic one when a switch to the connection memory page (CMP) has been recognized but the
page swap has not yet happened. This bit is a logic zero when there is not a page swap
pending.
UPDATEV
The UPDATEV bit contains the current state of the time switch ram off-line page update
circuitry. This bit is a logic one when the on-line page is being copied to the offline page.
This bit is a logic zero when the on-line page is not being copied.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
133
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 029H: IMSU Interrupt Status and Memory Page Update Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Unused
0
Bit 1
R
SWAP_PENDINGI
X
Bit 0
R
UPDATEI
X
Bit 2-14
Writing to this register initiates an update of the off-line page in the time switch ram. The
contents of the on-line page are written to the off-line page. During this update, the time switch
ram may not be accessed through the indirect registers.
SWAP_PENDINGI
The page swap pending interrupt status bit, SWAP_PENDINGI, reports and acknowledges a
change of state of the SWAP_PENDINGV bit of the MSU Configuration register. This bit is
cleared when this register is read. When enabled by the SWAP_PENDINGE bit, the INT
output reflects the state of this bit.
UPDATEI
The off-line page update interrupt status bit, UPDATEI, reports and acknowledges a change
of state from high to low of the UPDATEV bit of the MSU Configuration register. This bit is
cleared when this register is read. When enabled by the UPDATEE bit, the INT output
reflects the state of this bit.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
134
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 02AH: IMSU Indirect Time Switch Address
Bit
Type
Function
Bit 15
R/W
RWB
0
Unused
0
Bit 14
Default
Bit 13
R/W
OUT_BYTE[13]
0
Bit 12
R/W
OUT_BYTE[12]
0
Bit 11
R/W
OUT_BYTE[11]
0
Bit 10
R/W
OUT_BYTE[10]
0
Bit 9
R/W
OUT_BYTE[9]
0
Bit 8
R/W
OUT_BYTE[8]
0
Bit 7
R/W
OUT_BYTE[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
OUT_BYTE[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
OUT_BYTE[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
OUT_BYTE[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
OUT_BYTE[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
OUT_BYTE[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
OUT_BYTE[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
OUT_BYTE[0]
0
This register provides the address and the read/write control for the time switch configuration
ram. Writing to this register triggers a ram access. Note that when an indirect write access is to
be performed, the Indirect Time Switch Data register must first be setup before writing to this
register. There must be a minimum of 4 SYSCLK cycles between consecutive ram write
accesses. For a ram read access, it will take a maximum of 8 SYSCLK cycles for the Indirect
Time Switch Data Register to contain valid data.
RWB
The indirect access control bit (RWB) selects between a write or read access to the time
switch configuration RAM. Writing a logic zero to RWB triggers and indirect write
operation. Data to be written is taken from the Indirect Time Switch Data register. Writing a
logic one to RWB triggers an indirect read operation. The read data can be found in the
Indirect Time Switch Data Register.
OUT_BYTE[13:0]
The OUT_BYTE[13:0] bits indicate the ram address to be accessed. Each address in the ram
corresponds to a location in the output data bus. The contents stored in each ram address
points to the byte from the input data bus which is to be output. In DS0 mode, legal values
are 000H to 25F7H (0 to 9719). In column mode, legal values are 000H to 437H (0 to 1079).
The byte numbers of the output frame are shown in the following table.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
135
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Row
1
0
1
2
3
…
1077
1078
1079
2
1080
1081
1082
1083
…
2157
2158
2159
8640
8641
8642
8643
…
9717
9718
9719
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
136
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 02BH: IMSU Indirect Time Switch Data
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
VALID
0
Bit 14
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 13
R/W
IN_BYTE[13]
0
Bit 12
R/W
IN_BYTE [12]
0
Bit 11
R/W
IN_BYTE [11]
0
Bit 10
R/W
IN_BYTE [10]
0
Bit 9
R/W
IN_BYTE [9]
0
Bit 8
R/W
IN_BYTE [8]
0
Bit 7
R/W
IN_BYTE [7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
IN_BYTE [6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
IN_BYTE [5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
IN_BYTE [4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
IN_BYTE [3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
IN_BYTE [2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
IN_BYTE [1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
IN_BYTE [0]
0
This register contains data read from the time switch RAM after an indirect read operation or data
to be inserted into the time switch RAM during an indirect write operation. The value held in the
ram indicates which byte of the input data bus is to be switched to the output.
VALID
The VALID bit reports the presence of valid data from an indirect read. VALID is set to logic
one when indirect read access returns data from the off-line RAM and remains asserted until
the next time Indirect Time Switch Data register is read.
Reserved
The reserved bit should not be modified.
IN_BYTE[13:0]
The IN_BYTE[13:0] bits indicate which byte in the input frame is to be switched to the
output. In DS0 mode, legal values are 000H to 25F7H (0 to 9719). In column mode, legal
values are 000H to 437H (0 to 1079).
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
137
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 030H: ICASM CAS Enable Indirect Access Address Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 10-15
R
Unused
0
Bit 9
R/W
SBI[2]
0
Bit 8
R/W
SBI[1]
0
Bit 7
R/W
SBI[0]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SPE[1]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SPE[0]
0
Bit 4
R/W
TRIB[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
TRIB[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
TRIB[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
TRIB[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
TRIB[0]
0
TRIB[4:0], SPE[1:0] and SBI[2:0]
The TRIB[4:0], SPE[1:0] and SBI[2:0] fields are used to fully specify which SBI336 CAS
enable register the write or read operation will apply.
TRIB[4:0] specifies the tributary number within the SBI336 SPE as specified by the SPE[1:0]
and SBI[2:0] fields. Legal values for TRIB[4:0] are b’00001’ through b‘11100’. Legal values
for SPE[1:0] are b’01’ through b‘11’. Legal values for SBI[2:0] are b’001’ through b‘100’.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
138
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 031H: ICASM CAS Enable Indirect Access Control Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15-8
R
Unused
0
Bit 7
R
BUSY
0
Bit 6
R
HST_ADDR_ERR
0
Bit 5
R
Unused
0
Bit 4
R
Unused
0
Bit 3
R
Unused
0
Bit 2
R
Unused
0
Bit 1
R/W
RWB
0
Bit 0
R
Unused
0
RWB
The indirect access control bit (RWB) selects between a configure (write) or interrogate
(read) access to the CAS Enable register. Writing a ‘0’ to RWB triggers an indirect write
operation. Data to be written is taken from the CAS Enable Indirect Access Data register.
Writing a ‘1’ to RWB triggers an indirect read operation. The data read can be found in the
CAS Enable Indirect Access Data register.
HST_ADDR_ERR
When set following a host read this bit indicates that an illegal host access was attempted. An
illegal host access occurs when an attempt is made to access an out of range tributary. Out of
range tributaries accesses occur when SBI[2:0] is not in the range 1-4, SPE[1:0] is not in the
range 1-3 and TRIB[4:0] is not in the range 1-28 for T1s, not in the range 1-21 for E1s and
not equal to 1 for the remaining tributary types. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
BUSY
The indirect access status bit (BUSY) reports the progress of an indirect access. BUSY is set
high when a write to the CAS Enable Indirect Access Control register triggers an indirect
access and will stay high until the access is complete. This register should be polled to
determine when data from an indirect read operation is available in the CAS Enable Indirect
Access Data register or to determine when a new indirect write operation may commence.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
139
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 032H: ICASM CAS Enable Indirect Access Data Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 1-15
R
Unused
0
Bit 0
R/W
CAS_EN
0
CAS_EN
The CAS_EN bit is used to enable the insertion of CAS into the proper location in the
associated tributary. When CAS_EN is a logic one and the associated tributary is a T1, the
CAS bits and PP bits are inserted into the PPSSSSFR byte. When CAS_EN is a logic one
and the associated tributary is an E1, the CAS bits are inserted into TS#16 and proper data is
placed in the PP byte. When CAS_EN is a logic zero, both the CAS and PP bits are not
inserted.
When CAS insertion is enabled, the latency of the CAS bits through the SBS is two
multiframes. For T1 tributaries, this is 48 frames or 6ms. For E1 tributaries, this is 32 frames
or 4 ms.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
140
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 038H: ISTT Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Address Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 10-15
R
Unused
0
Bit 9
R/W
SBI[2]
0
Bit 8
R/W
SBI[1]
0
Bit 7
R/W
SBI[0]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SPE[1]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SPE[0]
0
Bit 4
R/W
TRIB[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
TRIB[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
TRIB[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
TRIB[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
TRIB[0]
0
TRIB[4:0], SPE[1:0] and SBI[2:0]
The TRIB[4:0], SPE[1:0] and SBI[2:0] fields are used to fully specify which SBI336
tributary translator control register the write or read operation will apply.
TRIB[4:0] specifies the tributary number within the SBI336 SPE as specified by the SPE[1:0]
and SBI[2:0] fields. Legal values for TRIB[4:0] are b’00001’ through b‘11100’. Legal values
for SPE[1:0] are b’01’ through b‘11’. Legal values for SBI[2:0] are b’o01’ through b‘100’.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
141
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 039H: ISTT Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Control Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15-8
R
Unused
0
Bit 7
R
BUSY
0
Bit 6
R
HST_ADDR_ERR
0
Bit 5
R
Unused
0
Bit 4
R
Unused
0
Bit 3
R
Unused
0
Bit 2
R
Unused
0
Bit 1
R/W
RWB
0
Bit 0
R
Unused
0
RWB
The indirect access control bit (RWB) selects between a configure (write) or interrogate
(read) access to the tributary translator control RAM. Writing a ‘0’ to RWB triggers an
indirect write operation. Data to be written is taken from the Tributary Translator Control
RAM Indirect Access Data Register. Writing a ‘1’ to RWB triggers an indirect read
operation. The data read can be found in the Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect
Access Data.
HST_ADDR_ERR
When set following a host read this bit indicates that an illegal host access was attempted. An
illegal host access occurs when an attempt is made to access an out of range tributary. Out of
range tributaries accesses occur when SBI[2:0] is not in the range 1-4, SPE[1:0] is not in the
range 1-3 and TRIB[4:0] is not in the range 1-28 for T1s, not in the range 1-21 for E1s and
not equal to 1 for the remaining tributary types. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
BUSY
The indirect access status bit (BUSY) reports the progress of an indirect access. BUSY is set
high when a write to the Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Control Register
triggers an indirect access and will stay high until the access is complete. This register should
be polled to determine when data from an indirect read operation is available in the Indirect
Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Data register or to determine when a new
indirect write operation may commence.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
142
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 03AH: ISTT Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Data Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 2-15
R
Unused
0
Bit 1
R/W
TVT
0
Bit 0
R/W
JUST_REQ_EN
0
JUST_REQ_EN
The JUST_REQ_EN bit is used to enable T1, E1, DS3, E3 and Fractional rate justification
request state machines to convert JUST_REQ to V5, V5+ and V5- characters to be carried
over the serial SBI336S link. When this bit is set to 1 the justification request state machines
will convert JUST_REQ signals to V5 characters. When this bit is set to 0 the state machines
will not generate additional V5 characters for the specified link and will only pass existing
V5 characters through as nominal rate V5 characters. This bit should be set to 1 when this
device is being used in SBI mode and is connected to physical layer device which is clock
master of the transmit tributary.
This bit should not be set if the TVT bit is set. This bit has no effect in TelecomBus mode.
TVT
The TVT bit configures a T1 or E1 tributary as a transparent virtual tributary. When TVT is
set to 1 the T1 or E1 tributary is configured as a TVT and the ERDI and REI bits in the V5
byte are transmitted across the serial link in one of the V5 characters. When TVT is set to 0
the T1 or E1 tributary is configured as a standard T1 or E1 link.
This bit should not be set if the JUST_REQ_EN bit is set. This bit has no effect in
TelecomBus mode or if the SPE is configured to something other that T1 or E1 data.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
143
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 040H: OSTT Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Address Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 10-15
R
Unused
0
Bit 9
R/W
SBI[2]
0
Bit 8
R/W
SBI[1]
0
Bit 7
R/W
SBI[0]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SPE[1]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SPE[0]
0
Bit 4
R/W
TRIB[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
TRIB[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
TRIB[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
TRIB[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
TRIB[0]
0
TRIB[4:0], SPE[1:0] and SBI[2:0]
The TRIB[4:0], SPE[1:0] and SBI[2:0] fields are used to fully specify which SBI336
tributary translator control register the write or read operation will apply.
TRIB[4:0] specifies the tributary number within the SBI336 SPE as specified by the SPE[1:0]
and SBI[2:0] fields. Legal values for TRIB[4:0] are b’00001’ through b‘11100’. Legal values
for SPE[1:0] are b’01’ through b‘11’. Legal values for SBI[2:0] are b’001’ through b‘100’.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
144
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 041H: OSTT Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Control Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15-8
R
Unused
0
Bit 7
R
BUSY
0
Bit 6
R
HST_ADDR_ERR
0
Bit 5
R
Unused
0
Bit 4
R
Unused
0
Bit 3
R
Unused
0
Bit 2
R
Unused
0
Bit 1
R/W
RWB
0
Bit 0
R
Unused
0
RWB
The indirect access control bit (RWB) selects between a configure (write) or interrogate
(read) access to the tributary translator control RAM. Writing a ‘0’ to RWB triggers an
indirect write operation. Data to be written is taken from the Tributary Translator Control
RAM Indirect Access Data Register. Writing a ‘1’ to RWB triggers an indirect read
operation. The data read can be found in the Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect
Access Data.
HST_ADDR_ERR
When set following a host read this bit indicates that an illegal host access was attempted. An
illegal host access occurs when an attempt is made to access an out of range tributary. Out of
range tributaries accesses occur when SBI[2:0] is not in the range 1-4, SPE[1:0] is not in the
range 1-3 and TRIB[4:0] is not in the range 1-28 for T1s, not in the range 1-21 for E1s and
not equal to 1 for the remaining tributary types. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
BUSY
The indirect access status bit (BUSY) reports the progress of an indirect access. BUSY is set
high when a write to the Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Control Register
triggers an indirect access and will stay high until the access is complete. This register should
be polled to determine when data from an indirect read operation is available in the Indirect
Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Data register or to determine when a new
indirect write operation may commence.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
145
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 042H: OSTT Tributary Translator Control RAM Indirect Access Data Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 2-15
R
Unused
0
Bit 1
R/W
TVT
0
Bit 0
R/W
JUST_REQ_EN
0
JUST_REQ_EN
The JUST_REQ_EN bit is used to enable T1, E1, DS3, E3 and Fractional rate justification
request state machines to convert V5, V5+ and V5- characters to JUST_REQs. When this bit
is set to 1 the justification request state machines will convert V5 characters to the
JUST_REQ signal. When this bit is set to 0 the state machines will not generate JUST_REQ.
This bit should be set to 1 when this device is being used in SBI mode and is connected to
link layer device which is clock slave to the transmit tributary.
This bit should not be set if the TVT bit is set. This bit has no effect in TelecomBus mode.
TVT
The TVT bit configures a T1 or E1 tributary as a transparent virtual tributary. When TVT is
set to 1 the T1 or E1 tributary is configured as a TVT. Being a TVT, the ERDI and REI bits
are received from the serial link in one of the V5 characters and are output on ODATA during
the V5 byte. When TVT is set to 0 the T1 or E1 tributary is configured as a standard T1 or E1
link.
This bit should not be set if the JUST_REQ_EN bit is set. This bit has no effect in
TelecomBus mode or if the SPE is configured to something other that T1 or E1 data.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
146
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 048H: OMSU Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Unused
0
Bit 4
R/W
AUTO_UPDATE
0
Bit 3
R/W
SWAP_PENDINGE
0
Bit 5-15
Bit 2
R/W
UPDATEE
0
Bit 1
R
SWAP_PENDINGV
0
Bit 0
R
UPDATEV
0
AUTO_UPDATE
The AUTO_UPDATE bit selects when an off-line page update is performed. When
AUTO_UPDATE is a logic one, the on-line page is automatically copied into the off-line
page whenever there is a change to the connection memory page. When AUTO_UPDATE is
a logic zero, the off-line page is not updated when there is a change to the connection
memory page. A page update may still be performed by writing to the Interrupt Status and
Memory Page Update Register.
SWAP_PENDINGE
A logic one on the SWAP_PENDINGE bit enables the generation of an interrupt on a change
of state of SWAP_PENDINGV.
UPDATEE
A logic one on the UPDATEE bit enables the generation of an interrupt on a change of state
from high to low of UPDATEV.
SWAP_PENDINGV
The SWAP_PENDINGV bit contains the current state of the page swap circuitry. This bit is a
logic one when a switch to the connection memory page (CMP) has been recognized but the
page swap has not yet happened. This bit is a logic zero when there is not a page swap
pending.
UPDATEV
The UPDATEV bit contains the current state of the time switch ram off-line page update
circuitry. This bit is a logic one when the on-line page is being copied to the offline page.
This bit is a logic zero when the on-line page is not being copied.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
147
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 049H: OMSU Interrupt Status and Memory Page Update Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Unused
0
Bit 1
R
SWAP_PENDINGI
X
Bit 0
R
UPDATEI
X
Bit 2-14
Writing to this register initiates an update of the off-line page in the time switch ram. The
contents of the on-line page are written to the off-line page. During this update, the time switch
ram may not be accessed through the indirect registers.
SWAP_PENDINGI
The page swap pending interrupt status bit, SWAP_PENDINGI, reports and acknowledges a
change of state of the SWAP_PENDINGV bit of the MSU Configuration register. This bit is
cleared when this register is read. When enabled by the SWAP_PENDINGE bit, the INT
output reflects the state of this bit.
UPDATEI
The off-line page update interrupt status bit, UPDATEI, reports and acknowledges a change
of state from high to low of the UPDATEV bit of the MSU Configuration register. This bit is
cleared when this register is read. When enabled by the UPDATEE bit, the INT output
reflects the state of this bit.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
148
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 04AH: OMSU Indirect Time Switch Address
Bit
Type
Function
Bit 15
R/W
RWB
0
Unused
0
Bit 14
Default
Bit 13
R/W
OUT_BYTE[13]
0
Bit 12
R/W
OUT_BYTE[12]
0
Bit 11
R/W
OUT_BYTE[11]
0
Bit 10
R/W
OUT_BYTE[10]
0
Bit 9
R/W
OUT_BYTE[9]
0
Bit 8
R/W
OUT_BYTE[8]
0
Bit 7
R/W
OUT_BYTE[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
OUT_BYTE[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
OUT_BYTE[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
OUT_BYTE[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
OUT_BYTE[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
OUT_BYTE[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
OUT_BYTE[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
OUT_BYTE[0]
0
This register provides the address and the read/write control for the time switch configuration
ram. Writing to this register triggers a ram access. Note that when an indirect write access is to
be performed, the Indirect Time Switch Data register must first be setup before writing to this
register. There must be a minimum of 4 SYSCLK cycles between consecutive ram accesses. For
a ram read access, it will take a maximum of 8 SYSCLK cycles for the Indirect Time Switch Data
Register to contain valid data.
RWB
The indirect access control bit (RWB) selects between a write or read access to the time
switch configuration RAM. Writing a logic zero to RWB triggers and indirect write
operation. Data to be written is taken from the Indirect Time Switch Data register. Writing a
logic one to RWB triggers an indirect read operation. The read data can be found in the
Indirect Time Switch Data Register.
OUT_BYTE[13:0]
The OUT_BYTE[13:0] bits indicate the ram address to be accessed. Each address in the ram
corresponds to a location in the output data bus. The contents stored in each ram address
points to the byte from the input data bus which is to be output. In DS0 mode, legal values
are 000H to 25F7H (0 to 9719). In column mode, legal values are 000H to 437H (0 to 1079).
The byte numbers of the output frame are shown in the following table.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
149
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Row
1
0
1
2
3
…
1077
1078
1079
2
1080
1081
1082
1083
…
2157
2158
2159
8640
8641
8642
8643
…
9717
9718
9719
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
150
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 04BH: OMSU Indirect Time Switch Data
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
VALID
0
Bit 14
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 13
R/W
IN_BYTE[13]
0
Bit 12
R/W
IN_BYTE [12]
0
Bit 11
R/W
IN_BYTE [11]
0
Bit 10
R/W
IN_BYTE [10]
0
Bit 9
R/W
IN_BYTE [9]
0
Bit 8
R/W
IN_BYTE [8]
0
Bit 7
R/W
IN_BYTE [7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
IN_BYTE [6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
IN_BYTE [5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
IN_BYTE [4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
IN_BYTE [3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
IN_BYTE [2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
IN_BYTE [1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
IN_BYTE [0]
0
This register contains data read from the time switch RAM after an indirect read operation or data
to be inserted into the time switch RAM during an indirect write operation. The value held in the
ram indicates which byte of the input data bus is to be switched to the output.
VALID
The VALID bit reports the presence of valid data from an indirect read. VALID is set to logic
one when indirect read access returns data from the off-line RAM and remains asserted until
the next time Indirect Time Switch Data register is read.
Reserved
The reserved bit should not be modified.
IN_BYTE[13:0]
The IN_BYTE[13:0] bits indicate which byte in the input frame is to be switched to the
output. In DS0 mode, legal values are 000H to 25F7H (0 to 9719). In column mode, legal
values are 000H to 437H (0 to 1079).
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
151
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 050H: OCASM CAS Enable Indirect Access Address Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 10-15
R
Unused
0
Bit 9
R/W
SBI[2]
0
Bit 8
R/W
SBI[1]
0
Bit 7
R/W
SBI[0]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SPE[1]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SPE[0]
0
Bit 4
R/W
TRIB[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
TRIB[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
TRIB[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
TRIB[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
TRIB[0]
0
TRIB[4:0], SPE[1:0] and SBI[2:0]
The TRIB[4:0], SPE[1:0] and SBI[2:0] fields are used to fully specify which SBI336 CAS
enable register the write or read operation will apply.
TRIB[4:0] specifies the tributary number within the SBI336 SPE as specified by the SPE[1:0]
and SBI[2:0] fields. Legal values for TRIB[4:0] are b’00001’ through b‘11100’. Legal values
for SPE[1:0] are b’01’ through b‘11’. Legal values for SBI[2:0] are b’001’ through b‘100’.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
152
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 051H: OCASM CAS Enable Indirect Access Control Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15-8
R
Unused
0
Bit 7
R
BUSY
0
Bit 6
R
HST_ADDR_ERR
0
Bit 5
R
Unused
0
Bit 4
R
Unused
0
Bit 3
R
Unused
0
Bit 2
R
Unused
0
Bit 1
R/W
RWB
0
Bit 0
R
Unused
0
RWB
The indirect access control bit (RWB) selects between a configure (write) or interrogate
(read) access to the CAS Enable register. Writing a ‘0’ to RWB triggers an indirect write
operation. Data to be written is taken from the CAS Enable Indirect Access Data register.
Writing a ‘1’ to RWB triggers an indirect read operation. The data read can be found in the
CAS Enable Indirect Access Data register.
HST_ADDR_ERR
When set following a host read this bit indicates that an illegal host access was attempted. An
illegal host access occurs when an attempt is made to access an out of range tributary. Out of
range tributaries accesses occur when SBI[2:0] is not in the range 1-4, SPE[1:0] is not in the
range 1-3 and TRIB[4:0] is not in the range 1-28 for T1s, not in the range 1-21 for E1s and
not equal to 1 for the remaining tributary types. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
BUSY
The indirect access status bit (BUSY) reports the progress of an indirect access. BUSY is set
high when a write to the CAS Enable Indirect Access Control register triggers an indirect
access and will stay high until the access is complete. This register should be polled to
determine when data from an indirect read operation is available in the CAS Enable Indirect
Access Data register or to determine when a new indirect write operation may commence.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
153
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 052H: OCASM CAS Enable Indirect Access Data Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 1-15
R
Unused
0
Bit 0
R/W
CAS_EN
0
CAS_EN
The CAS_EN bit is used to enable the insertion of CAS into the proper location in the
associated tributary. When CAS_EN is a logic one and the associated tributary is a T1, the
CAS bits and PP bits are inserted into the PPSSSSFR byte. When CAS_EN is a logic one
and the associated tributary is an E1, the CAS bits are inserted into TS#16 and proper data is
placed in the PP byte. When CAS_EN is a logic zero, both the CAS and PP bits are not
inserted.
When CAS insertion is enabled, the latency of the CAS bits through the SBS is two
multiframes. For T1 tributaries, this is 48 frames or 6ms. For E1 tributaries, this is 32 frames
or 4 ms.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
154
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 060H: OSTA Outgoing Configuration and Parity
Bit
Type
Function
Bit 15
R/W
OUTGOING_OE
0
Bit 14
R/W
OLOCK0
0
Unused
0
Bit 13
Bit 12
Default
Unused
0
Bit 11
R/W
INCLOC1FP[4]
0
Bit 10
R/W
INCLOC1FP[3]
0
Bit 9
R/W
INCLOC1FP[2]
0
Bit 8
R/W
INCLOC1FP[1]
0
Bit 7
R/W
INCLOPL[4]
0
Bit 6
R/W
INCLOPL[3]
0
Bit 5
R/W
INCLOPL[2]
0
Bit 4
R/W
INCLOPL[1]
0
Bit 3
R/W
OOP[4]
0
Bit 2
R/W
OOP[3]
0
Bit 1
R/W
OOP[2]
0
Bit 0
R/W
OOP[1]
0
OUTGOING_OE
The OUTGOING_OE bit controls the output enable on the outgoing bus. When
OUTGOING_OE is a logic one, the entire outgoing bus is driven regardless of the state of the
per-tributary OUTPUT_ENABLE bits in register 068H. When OUTGOING_OE is a logic
zero, only the tributaries with their OUTPUT_ENABLE bit set will be driven. This bit only
has an effect when in 19.44 MHz SBI mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b0, 19M_BUS = ‘b1 in the
SBS Master Configuration Register). In all other modes, the outgoing bus is always driven.
OLOCK0
The OLOCK0 bit controls the position of the J1 byte in the Outgoing TelecomBus. When
OLOCK0 is a logic one, the J1 byte is expected to be locked to an offset of 0 (the byte
following H3). When OLOCK0 is a logic zero, the J1 byte is expected to be locked to an
offset of 522 (the byte following C1). This bit is used to determine where to pulse the
OC1FP output when any part of STS1_OJ1EN[12:1] or STS1_OV1EN[12:1] are set. This bit
only has an effect when in TelecomBus mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b1 in the SBS Master
Configuration Register).
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
155
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
INCLOC1FP[4:1]
The INCLOC1FP bits control whether the OC1FP output signal participates in the outgoing
parity calculations. When INCLOC1FP[x] is set to a logic one, the parity signal includes the
OC1FP output. When INCLOC1FP[x] is set to a logic zero, parity is calculated without
regard to the state of OC1FP. These bits only take effect when in TelecomBus mode.
INCLOC1FP[4:2] are only valid when in 19 MHz mode.
INCLOPL[4:1]
The INCLOPL bits control whether the OPL[x] output signal participates in the outgoing
parity calculations. When INCLOPL[x] is set to a logic one, the parity signal includes the
OPL[x] output. When INCLOPL[x] is set to a logic zero, parity is calculated without regard
to the state of OPL[x]. These bits only take effect when in TelecomBus mode.
INCLOPL[4:2] are only valid when in 19 MHz mode.
OOP
The outgoing odd parity bit (OOP) controls the parity generated on the outgoing bus. When
OOP[x] is set to a logic one, the parity on the ODP[x] output is odd. When OOP[x] is set to a
logic zero, the parity is even. In SBI bus mode, the parity calculation encompasses the
ODATA[x][7:0], OPL[x] and OV5[x] signals. In TelecomBus mode, the parity calculation
encompasses the ODATA[x][7:0] and optionally OPL and OC1FP as determined by the
INCLOPL[x] and INCLOC1FP[x] bits. OOP[4:2] are only valid when in 19 MHz mode.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
156
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 061H: OSTA Outgoing J1 Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Unused
0
Bit 11
R/W
STS1_OJ1EN[12]
0
Bit 10
R/W
STS1_OJ1EN[11]
0
Bit 12-15
Bit 9
R/W
STS1_OJ1EN[10]
0
Bit 8
R/W
STS1_OJ1EN[9]
0
Bit 7
R/W
STS1_OJ1EN[8]
0
Bit 6
R/W
STS1_OJ1EN[7]
0
Bit 5
R/W
STS1_OJ1EN[6]
0
Bit 4
R/W
STS1_OJ1EN[5]
0
Bit 3
R/W
STS1_OJ1EN[4]
0
Bit 2
R/W
STS1_OJ1EN[3]
0
Bit 1
R/W
STS1_OJ1EN[2]
0
Bit 0
R/W
STS1_OJ1EN[1]
0
STS1_OJ1EN[12:1]
The STS1_OJ1EN[12:1] bit controls the inclusion of the J1 byte identification on the
OC1FP[4:1] output for each of the 12 STS-1s. When STS1_OJ1EN[x] is a logic one, the
OC1FP[4:1] output will pulse high during the J1 byte position of the associated STS-1 along
with the usual C1 byte position. The position of the J1 byte relative to the C1 position is
determined by the OLOCK0 bit. When STS1_OJ1EN[x] is a logic zero, the OC1FP[4:1] will
not pulse high during the J1 byte position of the associated STS-1. This bit only has an effect
when in TelecomBus mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b1 in the SBS Master Configuration
Register). In 19 MHz mode, the 12 STS-1s are spread across the four outgoing buses.
STS1_OJ1EN[1] controls the first STS-1 of the first bus, STS1_OJ1EN[2] controls the first
STS-1 of the second bus, etc.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
157
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 062H: OSTA Outgoing V1 Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Unused
0
Bit 11
R/W
STS1_OV1EN[12]
0
Bit 10
R/W
STS1_OV1EN[11]
0
Bit 12-15
Bit 9
R/W
STS1_OV1EN[10]
0
Bit 8
R/W
STS1_OV1EN[9]
0
Bit 7
R/W
STS1_OV1EN[8]
0
Bit 6
R/W
STS1_OV1EN[7]
0
Bit 5
R/W
STS1_OV1EN[6]
0
Bit 4
R/W
STS1_OV1EN[5]
0
Bit 3
R/W
STS1_OV1EN[4]
0
Bit 2
R/W
STS1_OV1EN[3]
0
Bit 1
R/W
STS1_OV1EN[2]
0
Bit 0
R/W
STS1_OV1EN[1]
0
STS1_OV1EN[12:1]
The STS1_OV1EN[12:1] bit controls the inclusion of the byte following J1 identification on
the OC1FP[4:1] output for each of the 12 STS-1s. When STS1_OV1EN[x] is a logic one, the
OC1FP[4:1] output will pulse high during the byte following the J1 position of the associated
STS-1 along with the usual C1 byte position. The position of the J1 byte relative to the C1
position is determined by the OLOCK0 bit. When STS1_OV1EN is a logic zero, the
OC1FP[4:1] will not pulse high during the byte following the J1 position of the associated
STS-1. This bit only has an effect when in TelecomBus mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b1 in the
SBS Master Configuration Register). In 19 MHz mode, the 12 STS-1s are spread across the
four outgoing buses. STS1_OV1EN[1] controls the first STS-1 of the first bus,
STS1_OV1EN[2] controls the first STS-1 of the second bus, etc.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
158
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 063H: OSTA H1-H2 Pointer Value
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
H1[7]
0
Bit 14
R/W
H1[6]
0
Bit 13
R/W
H1[5]
0
Bit 12
R/W
H1[4]
0
Bit 11
R/W
H1[3]
0
Bit 10
R/W
H1[2]
0
Bit 9
R/W
H1[1]
0
Bit 8
R/W
H1[0]
0
Bit 7
R/W
H2[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
H2[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
H2[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
H2[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
H2[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
H2[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
H2[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
H2[0]
0
H1[7:0]
The H1[7:0] bits contain the value to be output during the H1 position of the transport
overhead of the Outgoing TelecomBus when the STS1_PTR_SEL[x] bit is a logic zero and
the OH1H2EN bit is set high. These bits have no effect when OH1H2EN is low or when in
SBI mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b0 in the Master Configuration Register).
H2[7:0]
The H2[7:0] bits contain the value to be output during the H2 position of the transport
overhead of the Outgoing TelecomBus when the STS1_PTR_SEL[x] bit is a logic zero and
the OH1H2EN bit is set high. These bits have no effect when OH1H2EN is low or when in
SBI mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b0 in the Master Configuration Register).
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
159
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 064H: OSTA Alternate H1-H2 Pointer Value
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
H1_ALT[7]
0
Bit 14
R/W
H1_ALT[6]
0
Bit 13
R/W
H1_ALT[5]
0
Bit 12
R/W
H1_ ALT[4]
0
Bit 11
R/W
H1_ ALT[3]
0
Bit 10
R/W
H1_ ALT[2]
0
Bit 9
R/W
H1_ ALT[1]
0
Bit 8
R/W
H1_ ALT[0]
0
Bit 7
R/W
H2_ ALT[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
H2_ ALT[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
H2_ ALT[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
H2_ ALT[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
H2_ ALT[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
H2_ ALT[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
H2_ ALT[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
H2_ ALT[0]
0
H1_ALT[7:0]
The H1_ALT[7:0] bits contain the value to be output during the H1 position of the transport
overhead of the Outgoing TelecomBus when the STS1_PTR_SEL[x] bit is a logic one and the
OH1H2EN bit is set high. These bits have no effect when OH1H2EN is low or when in SBI
mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b0 in the Master Configuration Register).
H2_ALT[7:0]
The H2_ALT[7:0] bits contain the value to be output during the H2 position of the transport
overhead of the Outgoing TelecomBus when the STS1_PTR_SEL[x] bit is a logic one and the
OH1H2EN bit is set high. These bits have no effect when OH1H2EN is low or when in SBI
mode (TELECOM_BUS = ‘b0 in the Master Configuration Register).
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
160
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 065H: OSTA H1-H2 Pointer Selection
Bit
Type
Function
Bit 15
R/W
Default
OH1H2EN
0
Bit 14
Unused
0
Bit 13
Unused
0
Bit 12
Unused
0
Bit 11
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[12]
0
Bit 10
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[11]
0
Bit 9
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[10]
0
Bit 8
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[9]
0
Bit 7
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[8]
0
Bit 6
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[7]
0
Bit 5
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[6]
0
Bit 4
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[5]
0
Bit 3
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[4]
0
Bit 2
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[3]
0
Bit 1
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[2]
0
Bit 0
R/W
STS1_PTR_SEL[1]
0
OH1H2EN
The OH1H2EN bit enables the insertion of the H1 and H2 bytes in the transport overhead on
the Outgoing TelecomBus. When OH1H2EN is a logic one, the values in the internal
registers is inserted into the H1 and H2 bytes of the Outgoing TelecomBus according to the
STS1_PTR_SEL[12:1] bits. When OH1H2EN is a logic zero, the values from the internal
registers is not inserted into the H1 and H2 bytes. This bit has no effect when in SBI mode
(TELECOM_BUS = ‘b0 in the Master Configuration Register).
STS1_PTR_SEL[12:1]
The STS1_PTR_SEL[12:1] bits select which of the two H1-H2 Pointer registers is used for
each of the 12 STS-1’s output on the Outgoing TelecomBus when the OH1H2EN bit is set.
When STS1_PTR_SEL[x] is a logic zero, the SBS Transmit H1-H2 Pointer Value register is
used for the associated STS-1 on the Outgoing bus. When STS1_PTR_SEL[x] is a logic one,
the SBS Transmit Alternate H1-H2 Pointer Value register is used for the associated STS-1 on
the Outgoing bus. These bits have no effect when OH1H2EN is low or when in SBI mode
(TELECOM_BUS = ‘b0 in the Master Configuration Register).
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
161
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 066H: OSTA Tributary Output Enable Indirect Access Address Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 10-15
R
Unused
0
Bit 9
R/W
SBI[2]
0
Bit 8
R/W
SBI[1]
0
Bit 7
R/W
SBI[0]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SPE[1]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SPE[0]
0
Bit 4
R/W
TRIB[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
TRIB[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
TRIB[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
TRIB[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
TRIB[0]
0
TRIB[4:0], SPE[1:0] and SBI[2:0]
The TRIB[4:0], SPE[1:0] and SBI[2:0] fields are used to fully specify which SBI336
tributary output enable register the write or read operation will apply.
TRIB[4:0] specifies the tributary number within the SBI336 SPE as specified by the SPE[1:0]
and SBI[2:0] fields. Legal values for TRIB[4:0] are b’00001’ through b‘11100’. Legal values
for SPE[1:0] are b’01’ through b‘11’. Legal values for SBI[2:0] are b’001’ through b‘100’.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
162
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 067H: OSTA Tributary Output Enable Indirect Access Control Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15-8
R
Unused
0
Bit 7
R
BUSY
0
Bit 6
R
HST_ADDR_ERR
0
Bit 5
R
Unused
0
Bit 4
R
Unused
0
Bit 3
R
Unused
0
Bit 2
R
Unused
0
Bit 1
R/W
RWB
0
Bit 0
R
Unused
0
RWB
The indirect access control bit (RWB) selects between a configure (write) or interrogate
(read) access to the tributary output enable register. Writing a ‘0’ to RWB triggers an indirect
write operation. Data to be written is taken from the Output Enable Indirect Access Data
Register. Writing a ‘1’ to RWB triggers an indirect read operation. The data read can be
found in the Tributary Output Enable Indirect Access Data Register.
HST_ADDR_ERR
When set following a host read this bit indicates that an illegal host access was attempted. An
illegal host access occurs when an attempt is made to access an out of range tributary. Out of
range tributaries accesses occur when SBI[2:0] is not in the range 1-4, SPE[1:0] is not in the
range 1-3 and TRIB[4:0] is not in the range 1-28 for T1s, not in the range 1-21 for E1s and
not equal to 1 for the remaining tributary types. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
BUSY
The indirect access status bit (BUSY) reports the progress of an indirect access. BUSY is set
high when a write to the Tributary Output Enable Indirect Access Control Register triggers an
indirect access and will stay high until the access is complete. This register should be polled
to determine when data from an indirect read operation is available in the Tributary Output
Enable Indirect Access Data register or to determine when a new indirect write operation may
commence.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
163
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 068H: OSTA Tributary Output Enable Indirect Access Data Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 1-15
R
Unused
0
Bit 0
R/W
OUTPUT_ENABLE
0
OUTPUT_ENABLE
The OUTPUT_ENABLE bit controls whether or not the Outgoing bus is driven during the
associated tributary. This bit only has an effect when the OUTGOING_OE bit in register
060H is a logic zero. When OUTPUT_ENABLE is a logic one, the associated tributary is
driven onto the Outgoing bus. When OUTPUT_ENABLE is a logic zero, the associated
tributary is not driven and the Outgoing bus is held high impedance. Parity is only generated
on enabled links.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
164
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 070h: WPP Indirect Address
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
BUSY
0
Bit 14
R/W
RDWRB
0
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
R/W
IADDR[3]
0
Bit 8
R/W
IADDR[2]
0
Bit 7
R/W
IADDR[1]
0
Bit 6
R/W
IADDR[0]
0
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
R/W
PATH[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
PATH[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PATH[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
PATH[0]
0
This register provides selection of configuration pages and of the time-slots to be accessed in the
WPP block. Writing to this register triggers an indirect register access.
PATH[3:0]
The PATH[3:0] bits select which time-multiplexed division is accessed by the current indirect
transfer.
PATH[3:0]
Time Division #
0000
Invalid STS-1 path
0001-1100
STS-1 path #1 to STS-1
path #12
1101-1111
Invalid STS-1 path
IADDR[3:0]
The internal RAM page bits select which page of the internal RAM is access by the current
indirect transfer. Six pages are defined for the monitor (IADDR[3] = ‘0’) : the configuration
page, the PRBS[22:7] page, the PRBS[6:0] page, the B1/E1 value page, the Monitor error
count page and the received B1/E1 byte.
IADDR[3:0]
RAM Page
0000
STS-1 path Configuration page
0001
PRBS[22:7] page
0010
PRBS[6:0] page
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
165
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
IADDR[3:0]
RAM Page
0011
Reserved
0100
Monitor error count page
0101
Reserved
Four pages are defined for the generator (IADDR [3] = ‘1’) : the configuration page, the
PRBS[22:7] page, the PRBS[6:0] page and the B1/E1 value.
IADDR[3:0]
RAM page
1000
STS-1 path Configuration page
1001
PRBS[22:7] page
1010
PRBS[6:0] page
1011
Reserved
RDWRB
The active high read and active low write (RDWRB) bit selects if the current access to the
internal RAM is an indirect read or an indirect write. Writing to the Indirect Address Register
initiates an access to the internal RAM. When RDWRB is set to logic one, an indirect read
access to the RAM is initiated. The data from the addressed location in the internal RAM
will be transfer to the Indirect Data Register. When RDWRB is set to logic zero, an indirect
write access to the RAM is initiated. The data from the Indirect Data Register will be transfer
to the addressed location in the internal RAM.
BUSY
The active high RAM busy (BUSY) bit reports if a previously initiated indirect access to the
internal RAM has been completed. BUSY is set to logic one upon writing to the Indirect
Address Register. BUSY is set to logic zero, upon completion of the RAM access. This
register should be polled to determine when new data is available in the Indirect Data
Register.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
166
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 071h: WPP Indirect Data
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
DATA[15]
0
Bit 14
R/W
DATA[14]
0
Bit 13
R/W
DATA[13]
0
Bit 12
R/W
DATA[12]
0
Bit 11
R/W
DATA[11]
0
Bit 10
R/W
DATA[10]
0
Bit 9
R/W
DATA[9]
0
Bit 8
R/W
DATA[8]
0
Bit 7
R/W
DATA[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
DATA[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
DATA[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
DATA[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
DATA[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
DATA[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
DATA[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
DATA[0]
0
This register contains the data read from the internal RAM after an indirect read operation or the
data to be inserted into the internal RAM in an indirect write operation.
DATA[15:0]
The indirect access data (DATA[15:0]) bits hold the data transfer to or from the internal RAM
during indirect access. When RDWRB is set to logic one (indirect read), the data from the
addressed location in the internal RAM will be transfer to DATA[15:0]. BUSY should be
polled to determine when the new data is available in DATA[15:0]. When RDWRB is set to
logic zero (indirect write), the data from DATA[15:0] will be transferred to the addressed
location in the internal RAM. The indirect Data register must contain valid data before the
indirect write is initiated by writing to the Indirect Address Register.
DATA[15:0] has a different meaning depending on which page of the internal RAM is being
accessed.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
167
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 071h (IADDR = 0h): WPP Monitor STS-1 path Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
R/W
Reserved
X
Bit 10
R/W
Reserved
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
0
Bit 6
R/W
SEQ_PRBSB
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Unused
X
Bit 4
Bit 3
W
RESYNC
0
Bit 2
R/W
INV_PRBS
0
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 0
R/W
MON_ENA
0
This register contains the definition of the WPP Indirect Data register (Register 071h) when
accessing Indirect Address 0h (IADDR[3:0] is “0h” in register 070h).
For STS-Nc rates, only the first STS-1 has to be configured
MON_ENA
Monitor Enable register bit, enables the PRBS monitor for the STS-1 path specified in the
PATH[3:0] of register 050h (TPP Indirect Address). If MON_ENA is set to ‘1’, a PRBS
sequence is generated and compare to the incoming one inserted in the payload of the
SONET/SDH frame. If MON_ENA is low, the data at the input of the monitor is ignored.
INV_PRBS
This sets the monitor to invert the PRBS before comparing it to the internally generated
payload. When set high, the PRBS bytes will be inverted, else they will be compared
unmodified.
RESYNC
This sets the monitor to re-initialize the PRBS sequence. When set high the monitor’s state
machine will be forced in the Out Of Sync state and automatically try to resynchronize to the
incoming stream.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
168
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
SEQ_PRBSB
This bit enables the monitoring of a PRBS or sequential pattern inserted in the payload.
When low the payload contains PRBS bytes, and when high, a sequential pattern is
monitored.
Reserved
The reserved bits must be set low for correct operation of the SBS.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
169
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 071h (IADDR = 1h): WPP Monitor PRBS[22:7] Accumulator
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
PRBS[22]
0
Bit 14
R/W
PRBS[21]
0
Bit 13
R/W
PRBS[20]
0
Bit 12
R/W
PRBS[19]
0
Bit 11
R/W
PRBS[18]
0
Bit 10
R/W
PRBS[17]
0
Bit 9
R/W
PRBS[16]
0
Bit 8
R/W
PRBS[15]
0
Bit 7
R/W
PRBS[14]
0
Bit 6
R/W
PRBS[13]
0
Bit 5
R/W
PRBS[12]
0
Bit 4
R/W
PRBS[11]
0
Bit 3
R/W
PRBS[10]
0
Bit 2
R/W
PRBS[9]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PRBS[8]
0
Bit 0
R/W
PRBS[7]
0
This register contains the definition of the WPP Indirect Data register (Register 071h) when
accessing Indirect Address 1h (IADDR[3:0] is “1h” in register 070h).
For STS-Nc rates, only the first STS-1 has to be configured.
PRBS[22:7]
The PRBS[22:7] register are the 16 MSBs of the LFSR state of the STS-1 path specified in
the Indirect Addressing register. It is possible to write in this register to change the initial
state of the register.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
170
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 071h (IADDR = 2h): WPP Monitor PRBS[6:0] Accumulator
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
R/W
PRBS[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
PRBS[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
PRBS[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
PRBS[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
PRBS[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PRBS[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
PRBS[0]
0
This register contains the definition of the WPP Indirect Data register (Register 071h) when
accessing Indirect Address 2h (IADDR[3:0] is “2h” in register 070h).
For STS-Nc rates, only the first STS-1 has to be configured.
PRBS[7:0]
The PRBS[6:0] register are the 7 LSBs of the LFSR state of the STS-1 path specified in the
Indirect Addressing register. It is possible to write in this register to change the initial state of
the register.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
171
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 071h (IADDR = 4h): WPP Monitor Error count
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
ERR_CNT[15]
X
Bit 14
R
ERR_CNT[14]
X
Bit 13
R
ERR_CNT[13]
X
Bit 12
R
ERR_CNT[12]
X
Bit 11
R
ERR_CNT[11]
X
Bit 10
R
ERR_CNT[10]
X
Bit 9
R
ERR_CNT[9]
X
Bit 8
R
ERR_CNT[8]
X
Bit 7
R
ERR_CNT[7]
X
Bit 6
R
ERR_CNT[6]
X
Bit 5
R
ERR_CNT[5]
X
Bit 4
R
ERR_CNT[4]
X
Bit 3
R
ERR_CNT[3]
X
Bit 2
R
ERR_CNT[2]
X
Bit 1
R
ERR_CNT[1]
X
Bit 0
R
ERR_CNT[0]
X
This register contains the definition of the WPP Indirect Data register (Register 071h) when
accessing Indirect Address 4h (IADDR[3:0] is “4h” in register 070h).
ERR_CNT[15:0]
The ERR_CNT[15:0] register contains the cumulative number of errors in the PRBS bytes
since the last error reporting event. Errors are accumulated only when the monitor is in the
synchronized state. Each PRBS byte will only contribute a single error, even if there are
multiple errors within a single PRBS byte. The transfer of the error counter to this holding
register is triggered by an indirect write to this register or writing the SBS Master Signal
Monitor #1, Accumulation Trigger Register (014H). The error counter is cleared and
restarted after its value is transferred to the ERR_CNT[15:0] holding register. No errors are
missed during the transfer. The error counter will not wrap around after reaching FFFFh, it
will saturate at this value.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
172
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 071h (IADDR = 8h): WPP Generator STS-1 path Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
0
Bit 13
R/W
Reserved
Bit 12
R/W
LINKENA
0
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 8
R/W
LINKENA
0
Bit 7
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 6
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 5
R/W
SEQ_PRBSB
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
W
FORCE_ERR
0
Bit 2
Unused
Bit 1
R/W
INV_PRBS
0
Bit 0
R/W
Reserved
0
This register contains the definition of the WPP Indirect Data register (Register 071h) when
accessing Indirect Address 8h (IADDR[3:0] is “8h” in register 070h).
For STS-Nc rates, only the first STS-1 has to be configured.
INV_PRBS
Sets the generator to invert the PRBS before inserting it in the payload. When set high, the
PRBS bytes will be inverted, else they will be inserted unmodified.
FORCE_ERR
The Force Error bit is used to force bit errors in the inserted pattern. When a logic one is
written, the MSB of the next byte will be inverted, inducing a single bit error. The register
clears itself when the operation is complete.
SEQ_PRBSB
This bit enables the insertion of a PRBS sequence or a sequential pattern in the payload.
When low, the payload is filled with PRBS bytes, and when high, a sequential pattern is
inserted.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
173
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
LINKENA
These two bits specify if PRBS is to be inserted in the path through the TW8E. If LINKENA
is high patterns are generated in the SONET/SDH frame to the TW8E, else no pattern is
generated and the unmodified SONET/SDH input frame is passed to the TW8E.
Reserved
The reserved bits must be set low for correct operation of the SBS.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
174
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 071h (IADDR = 9h): WPP Generator PRBS[22:7] Accumulator
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
PRBS[22]
0
Bit 14
R/W
PRBS[21]
0
Bit 13
R/W
PRBS[20]
0
Bit 12
R/W
PRBS[19]
0
Bit 11
R/W
PRBS[18]
0
Bit 10
R/W
PRBS[17]
0
Bit 9
R/W
PRBS[16]
0
Bit 8
R/W
PRBS[15]
0
Bit 7
R/W
PRBS[14]
0
Bit 6
R/W
PRBS[13]
0
Bit 5
R/W
PRBS[12]
0
Bit 4
R/W
PRBS[11]
0
Bit 3
R/W
PRBS[10]
0
Bit 2
R/W
PRBS[9]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PRBS[8]
0
Bit 0
R/W
PRBS[7]
0
This register contains the definition of the WPP Indirect Data register (Register 071h) when
accessing Indirect Address 9h (IADDR[3:0] is “9h” in register 070h).
For STS-Nc rates, only the first STS-1 has to be configured.
PRBS[22:7]
The PRBS[22:7] register are the 16 MSBs of the LFSR state of the STS-1 path specified in
the Indirect Addressing register. It is possible to write in this register to change the initial
state of the register.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
175
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 071h (IADDR = Ah): WPP Generator PRBS[6:0] Accumulator
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
R/W
PRBS[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
PRBS[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
PRBS[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
PRBS[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
PRBS[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PRBS[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
PRBS[0]
0
This register contains the definition of the WPP Indirect Data register (Register 071h) when
accessing Indirect Address Ah (IADDR[3:0] is “Ah” in register 070h).
For STS-Nc rates, only the first STS-1 has to be configured.
PRBS[6:0]
The PRBS[6:0] register are the 7 LSBs of the LFSR state of the STS-1 path specified in the
Indirect Addressing register. It is possible to write in this register to change the initial state of
the register.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
176
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 072h: WPP Generator Payload Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 14
R/W
GEN_STS12C
0
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 9
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 8
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
R/W
GEN_STS3C[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
GEN_STS3C[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
GEN_STS3C[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
GEN_STS3C[0]
0
This register configures the payload type of the time-slots in the Incoming bus for processing by
the Working PRBS generator.
GEN_STS3C[0]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (GEN_STS3C[0]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When GEN_STS3C[0] is set to logic one, the STS-1/VC-3 paths #1, #5 and
#9 are part of a STS-3c/VC-4 payload. When GEN_STS3C[0] is set to logic zero, the paths
are STS-1/VC-3 payloads. The GEN_STS12C register bit has precedence over the
GEN_STS3C[0] register bit.
GEN_STS3C[1]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (GEN_STS3C[1]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When GEN_STS3C[1] is set to logic one, the STS-1/VC-3 paths #2, #6 and
#10 are part of a STS-3c/VC-4 payload. When GEN_STS3C[1] is set to logic zero, the paths
are STS-1/VC-3 payloads. The GEN_STS12C register bit has precedence over the
GEN_STS3C[1] register bit.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
177
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
GEN_STS3C[2]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (GEN_STS3C[2]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When GEN_STS3C[2] is set to logic one, the STS-1/VC-3 paths #3, #7 and
#11 are part of a STS-3cVC-4 payload. When GEN_STS3C[2] is set to logic zero, the paths
are STS-1/VC-3 payloads. The GEN_STS12C register bit has precedence over the
GEN_STS3C[2] register bit.
GEN_STS3C[4]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (GEN_STS3C[3]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When GEN_STS3C[3] is set to logic one, the STS-1/VC-3 paths #4, #8 and
#12 are part of a STS-3c/VC-4 payload. When GEN_STS3C[3] is set to logic zero, the paths
are STS-1/VC-3 payloads. The GEN_STS12C register bit has precedence over the
GEN_STS3C[3] register bit.
GEN_STS12C
The STS-12c/VC-4-4c payload configuration (GEN_STS12C) bit selects the payload
configuration. When GEN_STS12C is set to logic one, the timeslots #1 to #12 are part of the
same concatenated payload defined by GEN_MSSLEN. When GEN_STS12C is set to logic
zero, the STS-1/STM-0 paths are defined with the GEN_STS3C[3:0] register bit. The
GEN_STS12C register bit has precedence over the GEN_STS3C[3:0] register bit.
Reserved
The Reserved bits must be set low for correct operation of the SBS.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
178
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 073h: WPP Monitor Payload Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 14
R/W
MON_STS12C
0
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 9
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 8
R/W
Reserved
0
Unused
X
Reserved
0
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 7
Bit 6
R/W
Bit 3
R/W
MON_STS3C[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
MON_STS3C[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
MON_STS3C[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
MON_STS3C[0]
0
This register configures the payload type of the time-slots in the Receive Working Serial Link for
processing by the PRBS monitor section.
MON_STS3C[0]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (MON_STS3C[0]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When MON_STS3C[0] is set to logic one, the STS-1/STM-0 paths #1, #5 and
#9 are part of a STS-3c/VC-4 payload. When MON_STS3C[0] is set to logic zero, the paths
are STS-1/VC-3 payloads. The MON_STS12C register bit has precedence over the
MON_STS3C[0] register bit.
MON_STS3C[1]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (MON_STS3C[1]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When MON_STS3C[1] is set to logic one, the STS-1/STM-0 paths #2, #6 and
#10 are part of a STS-3c/VC-4 payload. When MON_STS3C[1] is set to logic zero, the paths
are STS-1/VC-3 payloads. The MON_STS12C register bit has precedence over the
MON_STS3C[1] register bit.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
179
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
MON_STS3C[2]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (MON_STS3C[2]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When MON_STS3C[2] is set to logic one, the STS-1/STM-0 paths #3, #7 and
#11 are part of a MON_STS-3c/VC-4 payload. When MON_STS3C[2] is set to logic zero,
the paths are STS-1 (VC-3) payloads. The MON_STS12C register bit has precedence over
the MON_STS3C[2] register bit.
MON_STS3C[4]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (MON_STS3C[3]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When MON_STS3C[3] is set to logic one, the STS-1/STM-0 paths #4, #8 and
#12 are part of a STS-3c/VC-4 payload. When MON_STS3C[3] is set to logic zero, the paths
are STS-1/VC-3 payloads. The MON_STS12C register bit has precedence over the
MON_STS3C[3] register bit.
Reserved
The Reserved bits must be set low for correct operation of the SBS.
MON_STS12C
The STS-12c/VC-4-4c payload configuration (MON_STS12C) bit selects the payload
configuration. When MON_STS12C is set to logic one, the timeslots #1 to #12 are part of
the same concatenated payload defined by MON_MSSLEN. When MON_STS12C is set to
logic zero, the STS-1/STM-0 paths are defined with the MON_STS3C[3:0] register bit. The
MON_STS12C register bit has precedence over the MON_STS3C[3:0] register bit.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
180
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 074h: WPP Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
R
MON12_ERRI
X
Bit 10
R
MON11_ERRI
X
Bit 9
R
MON10_ERRI
X
Bit 8
R
MON9_ERRI
X
Bit 7
R
MON8_ERRI
X
Bit 6
R
MON7_ERRI
X
Bit 5
R
MON6_ERRI
X
Bit 4
R
MON5_ERRI
X
Bit 3
R
MON4_ERRI
X
Bit 2
R
MON3_ERRI
X
Bit 1
R
MON2_ERRI
X
Bit 0
R
MON1_ERRI
X
This register reports and acknowledges PRBS byte error interrupts for all the time-slots in the
Receive Working Serial Link.
MONx_ERRI
The Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Status register is the status of the interrupt generated by
each of the 12 STS-1 paths when an error has been detected. The MONx_ERRE is set high
when the monitor is in the synchronized state and when an error in a PRBS byte is detected in
the STS-1 path x. This bit is independent of MONx_ERRE and is cleared after being read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
181
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 075h: WPP Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Enable
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
R/W
MON12_ERRE
0
Bit 10
R/W
MON11_ERRE
0
Bit 9
R/W
MON10_ERRE
0
Bit 8
R/W
MON9_ERRE
0
Bit 7
R/W
MON8_ERRE
0
Bit 6
R/W
MON7_ERRE
0
Bit 5
R/W
MON6_ERRE
0
Bit 4
R/W
MON5_ERRE
0
Bit 3
R/W
MON4_ERRE
0
Bit 2
R/W
MON3_ERRE
0
Bit 1
R/W
MON2_ERRE
0
Bit 0
R/W
MON1_ERRE
0
This register enables the assertion of PRBS byte error interrupts for all the time-slots in the
Receive Working bus.
MONx_ERRE
The Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Enable register enables the interrupt for each of the 12 STS1 paths. When MONx_ERRE is set high it allows the Byte Error Interrupt to generate an
external interrupt on INT.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
182
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 079h: WPP Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
R
MON12_SYNCI
X
Bit 10
R
MON11_SYNCI
X
Bit 9
R
MON10_SYNCI
X
Bit 8
R
MON9_SYNCI
X
Bit 7
R
MON8_SYNCI
X
Bit 6
R
MON7_SYNCI
X
Bit 5
R
MON6_SYNCI
X
Bit 4
R
MON5_SYNCI
X
Bit 3
R
MON4_SYNCI
X
Bit 2
R
MON3_SYNCI
X
Bit 1
R
MON2_SYNCI
X
Bit 0
R
MON1_SYNCI
X
This register reports the PRBS monitor synchronization status change interrupts for all the
time-slots in the Receive Working Serial Link.
MONx_SYNCI
The Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Status register is set high when a change occurs in the
monitor’s synchronization status. Whenever a state machine of the x STS-1 path goes from
Synchronized to Out Of Synchronization state or vice-versa, the MONx_SYNCI is set high.
This bit is independent of MONx_SYNCE and is cleared after it’s been read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
183
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 07Ah: WPP Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Enable
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
R/W
MON12_SYNCE
0
Bit 10
R/W
MON11_SYNCE
0
Bit 9
R/W
MON10_SYNCE
0
Bit 8
R/W
MON9_SYNCE
0
Bit 7
R/W
MON8_SYNCE
0
Bit 6
R/W
MON7_SYNCE
0
Bit 5
R/W
MON6_SYNCE
0
Bit 4
R/W
MON5_SYNCE
0
Bit 3
R/W
MON4_SYNCE
0
Bit 2
R/W
MON3_SYNCE
0
Bit 1
R/W
MON2_SYNCE
0
Bit 0
R/W
MON1_SYNCE
0
This register enables the assertion of change of PRBS monitor synchronization status interrupts
for all the time-slots in the Receive Working Serial Link.
MONx_SYNCE
The Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Enable register allows each individual STS-1 path to
generate an external interrupt on INT. When MONx_SYNCE is set high whenever a change
occurs in the synchronization state of the monitor in STS-1 path x, generates an interrupt on
INT.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
184
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 07Bh: WPP Monitor Synchronization State
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
R
MON12_SYNCV
X
Bit 10
R
MON11_SYNCV
X
Bit 9
R
MON10_SYNCV
X
Bit 8
R
MON9_SYNCV
X
Bit 7
R
MON8_SYNCV
X
Bit 6
R
MON7_SYNCV
X
Bit 5
R
MON6_SYNCV
X
Bit 4
R
MON5_SYNCV
X
Bit 3
R
MON4_SYNCV
X
Bit 2
R
MON3_SYNCV
X
Bit 1
R
MON2_SYNCV
X
Bit 0
R
MON1_SYNCV
X
This register reports the state of the PRBS monitors for all the time-slots in the Receive Working
Serial Link.
MONx_SYNCV
The Monitor Synchronization Status register reflects the state of the monitor’s state machine.
When MONx_SYNCV is set high the monitor’s state machine is in synchronization for the
STS-1 Path x. When MONx_SYNCV is low the monitor is NOT in synchronization for the
STS-1 Path x.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
185
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 07Ch: WPP Performance Counters Transfer Trigger
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Unused
X
TIP
0
Bit 1
Bit 0
R/W
This register controls and monitors the reporting of the error counter registers.
A write in this register will trigger the transfer of the error counters to holding registers where
they can be read. The value written in the register is not important. Once the transfer is initiated,
the TIP bit is set high, and when the holding registers contain the value of the error counters, TIP
is set low.
TIP
The Transfer In Progress bit reflects the state of the TIP output signal. When TIP is high, an
error counter transfer has been initiated, but the counters are not transferred in the holding
register yet. When TIP is low, the value of the error counters is available to be read in the
holding registers. This bit can be poll after an error counters transfer request, to determine if
the counters are ready to be read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
186
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 080h: PPP Indirect Address
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
BUSY
0
Bit 14
R/W
RDWRB
0
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
R/W
IADDR[3]
0
Bit 8
R/W
IADDR[2]
0
Bit 7
R/W
IADDR[1]
0
Bit 6
R/W
IADDR[0]
0
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
R/W
PATH[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
PATH[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PATH[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
PATH[0]
0
This register provides selection of configuration pages and of the time-slots to be accessed in the
PPP block. Writing to this register triggers an indirect register access.
PATH[3:0]
The PATH[3:0] bits select which time-multiplexed division is accessed by the current indirect
transfer.
PATH[3:0]
Time Division #
0000
Invalid STS-1 path
0001-1100
STS-1 path #1 to STS-1
path #12
1101-1111
Invalid STS-1 path
IADDR[3:0]
The internal RAM page bits select which page of the internal RAM is access by the current
indirect transfer. Six pages are defined for the monitor (IADDR[3] = ‘0’) : the configuration
page, the PRBS[22:7] page, the PRBS[6:0] page, the B1/E1 value page, the Monitor error
count page and the received B1/E1 byte.
IADDR[3:0]
RAM Page
0000
STS-1 path Configuration page
0001
PRBS[22:7] page
0010
PRBS[6:0] page
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
187
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
IADDR[3:0]
RAM Page
0011
Reserved
0100
Monitor error count page
0101
Reserved
Four pages are defined for the generator (IADDR [3] = ‘1’) : the configuration page, the
PRBS[22:7] page, the PRBS[6:0] page and the B1/E1 value.
IADDR[3:0]
RAM page
1000
STS-1 path Configuration page
1001
PRBS[22:7] page
1010
PRBS[6:0] page
1011
Reserved
RDWRB
The active high read and active low write (RDWRB) bit selects if the current access to the
internal RAM is an indirect read or an indirect write. Writing to the Indirect Address Register
initiates an access to the internal RAM. When RDWRB is set to logic one, an indirect read
access to the RAM is initiated. The data from the addressed location in the internal RAM
will be transfer to the Indirect Data Register. When RDWRB is set to logic zero, an indirect
write access to the RAM is initiated. The data from the Indirect Data Register will be transfer
to the addressed location in the internal RAM.
BUSY
The active high RAM busy (BUSY) bit reports if a previously initiated indirect access to the
internal RAM has been completed. BUSY is set to logic one upon writing to the Indirect
Address Register. BUSY is set to logic zero, upon completion of the RAM access. This
register should be polled to determine when new data is available in the Indirect Data
Register.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
188
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 081h: PPP Indirect Data
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
DATA[15]
0
Bit 14
R/W
DATA[14]
0
Bit 13
R/W
DATA[13]
0
Bit 12
R/W
DATA[12]
0
Bit 11
R/W
DATA[11]
0
Bit 10
R/W
DATA[10]
0
Bit 9
R/W
DATA[9]
0
Bit 8
R/W
DATA[8]
0
Bit 7
R/W
DATA[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
DATA[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
DATA[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
DATA[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
DATA[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
DATA[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
DATA[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
DATA[0]
0
This register contains the data read from the internal RAM after an indirect read operation or the
data to be inserted into the internal RAM in an indirect write operation.
DATA[15:0]
The indirect access data (DATA[15:0]) bits hold the data transfer to or from the internal RAM
during indirect access. When RDWRB is set to logic one (indirect read), the data from the
addressed location in the internal RAM will be transfer to DATA[15:0]. BUSY should be
polled to determine when the new data is available in DATA[15:0]. When RDWRB is set to
logic zero (indirect write), the data from DATA[15:0] will be transferred to the addressed
location in the internal RAM. The indirect Data register must contain valid data before the
indirect write is initiated by writing to the Indirect Address Register.
DATA[15:0] has a different meaning depending on which page of the internal RAM is being
accessed.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
189
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 081h (IADDR = 0h): PPP Monitor STS-1 path Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
0
Bit 6
R/W
SEQ_PRBSB
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Unused
X
Bit 4
Bit 3
W
RESYNC
0
Bit 2
R/W
INV_PRBS
0
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 0
R/W
MON_ENA
0
This register contains the definition of the PPP Indirect Data register (Register 081h) when
accessing Indirect Address 0h (IADDR[3:0] is “0h” in register 080h).
For STS-Nc rates, only the first STS-1 has to be configured
MON_ENA
Monitor Enable register bit, enables the PRBS monitor for the STS-1 path specified in the
PATH[3:0] of register 050h (TPP Indirect Address). If MON_ENA is set to ‘1’, a PRBS
sequence is generated and compare to the incoming one inserted in the payload of the
SONET/SDH frame. If MON_ENA is low, the data at the input of the monitor is ignored.
INV_PRBS
This sets the monitor to invert the PRBS before comparing it to the internally generated
payload. When set high, the PRBS bytes will be inverted, else they will be compared
unmodified.
RESYNC
This sets the monitor to re-initialize the PRBS sequence. When set high the monitor’s state
machine will be forced in the Out Of Sync state and automatically try to resynchronize to the
incoming stream.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
190
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
SEQ_PRBSB
This bit enables the monitoring of a PRBS or sequential pattern inserted in the payload.
When low the payload contains PRBS bytes, and when high, a sequential pattern is
monitored.
Reserved
The reserved bits must be set low for correct operation of the SBS.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
191
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 081h (IADDR = 1h): PPP Monitor PRBS[22:7] Accumulator
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
PRBS[22]
0
Bit 14
R/W
PRBS[21]
0
Bit 13
R/W
PRBS[20]
0
Bit 12
R/W
PRBS[19]
0
Bit 11
R/W
PRBS[18]
0
Bit 10
R/W
PRBS[17]
0
Bit 9
R/W
PRBS[16]
0
Bit 8
R/W
PRBS[15]
0
Bit 7
R/W
PRBS[14]
0
Bit 6
R/W
PRBS[13]
0
Bit 5
R/W
PRBS[12]
0
Bit 4
R/W
PRBS[11]
0
Bit 3
R/W
PRBS[10]
0
Bit 2
R/W
PRBS[9]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PRBS[8]
0
Bit 0
R/W
PRBS[7]
0
This register contains the definition of the PPP Indirect Data register (Register 081h) when
accessing Indirect Address 1h (IADDR[3:0] is “1h” in register 080h).
For STS-Nc rates, only the first STS-1 has to be configured.
PRBS[22:7]
The PRBS[22:7] register are the 16 MSBs of the LFSR state of the STS-1 path specified in
the Indirect Addressing register. It is possible to write in this register to change the initial
state of the register.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
192
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 081h (IADDR = 2h): PPP Monitor PRBS[6:0] Accumulator
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
R/W
PRBS[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
PRBS[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
PRBS[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
PRBS[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
PRBS[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PRBS[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
PRBS[0]
0
This register contains the definition of the PPP Indirect Data register (Register 081h) when
accessing Indirect Address 2h (IADDR[3:0] is “2h” in register 080h).
For STS-Nc rates, only the first STS-1 has to be configured.
PRBS[7:0]
The PRBS[6:0] register are the 7 LSBs of the LFSR state of the STS-1 path specified in the
Indirect Addressing register. It is possible to write in this register to change the initial state of
the register.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
193
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 081h (IADDR = 4h): PPP Monitor Error count
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
ERR_CNT[15]
X
Bit 14
R
ERR_CNT[14]
X
Bit 13
R
ERR_CNT[13]
X
Bit 12
R
ERR_CNT[12]
X
Bit 11
R
ERR_CNT[11]
X
Bit 10
R
ERR_CNT[10]
X
Bit 9
R
ERR_CNT[9]
X
Bit 8
R
ERR_CNT[8]
X
Bit 7
R
ERR_CNT[7]
X
Bit 6
R
ERR_CNT[6]
X
Bit 5
R
ERR_CNT[5]
X
Bit 4
R
ERR_CNT[4]
X
Bit 3
R
ERR_CNT[3]
X
Bit 2
R
ERR_CNT[2]
X
Bit 1
R
ERR_CNT[1]
X
Bit 0
R
ERR_CNT[0]
X
This register contains the definition of the PPP Indirect Data register (Register 061h) when
accessing Indirect Address 4h (IADDR[3:0] is “4h” in register 060h).
ERR_CNT[15:0]
The ERR_CNT[15:0] register contains the cumulative number of errors in the PRBS bytes
since the last error reporting event. Errors are accumulated only when the monitor is in the
synchronized state. Each PRBS byte will only contribute a single error, even if there are
multiple errors within a single PRBS byte. The transfer of the error counter to this holding
register is triggered by an indirect write to this register or by writing the SBS Master Signal
Monitor #1, Accumulation Trigger Register (014H). The error counter is cleared and
restarted after its value is transferred to the ERR_CNT[15:0] holding register. No errors are
missed during the transfer. The error counter will not wrap around after reaching FFFFh, it
will saturate at this value.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
194
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 081h (IADDR = 8h): PPP Generator STS-1 path Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
0
Bit 13
R/W
Reserved
Bit 12
R/W
LINKENA
0
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
R/W
Reserved
X
Bit 8
R/W
LINKENA
X
Bit 7
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 6
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 5
R/W
SEQ_PRBSB
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
W
FORCE_ERR
0
Bit 2
Unused
Bit 1
R/W
INV_PRBS
0
Bit 0
R/W
Reserved
0
This register contains the definition of the PPP Indirect Data register (Register 081h) when
accessing Indirect Address 8h (IADDR[3:0] is “8h” in register 080h).
For STS-Nc rates, only the first STS-1 has to be configured.
INV_PRBS
Sets the generator to invert the PRBS before inserting it in the payload. When set high, the
PRBS bytes will be inverted, else they will be inserted unmodified.
FORCE_ERR
The Force Error bit is used to force bit errors in the inserted pattern. When a logic one is
written, the MSB of the next byte will be inverted, inducing a single bit error. The register
clears itself when the operation is complete.
SEQ_PRBSB
This bit enables the insertion of a PRBS sequence or a sequential pattern in the payload.
When low, the payload is filled with PRBS bytes, and when high, a sequential pattern is
inserted.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
195
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
LINKENA
These two bits specify if PRBS is to be inserted in the path through the TP8E. If LINKENA
is high patterns are generated in the SONET/SDH frame to the TP8E, else no pattern is
generated and the unmodified SONET/SDH input frame is passed to the TP8E.
Reserved
The reserved bits must be set low for correct operation of the SBS.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
196
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 081h (IADDR = 9h): PPP Generator PRBS[22:7] Accumulator
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
PRBS[22]
0
Bit 14
R/W
PRBS[21]
0
Bit 13
R/W
PRBS[20]
0
Bit 12
R/W
PRBS[19]
0
Bit 11
R/W
PRBS[18]
0
Bit 10
R/W
PRBS[17]
0
Bit 9
R/W
PRBS[16]
0
Bit 8
R/W
PRBS[15]
0
Bit 7
R/W
PRBS[14]
0
Bit 6
R/W
PRBS[13]
0
Bit 5
R/W
PRBS[12]
0
Bit 4
R/W
PRBS[11]
0
Bit 3
R/W
PRBS[10]
0
Bit 2
R/W
PRBS[9]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PRBS[8]
0
Bit 0
R/W
PRBS[7]
0
This register contains the definition of the PPP Indirect Data register (Register 081h) when
accessing Indirect Address 9h (IADDR[3:0] is “9h” in register 080h).
For STS-Nc rates, only the first STS-1 has to be configured.
PRBS[22:7]
The PRBS[22:7] register are the 16 MSBs of the LFSR state of the STS-1 path specified in
the Indirect Addressing register. It is possible to write in this register to change the initial
state of the register.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
197
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 081h (IADDR = Ah): PPP Generator PRBS[6:0] Accumulator
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
R/W
PRBS[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
PRBS[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
PRBS[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
PRBS[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
PRBS[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PRBS[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
PRBS[0]
0
This register contains the definition of the PPP Indirect Data register (Register 081h) when
accessing Indirect Address Ah (IADDR[3:0] is “Ah” in register 080h).
For STS-Nc rates, only the first STS-1 has to be configured.
PRBS[6:0]
The PRBS[6:0] register are the 7 LSBs of the LFSR state of the STS-1 path specified in the
Indirect Addressing register. It is possible to write in this register to change the initial state of
the register.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
198
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 082h: PPP Generator Payload Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 14
R/W
GEN_STS12C
0
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 9
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 8
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
R/W
GEN_STS3C[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
GEN_STS3C[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
GEN_STS3C[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
GEN_STS3C[0]
0
This register configures the payload type of the time-slots in the Incoming bus for processing by
the Protect PRBS generator.
GEN_STS3C[0]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (GEN_STS3C[0]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When GEN_STS3C[0] is set to logic one, the STS-1/VC-3 paths #1, #5 and
#9 are part of a STS-3c/VC-4 payload. When GEN_STS3C[0] is set to logic zero, the paths
are STS-1/VC-3 payloads. The GEN_STS12C register bit has precedence over the
GEN_STS3C[0] register bit.
GEN_STS3C[1]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (GEN_STS3C[1]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When GEN_STS3C[1] is set to logic one, the STS-1/VC-3 paths #2, #6 and
#10 are part of a STS-3c/VC-4 payload. When GEN_STS3C[1] is set to logic zero, the paths
are STS-1/VC-3 payloads. The GEN_STS12C register bit has precedence over the
GEN_STS3C[1] register bit.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
199
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
GEN_STS3C[2]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (GEN_STS3C[2]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When GEN_STS3C[2] is set to logic one, the STS-1/VC-3 paths #3, #7 and
#11 are part of a STS-3cVC-4 payload. When GEN_STS3C[2] is set to logic zero, the paths
are STS-1/VC-3 payloads. The GEN_STS12C register bit has precedence over the
GEN_STS3C[2] register bit.
GEN_STS3C[4]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (GEN_STS3C[3]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When GEN_STS3C[3] is set to logic one, the STS-1/VC-3 paths #4, #8 and
#12 are part of a STS-3c/VC-4 payload. When GEN_STS3C[3] is set to logic zero, the paths
are STS-1/VC-3 payloads. The GEN_STS12C register bit has precedence over the
GEN_STS3C[3] register bit.
GEN_STS12C
The STS-12c/VC-4-4c payload configuration (GEN_STS12C) bit selects the payload
configuration. When GEN_STS12C is set to logic one, the timeslots #1 to #12 are part of the
same concatenated payload defined by GEN_MSSLEN. When GEN_STS12C is set to logic
zero, the STS-1/STM-0 paths are defined with the GEN_STS3C[3:0] register bit. The
GEN_STS12C register bit has precedence over the GEN_STS3C[3:0] register bit.
Reserved
The Reserved bits must be set low for correct operation of the SBS.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
200
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 083h: PPP Monitor Payload Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 14
R/W
MON_STS12C
0
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 9
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 8
R/W
Reserved
0
Unused
X
Reserved
0
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 7
Bit 6
R/W
Bit 3
R/W
MON_STS3C[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
MON_STS3C[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
MON_STS3C[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
MON_STS3C[0]
0
This register configures the payload type of the time-slots in the Receive Protection Serial Link
for processing by the PRBS monitor section.
MON_STS3C[0]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (MON_STS3C[0]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When MON_STS3C[0] is set to logic one, the STS-1/STM-0 paths #1, #5 and
#9 are part of a STS-3c/VC-4 payload. When MON_STS3C[0] is set to logic zero, the paths
are STS-1/VC-3 payloads. The MON_STS12C register bit has precedence over the
MON_STS3C[0] register bit.
MON_STS3C[1]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (MON_STS3C[1]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When MON_STS3C[1] is set to logic one, the STS-1/STM-0 paths #2, #6 and
#10 are part of a STS-3c/VC-4 payload. When MON_STS3C[1] is set to logic zero, the paths
are STS-1/VC-3 payloads. The MON_STS12C register bit has precedence over the
MON_STS3C[1] register bit.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
201
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
MON_STS3C[2]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (MON_STS3C[2]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When MON_STS3C[2] is set to logic one, the STS-1/STM-0 paths #3, #7 and
#11 are part of a MON_STS-3c/VC-4 payload. When MON_STS3C[2] is set to logic zero,
the paths are STS-1 (VC-3) payloads. The MON_STS12C register bit has precedence over
the MON_STS3C[2] register bit.
MON_STS3C[4]
The STS-3c/VC-4 payload configuration (MON_STS3C[3]) bit selects the payload
configuration. When MON_STS3C[3] is set to logic one, the STS-1/STM-0 paths #4, #8 and
#12 are part of a STS-3c/VC-4 payload. When MON_STS3C[3] is set to logic zero, the paths
are STS-1/VC-3 payloads. The MON_STS12C register bit has precedence over the
MON_STS3C[3] register bit.
MON_STS12C
The STS-12c/VC-4-4c payload configuration (MON_STS12C) bit selects the payload
configuration. When MON_STS12C is set to logic one, the timeslots #1 to #12 are part of
the same concatenated payload defined by MON_MSSLEN. When MON_STS12C is set to
logic zero, the STS-1/STM-0 paths are defined with the MON_STS3C[3:0] register bit. The
MON_STS12C register bit has precedence over the MON_STS3C[3:0] register bit.
Reserved
The Reserved bits must be set low for correct operation of the SBS.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
202
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 084h: PPP Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
R
MON12_ERRI
X
Bit 10
R
MON11_ERRI
X
Bit 9
R
MON10_ERRI
X
Bit 8
R
MON9_ERRI
X
Bit 7
R
MON8_ERRI
X
Bit 6
R
MON7_ERRI
X
Bit 5
R
MON6_ERRI
X
Bit 4
R
MON5_ERRI
X
Bit 3
R
MON4_ERRI
X
Bit 2
R
MON3_ERRI
X
Bit 1
R
MON2_ERRI
X
Bit 0
R
MON1_ERRI
X
This register reports and acknowledges PRBS byte error interrupts for all the time-slots in the
Receive Protection Serial Link.
MONx_ERRI
The Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Status register is the status of the interrupt generated by
each of the 12 STS-1 paths when an error has been detected. The MONx_ERRE is set high
when the monitor is in the synchronized state and when an error in a PRBS byte is detected in
the STS-1 path x. This bit is independent of MONx_ERRE and is cleared after being read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
203
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 085h: PPP Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Enable
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
R/W
MON12_ERRE
0
Bit 10
R/W
MON11_ERRE
0
Bit 9
R/W
MON10_ERRE
0
Bit 8
R/W
MON9_ERRE
0
Bit 7
R/W
MON8_ERRE
0
Bit 6
R/W
MON7_ERRE
0
Bit 5
R/W
MON6_ERRE
0
Bit 4
R/W
MON5_ERRE
0
Bit 3
R/W
MON4_ERRE
0
Bit 2
R/W
MON3_ERRE
0
Bit 1
R/W
MON2_ERRE
0
Bit 0
R/W
MON1_ERRE
0
This register enables the assertion of PRBS byte error interrupts for all the time-slots in the
Receive Protection Serial Link.
MONx_ERRE
The Monitor Byte Error Interrupt Enable register enables the interrupt for each of the 12 STS1 paths. When MONx_ERRE is set high it allows the Byte Error Interrupt to generate an
external interrupt on INT.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
204
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 089h: PPP Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
R
MON12_SYNCI
X
Bit 10
R
MON11_SYNCI
X
Bit 9
R
MON10_SYNCI
X
Bit 8
R
MON9_SYNCI
X
Bit 7
R
MON8_SYNCI
X
Bit 6
R
MON7_SYNCI
X
Bit 5
R
MON6_SYNCI
X
Bit 4
R
MON5_SYNCI
X
Bit 3
R
MON4_SYNCI
X
Bit 2
R
MON3_SYNCI
X
Bit 1
R
MON2_SYNCI
X
Bit 0
R
MON1_SYNCI
X
This register reports the PRBS monitor synchronization status change interrupts for all the
time-slots in the Receive Protection Serial Link.
MONx_SYNCI
The Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Status register is set high when a change occurs in the
monitor’s synchronization status. Whenever a state machine of the x STS-1 path goes from
Synchronized to Out Of Synchronization state or vice-versa, the MONx_SYNCI is set high.
This bit is independent of MONx_SYNCE and is cleared after it’s been read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
205
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 08Ah: PPP Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Enable
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
R/W
MON12_SYNCE
0
Bit 10
R/W
MON11_SYNCE
0
Bit 9
R/W
MON10_SYNCE
0
Bit 8
R/W
MON9_SYNCE
0
Bit 7
R/W
MON8_SYNCE
0
Bit 6
R/W
MON7_SYNCE
0
Bit 5
R/W
MON6_SYNCE
0
Bit 4
R/W
MON5_SYNCE
0
Bit 3
R/W
MON4_SYNCE
0
Bit 2
R/W
MON3_SYNCE
0
Bit 1
R/W
MON2_SYNCE
0
Bit 0
R/W
MON1_SYNCE
0
This register enables the assertion of change of PRBS monitor synchronization status interrupts
for all the time-slots in the Receive Protection Serial Link.
MONx_SYNCE
The Monitor Synchronization Interrupt Enable register allows each individual STS-1 path to
generate an external interrupt on INT. When MONx_SYNCE is set high whenever a change
occurs in the synchronization state of the monitor in STS-1 path x, generates an interrupt on
INT.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
206
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 08Bh: PPP Monitor Synchronization State
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
R
MON12_SYNCV
X
Bit 10
R
MON11_SYNCV
X
Bit 9
R
MON10_SYNCV
X
Bit 8
R
MON9_SYNCV
X
Bit 7
R
MON8_SYNCV
X
Bit 6
R
MON7_SYNCV
X
Bit 5
R
MON6_SYNCV
X
Bit 4
R
MON5_SYNCV
X
Bit 3
R
MON4_SYNCV
X
Bit 2
R
MON3_SYNCV
X
Bit 1
R
MON2_SYNCV
X
Bit 0
R
MON1_SYNCV
X
This register reports the state of the PRBS monitors for all the time-slots in the Receive
Protection Serial Link.
MONx_SYNCV
The Monitor Synchronization Status register reflects the state of the monitor’s state machine.
When MONx_SYNCV is set high the monitor’s state machine is in synchronization for the
STS-1 Path x. When MONx_SYNCV is low the monitor is NOT in synchronization for the
STS-1 Path x.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
207
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 08Ch: PPP Performance Counters Transfer Trigger
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Unused
X
TIP
0
Bit 1
Bit 0
R/W
This register controls and monitors the reporting of the error counter registers.
A write in this register will trigger the transfer of the error counters to holding registers where
they can be read. The value written in the register is not important. Once the transfer is initiated,
the TIP bit is set high, and when the holding registers contain the value of the error counters, TIP
is set low.
TIP
The Transfer In Progress bit reflects the state of the TIP output signal. When TIP is high, an
error counter transfer has been initiated, but the counters are not transferred in the holding
register yet. When TIP is low, the value of the error counters is available to be read in the
holding registers. This bit can be poll after an error counters transfer request, to determine if
the counters are ready to be read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
208
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 090H: WILC Transmit FIFO Data High
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15-0
R/W
TDAT[31:16]
0
When writing data to the transmit FIFO, this register must be written to before register 091H.
TDAT[31:16]
TDAT[31:16] and TDAT[15:0] form the 32 bit wide data word to be written to the FIFO. The
FIFO is organized as 32 bits wide and 64 words deep, giving a total of eight 32 byte
messages.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
209
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 091H: WILC Transmit FIFO Data Low
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15-0
R/W
TDAT[15:0]
0
Writing to this register will initiate a transfer of TDAT[31:0] into the transmit FIFO.
TDAT[15:0]
TDAT[31:16] and TDAT[15:0] form the 32 bit wide data word to be written to the FIFO. The
FIFO is organized as 32 bits wide and 64 words deep, giving a total of eight 32 byte
messages.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
210
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 093H: WILC Transmit Control Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15:8
R/W
TX_AUX[7:0]
00000000
Bit 7:6
R
Unused
00
Bit 5:4
R/W
TX_LINK[1:0]
00
Bit 3:2
R
Unused
00
Bit 1
R/W
TX_CRC_SWIZ_EN
0
Bit 0
R/W
TX_BYPASS
0
TX_BYPASS
When this bit is set to ‘1’, the blocks message transmit functions are bypassed. No messages
are inserted into the Transmit data. The transmit message FIFO RAM is disabled and thus
message data writes are ignored.
TX_CRC_SWIZ_EN
When this bit is set to ‘1’, the calculated CRC-16 is bit reversed before being transmitted.
This facility can be used for diagnostic testing of CRC-16 generation and checking
functionality.
TX_LINK[1:0]
These bits are transmitted in the LINK bits of the message header of the next available
message. On reads these bit return the last written value.
TX_AUX[7:0]
These bits form the input to an Auxiliary channel between CPUs at each end of the link. Their
use is at the Software developers discretion. Data written to this register will be transmitted
in the AUX header byte of each subsequent message to the other end of the inband link. A
new value of TX_AUX will be transmitted at the next available message. Data read from this
register will be the data previously written.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
211
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 095H: WILC Transmit Status and FIFO Synch Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
TX_MSG_LVL_VALID
X
Bit 14:13
R
TX_LINK[1:0]
00
Bit 12:11
R
IPAGE[1:0]
XX
Bit 10:8
R
IUSER[2:0]
X00
Bit 7:6
R
Unused
00
Bit 5:2
R
TX_MSG_LVL[3:0]
0000
Bit 1
R
TX_FI_BUSY
0
Bit 0
W
TX_XFER_SYNC
0
TX_XFER_SYNC
Writing ‘1’ to this bit initializes the next write sequence to be to the beginning of the next
message. After a ‘1’ had been written successive writes to the Transmit FIFO will be to
location zero of the next available slot. If a partial message has been written,
TX_XFER_SYNC indicates that the current message is complete and that subsequent writes
will be to the next message. If more than 32 bytes are written, the 33rd byte will be the first
byte of the next message. The purpose of this bit is to unambiguously align the message
boundaries. Another use would be to abandon the current write and move the write pointer to
the beginning of the next message. (Previous message data will remain in the unwritten
portion of the message being abandoned, which will have to be ignored by the receiving
software).
If the message FIFO pointers are already at a message boundary then writing this bit to a ‘1’
will have no affect.
On reads this bit is always returned as a ‘0’.
TX_FI_BUSY
This bit indicates that the internal hardware is transferring the data from the Transmit FIFO
registers (TDAT) into the internal RAM. This bit need not be read by software if the time
interval between successive 32 bit transfers is greater than 3 SYSCLK cycles.
TX_MSG_LVL[3:0]
This indicates the current number of messages in the TXFIFO.
TX_MSG_LVL[3:0]
Number of Messages
0000
0
:
:
1000
8
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
212
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Values greater than 1000 will not occur. The number of free messages available in the FIFO is
given by 8 – TX_MSG_LVL.
IUSER[2:0]
These bits are a reflection of the USER[2:0] bits output in the header of the in-band link on
the Transmit Working Serial Link. IUSER[2] is sourced from the IUSER2 input to the SBS.
IUSER[1:0] is sourced from the TXWUSER[1:0] bits of register 008H.
IPAGE[1:0]
These bits are a reflection of the PAGE[1:0] bits output in the header of the in-band link on
the Transmit Working Serial Link. PAGE[1] reflects the current memory page used by the
IMSU. PAGE[0] reflects the current memory page used by the OMSU.
TX_LINK[1:0]
These bits reflect the last written value of the TX_LINK[1:0] field of the WILC Transmit
Control Register. The upper byte of this register therefore reflects all of the configurable bits
of the message Header1 byte.
TX_MSG_LVL_VALID
This bit indicates that the value of TX_MSG_LVL is valid. When read with a logic zero this
register should be re-read until TX_MSG_LVL_VALID is a logic one. This bit will be clear
for only approximately 0.3% of the time.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
213
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 096H: WILC Receive FIFO Data High
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15-0
R
RDAT[31:16]
0
When reading data out of the receive FIFO, this register must be read before register 097H.
RDAT[31:16]
RDAT[31:16] and RDAT[15:0] form the 32 bit wide data word read from the FIFO. The
FIFO is organized as 32 bits wide and 64 words deep, giving a total of eight 32 byte
messages. This register must be read before register 097H.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
214
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 097H: WILC Receive FIFO Data Low
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15-0
R
RDAT[15:0]
0
Reading this register initiates a read access to the next location in the receive FIFO.
RDAT[15:0]
RDAT[31:16] and RDAT[15:0] form the 32 bit wide data word read from the FIFO. The
FIFO is organized as 32 bits wide and 64 words deep, giving a total of eight 32 byte
messages.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
215
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 099H: WILC Receive FIFO Control Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15:3
R
Unused
0
Bit 2
R/W
FAST_RD_EN
0
Bit 1
R/W
RX_CRC_SWIZ_EN
0
Bit 0
R/W
RX_BYPASS
0
RX_BYPASS
When this bit is set to a logic one. The WILC’s message receive functions are bypassed and
no messages are extracted from the Receive Working Serial Link. The receive message FIFO
RAM is disabled and thus message data reads will return undefined data.
RX_CRC_SWIZ_EN
When this bit is set to a logic one, the calculated CRC-16 is bit reversed before being
compared with CRC-16 bytes of the received message. This facility can be used for
diagnostic testing of CRC-16 generation and checking functionality
FAST_RD_EN
When this bit is set to ‘1’, the time to read the Receive FIFO is reduced by 1 SYSCLK cycle.
For receive FIFO reads induced by writing the RX_XFER_SYNC bit to a ‘1’ the time for the
completion of the receive FIFO read is reduced from approximately 5 SYSCLK cycles when
FAST_RD_EN = ‘0’ to approximately 4 SYSCLK cycles when FAST_RD_EN = ‘1’.
For receive FIFO reads induced by reading from the Receive FIFO Data register Low the
time for the completion of the receive FIFO read is reduced from approximately 4 SYSCLK
cycles when FAST_RD_EN = ‘0’ to approximately 3 SYSCLK cycles when FAST_RD_EN =
‘1’.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
216
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 09AH: WILC Receive Auxiliary Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
RX_STTS_VALID
X
Bit 14:8
R
Unused
0
Bit 7:0
R
RX_AUX[7:0]
00000000
RX_AUX[7:0]
These bits constitute the output from an Auxiliary channel between CPUs at each end of the
link. Their use is at the Software developers’ discretion. A read from this register will return
the AUX header byte of the last message received (without a CRC-16 error).
RX_STTS_VALID
This bit indicates that the value of RX_AUX is valid. When read with a ‘0’ this register
should be re-read until RX_STTS_VALID is a ‘1’. This bit will be cleared for less than
0.15% of the time.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
217
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 09BH: WILC Receive Status and FIFO Synch Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
RX_STTS_VALID
X
Bit 14:13
R
RX_LINK[1:0]
00
Bit 12:11
R
OPAGE[1:0]
00
Bit 10:8
R
OUSER[2:0]
000
Bit 7
R
CRC_ERR
0
Bit 6
R
HDR_CRC_ERR
0
Bit 5:2
R
RX_MSG_LVL[3:0]
0000
Bit 1
R
RX_FI_BUSY
0
Bit 0
R
RX_SYNC_DONE
X
Bit 0
W
RX_XFER_SYNC
0
When this register is read, it returns the status for the Receive Message Channel. When a logic
one is written into bit 0 of this register, it is used to synchronize the Receive FIFO to the start of a
message boundary or perform a message skip.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
218
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
RX_XFER_SYNC
Writing a logic one to this bit initiates a read sequence from the start of the next unread
message. The hardware aligns the message read buffer address to the start of the next unread
message and prefetches the first Dword from the unread message buffer so that it is ready to
be read from the WILC Receive FIFO Data registers.
An unread message in this context means that the s/w has not read any of the message
payload data by reading the WILC Receive FIFO Data registers.
After the RX XFER SYNC process has been completed successive reads from the Receive
FIFO return the last Dword read from the Receive FIFO and prefetch the next Dword (when
available).
This bit must be written to a logic one at the start of a message read sequence.
When multiple complete messages are being read (software knows that there is more than one
message in the FIFO using the RX_MSG_LVL bits) this bit does not need to be written
between individual message reads. It must be written for the 1st message.
When software uses a variable length message protocol it may want to abandon reading a
message buffer before reading the entire message buffer of 8 DWords (16 Words). In this case
this bit must be written with a ‘1’ to move the message pointer to the start of the next message
buffer before starting the read of that buffer.
After writing this bit with a logic one software should not start reading the FIFO until the
RX_FI_BUSY bit has cleared.
In the worst case this will take 5 SYSCLK cycles when FAST_RD_EN = ‘1’ and 4 SYSCLK
cycles when FAST_RD_EN = ‘0’.
At this point the 1st DWORD of the message is available for reading and the CRC_ERR bit is
valid. Software may abandon a CRC errored message without reading the message buffer by
writing this bit with a logic one again.
On reads this bit is always returns the RX_SYNC_DONE status.
RX_SYNC_DONE
This bit indicates the status of an RX_XFER_SYNC operation. When this bit is a logic one it
indicates that an RX_XFER_SYNC has been done. S/W should check this bit at the start of a
message read sequence or when attempting to perform a message skip sequence.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
219
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
RX_FI_BUSY
This bit indicates that the internal hardware is transferring data from the Receive FIFO RAM
into the Receive FIFO registers. The bit is set following a write to this register with the
RX_XFER_SYNC bit set or following a read from the WILC Receive FIFO Data Low
register.
Following an RX_XFER_SYNC write this bit need not be read by software if the time
interval to the successive Receive FIFO DATA register read is greater than approximately 5
SYSCLK cycles when FAST_RD_EN = ‘1’ or approximately 4 SYSCLK cycles when
FAST_RD_EN = ‘0’.
This bit need not be read by software if the time interval between successive Receive FIFO
DATA register reads greater than approximately 4 SYSCLK cycles when FAST_RD_EN =
‘1’ or approximately 3 SYSCLK cycles when FAST_RD_EN = ‘0’.
This means between a read access from the WILC Received FIFO Data Low register and a
read from the WILC Received FIFO Data High register. Note that there is no time restriction
between a read accesses from the WILC Received FIFO Data High register and a read from
the WILC Received FIFO Data Low register
RX_MSG_LVL[3:0]
This indicates the current number of messages in the Receive FIFO.
RX_MSG_LVL[3:0]
Number of Messages
0000
0
:
:
1000
8
Values greater than 1000 will not occur.
HDR_CRC_ERR
If this bit is set to a logic one, the last message slot received was received with an errored
CRC-16 field. This bits is updated every message slot. This bit is provided as status only.
CRC_ERR
If this bit it set to ‘1’, the message at the head of the Receive FIFO has an errored CRC-16
field.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
220
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
The usual sequence would be to read this register before reading the message buffer to check
if the message buffer that will be read from next has been received with a CRC error. If a
Receive FIFO Synchronization has been started the value of this bit is invalid until the
RX_XFER_SYNC operation has completed. When FAST_RD_EN is a logic one this bit is
valid when RX_FI_BUSY is a logic zero following a Receive FIFO Synchronization. When
FAST_RD_EN is a logic zero the values of RX_FI_BUSY and CRC_ERR change
concurrently and a further read should be made after RX_FI_BUSY is sampled as a logic
zero before checking the value of this bit.
OUSER[2:0]
These bits are a reflection of the USER[2:0] bits received in the message header of the latest
received message (without a CRC-16 error) on the Working Serial Link. OUSER[2] is output
from the SBS on OUSER2 when the Working Serial Link is selected.
OPAGE[1:0]
These bits are a reflection of the PAGE[1:0] bits received in the message header of the latest
received message (without a CRC-16 error) on the Working Serial Link. When the Working
Serial Link is selected, OPAGE[1] controls the active page of the IMSU and OPAGE[0]
controls the active page of the OMSU.
RX_LINK[1:0]
These bits are a reflection of the LINK[1:0] bits received in the message header of the latest
received message (without a CRC-16 error) on the Working Serial Link.
RX_STTS_VALID
This bit indicates that the values of RX_MSG_LVL , RX_LINK, OPAGE, OUSER are valid.
When read with a logic zero this register should be re-read until RX_STTS_VALID is a logic
one. This bit will be cleared for only approximately 0.15% of time.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
221
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 09DH: WILC Interrupt Enable and Control Register.
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15:13
R
Unused
000
Bit 12:11
R/W
RX_TIMEOUT_VAL[1:0]
00
Bit 10:8
R/W
RX_THRESHOLD_VAL[2:0]
101
Bit 7
R
Unused
0
Bit 6
R/W
RX_TIMEOUTE
0
Bit 5
R/W
RX_THRSHLDE
0
Bit 4
R/W
RX_OVFLWE
0
Bit 3
R/W
RX_LINK_CHGE
0
Bit 2:1
R/W
OPAGE_CHGE[1:0]
00
Bit 0
R/W
OUSER0_CHGE
0
OUSER0_CHGE
Writing a logic one to the RX_OUSER0_CHGE bit enables the generation of an interrupt on
a change of state from a logic zero to a logic one of received message header bit OUSER[0].
OPAGE_CHGE[1:0]
Writing a logic one to the OPAGE_CHGE[n] bit enables the generation of an interrupt on a
change of state of the received PAGE bits. The OPAGE bits that changed value are indicated
by a logic one in the corresponding OPAGE_CHGI[n].
RX_LINK_CHGE
Writing a logic one to the RX_LINK_CHGE bit enables the generation of an interrupt on a
change of state of the received LINK bits. When either of the received LINK bits has changed
value the RX_LINK_CHGI bit will be set to a logic one.
RX_OVFLWE
Writing a logic one to the RX_OVFLWE bit enables the generation of an interrupt when
RX_OVFLWI is a logic one.
RX_THRSHLDE
Writing a logic one to the RX_THRSHLDE bit enables the generation of an interrupt when
RX_THRSHLDI is a logic one.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
222
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
RX_TIMEOUTE
Writing a logic one to the RX_TIMEOUTE bit enables the generation of an interrupt when
RX_TIMEOUTI is a logic one.
RX_THRESHOLD_VAL[2:0]
Variable Threshold dictates the minimum number of messages required to be in the RXFIFO
before an interrupt is generated. ‘000’ = 1 message ‘111’ = 8 messages.
RX_THRESHOLD_VAL[2:0]
Messages
000
1
001
2
010
3
011
4
100
5
101
6
110
7
111
8
RX_TIMEOUT_VAL[1:0]
These bits specify a variable delay, relative to a read from the receive message FIFO, in steps
of 125 us, before an interrupt is generated, if the Receive FIFO level is greater than 0. The
objective is to stop stale messages collecting in the RXFIFO.
RX_TIMEOUT_VAL[1:0]
Nominal
Delay In
Frames
Minimum
Delay from
Message
Reception
Maximum
Delay from
Message
Reception
Minimum
Delay from
FIFO read
Maximum
Delay from
FIFO read
00
1
152 µs
222 µ s
125 µ s
250 µ s
01
2
277 µ s
347 µ s
250 µ s
375 µ s
10
3
402 µ s
472 µ s
375 µ s
500 µ s
11
4
527 µ s
597 µ s
500 µ s
625 µ s
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
223
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 09FH: WILC Interrupt Reason Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15:7
R
Unused
0
Bit 6
R
RX_TIMEOUTI
0
Bit 5
R
RX_THRSHLDI
0
Bit 4
R
RX_OVFLWI
0
Bit 3
R
RX_LINK_CHGI
0
Bit 2:1
R
OPAGE_CHGI[1:0]
00
Bit 0
R
OUSER0_CHGI
0
This register contains the status of events that may be enabled to generate interrupts..
All bits in this register are cleared on read.
OUSER0_CHGI
A logic one in this bit indicates that the last received value of the OUSER[0] header bit has
changed from a ‘0’ to a ‘1’ from the previously received values. This bit is cleared on a read.
OPAGE_CHGI[1:0]
A logic one in these bits indicates that the last received value of the corresponding
OPAGE[1:0] header bits has changed from the previously received values. These bits are
cleared on read.
RX_LINK_CHGI
A logic one in this bit indicates that the last received value of the LINK[1:0] header bits has
changed from the previously received values. This bit is cleared on a read.
RX_OVFLWI
A logic one in this bit indicates that a Receive FIFO Overflow has occurred. This bit is
cleared on a read.
RX_THRSHLDI
A logic one in this bit indicates that the Receive FIFO Threshold has been reached. This bit is
cleared on a read.
RX_TIMEOUTI
A logic one in this bit indicates a Receive FIFO Timeout. This bit is cleared on read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
224
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0A0H: PILC Transmit FIFO Data High
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15-0
R/W
TDAT[31:16]
0
When writing data to the transmit FIFO, this register must be written to before register 0A1H.
TDAT[31:16]
TDAT[31:16] and TDAT[15:0] form the 32 bit wide data word to be written to the FIFO. The
FIFO is organized as 32 bits wide and 64 words deep, giving a total of eight 32 byte
messages.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
225
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0A1H: PILC Transmit FIFO Data Low
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15-0
R/W
TDAT[15:0]
0
Writing to this register will initiate a transfer of TDAT[31:0] into the transmit FIFO.
TDAT[15:0]
TDAT[31:16] and TDAT[15:0] form the 32 bit wide data word to be written to the FIFO. The
FIFO is organized as 32 bits wide and 64 words deep, giving a total of eight 32 byte
messages.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
226
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0A3H: PILC Transmit Control Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15:8
R/W
TX_AUX[7:0]
00000000
Bit 7:6
R
Unused
00
Bit 5:4
R/W
TX_LINK[1:0]
00
Bit 3:2
R
Unused
00
Bit 1
R/W
TX_CRC_SWIZ_EN
0
Bit 0
R/W
TX_BYPASS
0
TX_BYPASS
When this bit is set to ‘1’, the blocks message transmit functions are bypassed. No messages
are inserted into the Transmit data. The transmit message FIFO RAM is disabled and thus
message data writes are ignored.
TX_CRC_SWIZ_EN
When this bit is set to ‘1’, the calculated CRC-16 is bit reversed before being transmitted.
This facility can be used for diagnostic testing of CRC-16 generation and checking
functionality.
TX_LINK[1:0]
These bits are transmitted in the LINK bits of the message header of the next available
message. On reads these bit return the last written value.
TX_AUX[7:0]
These bits form the input to an Auxiliary channel between CPUs at each end of the link. Their
use is at the Software developers discretion. Data written to this register will be transmitted
in the AUX header byte of each subsequent message to the other end of the inband link. A
new value of TX_AUX will be transmitted at the next available message. Data read from this
register will be the data previously written.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
227
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0A5H: PILC Transmit Status and FIFO Synch Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
TX_MSG_LVL_VALID
X
Bit 14:13
R
TX_LINK[1:0]
00
Bit 12:11
R
IPAGE[1:0]
XX
Bit 10:8
R
IUSER[2:0]
X00
Bit 7:6
R
Unused
00
Bit 5:2
R
TX_MSG_LVL[3:0]
0000
Bit 1
R
TX_FI_BUSY
0
Bit 0
W
TX_XFER_SYNC
0
TX_XFER_SYNC
Writing ‘1’ to this bit initializes the next write sequence to be to the beginning of the next
message. After a ‘1’ had been written successive writes to the Transmit FIFO will be to
location zero of the next available slot. If a partial message has been written,
TX_XFER_SYNC indicates that the current message is complete and that subsequent writes
will be to the next message. If more than 32 bytes are written, the 33rd byte will be the first
byte of the next message. The purpose of this bit is to unambiguously align the message
boundaries. Another use would be to abandon the current write and move the write pointer to
the beginning of the next message. (Previous message data will remain in the unwritten
portion of the message being abandoned, which will have to be ignored by the receiving
software).
If the message FIFO pointers are already at a message boundary then writing this bit to a ‘1’
will have no affect.
On reads this bit is always returned as a ‘0’.
TX_FI_BUSY
This bit indicates that the internal hardware is transferring the data from the Transmit FIFO
registers (TDAT) into the internal RAM. This bit need not be read by software if the time
interval between successive 32 bit transfers is greater than 3 SYSCLK cycles.
TX_MSG_LVL[3:0]
This indicates the current number of messages in the TXFIFO.
TX_MSG_LVL[3:0]
Number of Messages
0000
0
:
:
1000
8
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
228
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Values greater than 1000 will not occur. The number of free messages available in the FIFO is
given by 8 – TX_MSG_LVL.
IUSER[2:0]
These bits are a reflection of the USER[2:0] bits output in the header of the in-band link on
the Transmit Protection Serial Link. IUSER[2] is sourced from the IUSER2 input to the SBS.
IUSER[1:0] is sourced from the TXWUSER[1:0] bits of register 008H.
IPAGE[1:0]
These bits are a reflection of the PAGE[1:0] bits output in the header of the in-band link on
the Transmit Protection Serial Link. PAGE[1] reflects the current memory page used by the
IMSU. PAGE[0] reflects the current memory page used by the OMSU.
TX_LINK[1:0]
These bits reflect the last written value of the TX_LINK[1:0] field of the PILC Transmit
Control Register. The upper byte of this register therefore reflects all of the configurable bits
of the message Header1 byte.
TX_MSG_LVL_VALID
This bit indicates that the value of TX_MSG_LVL is valid. When read with a logic zero this
register should be re-read until TX_MSG_LVL_VALID is a logic one. This bit will be clear
for only approximately 0.3% of the time.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
229
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0A6H: PILC Receive FIFO Data High
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15-0
R
RDAT[31:16]
0
When reading data out of the receive FIFO, this register must be read before register 0A7H.
RDAT[31:16]
RDAT[31:16] and RDAT[15:0] form the 32 bit wide data word read from the FIFO. The
FIFO is organized as 32 bits wide and 64 words deep, giving a total of eight 32 byte
messages. This register must be read before register 097H.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
230
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0A7H: PILC Receive FIFO Data Low
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15-0
R
RDAT[15:0]
0
Reading this register initiates a read access to the next location in the receive FIFO.
RDAT[15:0]
RDAT[31:16] and RDAT[15:0] form the 32 bit wide data word read from the FIFO. The
FIFO is organized as 32 bits wide and 64 words deep, giving a total of eight 32 byte
messages.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
231
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0A9H: PILC Receive FIFO Control Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15:3
R
Unused
0
Bit 2
R/W
FAST_RD_EN
0
Bit 1
R/W
RX_CRC_SWIZ_EN
0
Bit 0
R/W
RX_BYPASS
0
RX_BYPASS
When this bit is set to a logic one. The PILC’s message receive functions are bypassed and no
messages are extracted from the Receive Working Serial Link. The receive message FIFO
RAM is disabled and thus message data reads will return undefined data.
RX_CRC_SWIZ_EN
When this bit is set to a logic one, the calculated CRC-16 is bit reversed before being
compared with CRC-16 bytes of the received message. This facility can be used for
diagnostic testing of CRC-16 generation and checking functionality
FAST_RD_EN
When this bit is set to ‘1’, the time to read the Receive FIFO is reduced by 1 SYSCLK cycle.
For receive FIFO reads induced by writing the RX_XFER_SYNC bit to a ‘1’ the time for the
completion of the receive FIFO read is reduced from approximately 5 SYSCLK cycles when
FAST_RD_EN = ‘0’ to approximately 4 SYSCLK cycles when FAST_RD_EN = ‘1’.
For receive FIFO reads induced by reading from the Receive FIFO Data register Low the
time for the completion of the receive FIFO read is reduced from approximately 4 SYSCLK
cycles when FAST_RD_EN = ‘0’ to approximately 3 SYSCLK cycles when FAST_RD_EN =
‘1’.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
232
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0AAH: PILC Receive Auxiliary Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
RX_STTS_VALID
X
Bit 14:8
R
Unused
0
Bit 7:0
R
RX_AUX[7:0]
00000000
RX_AUX[7:0]
These bits constitute the output from an Auxiliary channel between CPUs at each end of the
link. Their use is at the Software developers’ discretion. A read from this register will return
the AUX header byte of the last message received (without a CRC-16 error).
RX_STTS_VALID
This bit indicates that the value of RX_AUX is valid. When read with a ‘0’ this register
should be re-read until RX_STTS_VALID is a ‘1’. This bit will be cleared for less than
0.15% of the time.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
233
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0ABH: PILC Receive Status and FIFO Synch Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
RX_STTS_VALID
X
Bit 14:13
R
RX_LINK[1:0]
00
Bit 12:11
R
OPAGE[1:0]
00
Bit 10:8
R
OUSER[2:0]
000
Bit 7
R
CRC_ERR
0
Bit 6
R
HDR_CRC_ERR
0
Bit 5:2
R
RX_MSG_LVL[3:0]
0000
Bit 1
R
RX_FI_BUSY
0
Bit 0
R
RX_SYNC_DONE
X
Bit 0
W
RX_XFER_SYNC
0
When this register is read, it returns the status for the Receive Message Channel. When a logic
one is written into bit 0 of this register, it is used to synchronize the Receive FIFO to the start of a
message boundary or perform a message skip.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
234
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
RX_XFER_SYNC
Writing a logic one to this bit initiates a read sequence from the start of the next unread
message. The hardware aligns the message read buffer address to the start of the next unread
message and prefetches the first Dword from the unread message buffer so that it is ready to
be read from the WILC Receive FIFO Data registers.
An unread message in this context means that the s/w has not read any of the message
payload data by reading the WILC Receive FIFO Data registers.
After the RX XFER SYNC process has been completed successive reads from the Receive
FIFO return the last Dword read from the Receive FIFO and prefetch the next Dword (when
available).
This bit must be written to a logic one at the start of a message read sequence.
When multiple complete messages are being read (software knows that there is more than one
message in the FIFO using the RX_MSG_LVL bits) this bit does not need to be written
between individual message reads. It must be written for the 1st message.
When software uses a variable length message protocol it may want to abandon reading a
message buffer before reading the entire message buffer of 8 DWords (16 Words). In this case
this bit must be written with a ‘1’ to move the message pointer to the start of the next message
buffer before starting the read of that buffer.
After writing this bit with a logic one software should not start reading the FIFO until the
RX_FI_BUSY bit has cleared.
In the worst case this will take 5 SYSCLK cycles when FAST_RD_EN = ‘1’ and 4 SYSCLK
cycles when FAST_RD_EN = ‘0’.
At this point the 1st DWORD of the message is available for reading and the CRC_ERR bit is
valid. Software may abandon a CRC errored message without reading the message buffer by
writing this bit with a logic one again.
On reads this bit is always returns the RX_SYNC_DONE status.
RX_SYNC_DONE
This bit indicates the status of an RX_XFER_SYNC operation. When this bit is a logic one it
indicates that an RX_XFER_SYNC has been done. S/W should check this bit at the start of a
message read sequence or when attempting to perform a message skip sequence.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
235
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
RX_FI_BUSY
This bit indicates that the internal hardware is transferring data from the Receive FIFO RAM
into the Receive FIFO registers. The bit is set following a write to this register with the
RX_XFER_SYNC bit set or following a read from the PILC Receive FIFO Data Low
register.
Following an RX_XFER_SYNC write this bit need not be read by software if the time
interval to the successive Receive FIFO DATA register read is greater than approximately 5
SYSCLK cycles when FAST_RD_EN = ‘1’ or approximately 4 SYSCLK cycles when
FAST_RD_EN = ‘0’.
This bit need not be read by software if the time interval between successive Receive FIFO
DATA register reads greater than approximately 4 SYSCLK cycles when FAST_RD_EN =
‘1’ or approximately 3 SYSCLK cycles when FAST_RD_EN = ‘0’.
This means between a read access from the PILC Received FIFO Data Low register and a
read from the PILC Received FIFO Data High register. Note that there is no time restriction
between a read accesses from the PILC Received FIFO Data High register and a read from
the PILC Received FIFO Data Low register
RX_MSG_LVL[3:0]
This indicates the current number of messages in the Receive FIFO.
RX_MSG_LVL[3:0]
Number of Messages
0000
0
:
:
1000
8
Values greater than 1000 will not occur.
HDR_CRC_ERR
If this bit is set to a logic one, the last message slot received was received with an errored
CRC-16 field. This bits is updated every message slot. This bit is provided as status only.
CRC_ERR
If this bit it set to ‘1’, the message at the head of the Receive FIFO has an errored CRC-16
field.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
236
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
The usual sequence would be to read this register before reading the message buffer to check
if the message buffer that will be read from next has been received with a CRC error. If a
Receive FIFO Synchronization has been started the value of this bit is invalid until the
RX_XFER_SYNC operation has completed. When FAST_RD_EN is a logic one this bit is
valid when RX_FI_BUSY is a logic zero following a Receive FIFO Synchronization. When
FAST_RD_EN is a logic zero the values of RX_FI_BUSY and CRC_ERR change
concurrently and a further read should be made after RX_FI_BUSY is sampled as a logic
zero before checking the value of this bit.
OUSER[2:0]
These bits are a reflection of the USER[2:0] bits received in the message header of the latest
received message (without a CRC-16 error) on the Protection Serial Link. OUSER[2] is
output from the SBS on OUSER2 when the Protection Serial Link is selected.
OPAGE[1:0]
These bits are a reflection of the PAGE[1:0] bits received in the message header of the latest
received message (without a CRC-16 error) on the Protection Serial Link. When the
Protection Serial Link is selected, OPAGE[1] controls the active page of the IMSU and
OPAGE[0] controls the active page of the OMSU.
RX_LINK[1:0]
These bits are a reflection of the LINK[1:0] bits received in the message header of the latest
received message (without a CRC-16 error) on the Protection Serial Link.
RX_STTS_VALID
This bit indicates that the values of RX_MSG_LVL , RX_LINK, OPAGE, OUSER are valid.
When read with a logic zero this register should be re-read until RX_STTS_VALID is a logic
one. This bit will be cleared for only approximately 0.15% of time.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
237
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0ADH: PILC Interrupt Enable and Control Register.
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15:13
R
Unused
000
Bit 12:11
R/W
RX_TIMEOUT_VAL[1:0]
00
Bit 10:8
R/W
RX_THRESHOLD_VAL[2:0]
101
Bit 7
R
Unused
0
Bit 6
R/W
RX_TIMEOUTE
0
Bit 5
R/W
RX_THRSHLDE
0
Bit 4
R/W
RX_OVFLWE
0
Bit 3
R/W
RX_LINK_CHGE
0
Bit 2:1
R/W
OPAGE_CHGE[1:0]
00
Bit 0
R/W
OUSER0_CHGE
0
OUSER0_CHGE
Writing a logic one to the RX_OUSER0_CHGE bit enables the generation of an interrupt on
a change of state from a logic zero to a logic one of received message header bit OUSER[0].
OPAGE_CHGE[1:0]
Writing a logic one to the OPAGE_CHGE[n] bit enables the generation of an interrupt on a
change of state of the received PAGE bits. The OPAGE bits that changed value are indicated
by a logic one in the corresponding OPAGE_CHGI[n].
RX_LINK_CHGE
Writing a logic one to the RX_LINK_CHGE bit enables the generation of an interrupt on a
change of state of the received LINK bits. When either of the received LINK bits has changed
value the RX_LINK_CHGI bit will be set to a logic one.
RX_OVFLWE
Writing a logic one to the RX_OVFLWE bit enables the generation of an interrupt when
RX_OVFLWI is a logic one.
RX_THRSHLDE
Writing a logic one to the RX_THRSHLDE bit enables the generation of an interrupt when
RX_THRSHLDI is a logic one.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
238
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
RX_TIMEOUTE
Writing a logic one to the RX_TIMEOUTE bit enables the generation of an interrupt when
RX_TIMEOUTI is a logic one.
RX_THRESHOLD_VAL[2:0]
Variable Threshold dictates the minimum number of messages required to be in the RXFIFO
before an interrupt is generated. ‘000’ = 1 message ‘111’ = 8 messages.
RX_THRESHOLD_VAL[2:0]
Messages
000
1
001
2
010
3
011
4
100
5
101
6
110
7
111
8
RX_TIMEOUT_VAL[1:0]
These bits specify a variable delay, relative to a read from the receive message FIFO, in steps
of 125 us, before an interrupt is generated, if the Receive FIFO level is greater than 0. The
objective is to stop stale messages collecting in the RXFIFO.
RX_TIMEOUT_VAL[1:0]
Nominal
Delay In
Frames
Minimum
Delay from
Message
Reception
Maximum
Delay from
Message
Reception
Minimum
Delay from
FIFO read
Maximum
Delay from
FIFO read
00
1
152us
222us
125us
250us
01
2
277us
347us
250us
375us
10
3
402us
472us
375us
500us
11
4
527us
597us
500us
625us
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
239
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0AFH: PILC Interrupt Reason Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15:7
R
Unused
0
Bit 6
R
RX_TIMEOUTI
0
Bit 5
R
RX_THRSHLDI
0
Bit 4
R
RX_OVFLWI
0
Bit 3
R
RX_LINK_CHGI
0
Bit 2:1
R
OPAGE_CHGI[1:0]
00
Bit 0
R
OUSER0_CHGI
0
This register contains the status of events that may be enabled to generate interrupts..
All bits in this register are cleared on read.
OUSER0_CHGI
A logic one in this bit indicates that the last received value of the OUSER[0] header bit has
changed from a ‘0’ to a ‘1’ from the previously received values. This bit is cleared on a read.
OPAGE_CHGI[1:0]
A logic one in these bits indicates that the last received value of the corresponding
OPAGE[1:0] header bits has changed from the previously received values. These bits are
cleared on read.
RX_LINK_CHGI
A logic one in this bit indicates that the last received value of the LINK[1:0] header bits has
changed from the previously received values. This bit is cleared on a read.
RX_OVFLWI
A logic one in this bit indicates that a Receive FIFO Overflow has occurred. This bit is
cleared on a read.
RX_THRSHLDI
A logic one in this bit indicates that the Receive FIFO Threshold has been reached. This bit is
cleared on a read.
RX_TIMEOUTI
A logic one in this bit indicates a Receive FIFO Timeout. This bit is cleared on read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
240
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0B0H: TW8E Control and Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
FIFOERRE
0
Bit 3
R/W
TPINS
0
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 1
W
CENTER
0
Bit 0
R/W
DLCV
0
This register provides control and reports the status of the TW8E.
DLCV
The diagnose line code violation bit (DLCV) controls the insertion of line code violation in
the working transmit serial data stream. When this bit is set high, the encoded data is
inverted to generate the complementary running disparity.
CENTER
The FIFO centering control bit (CENTER) controls the separation of the FIFO read and write
pointers. CENTER is a write only bit. When a logic high is written to CENTER, and the
current FIFO depth is not in the range of 3, 4 or 5 characters, the FIFO depth is forced to be
four 8B/10B characters deep, with a momentary data corruption. Writing to the CENTER bit
when the FIFO depth is in the 3, 4 or 5 character range produces no effect. CENTER always
returns a logic low when read.
This bit must be set once CSU lock has been achieved.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
241
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
TPINS
The Test Pattern Insertion (TPINS) controls the insertion of test pattern in the working
transmit serial data stream for jitter testing purpose. When this bit is set high, the test pattern
stored in the registers (TP[9:0]) is used to replace all the overhead and payload bytes of the
transmit data stream. When TPINS is set low, no test pattern is inserted.
FIFOERRE
The FIFO overrun/underrun error interrupt enable bit (FIFOERRE) enables FIFO
overrun/underrun interrupts. An interrupt is generated on a FIFO error event if the
FIFOERRE is set to logic one. No interrupt is generated if FIFOERRE if is set to logic zero.
Reserved
These bits must be set low for correct operation of the SBS.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
242
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0B1H: TW8E Interrupt Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
FIFOERRI
0
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
Unused
X
Bit 0
Unused
X
Bit 4
R
This register reports interrupt status due the detection of FIFO error.
FIFOERRI
The FIFO overrun/underrun error interrupt indication bit (FIFOERRI) reports a FIFO
overrun/underrun error event. FIFO overrun/underrun errors occur when FIFO logic detects
FIFO read and write pointers in close proximity to each other. FIFOERRI is set to logic one
on a FIFO overrun/underrun error. FIFOERRI is set to logic zero when this register is read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
243
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0B2H: TW8E Time-slot Configuration #1
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
TMODE8[1]
0
Bit 14
R/W
TMODE8[0]
0
Bit 13
R/W
TMODE7[1]
0
Bit 12
R/W
TMODE7[0]
0
Bit 11
R/W
TMODE6[1]
0
Bit 10
R/W
TMODE6[0]
0
Bit 9
R/W
TMODE5[1]
0
Bit 8
R/W
TMODE5[0]
0
Bit 7
R/W
TMODE4[1]
0
Bit 6
R/W
TMODE4[0]
0
Bit 5
R/W
TMODE3[1]
0
Bit 4
R/W
TMODE3[0]
0
Bit 3
R/W
TMODE2[1]
0
Bit 2
R/W
TMODE2[0]
0
Bit 1
R/W
TMODE1[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
TMODE1[0]
0
This register configures the path termination mode of time-slots 1 to 8 of the TW8E.
TMODE1[1:0]-TMODE8[1:0]
The time-slot path termination mode select register bits (TMODE1[1:0]-TMODE8[1:0])
configures the mode settings for time-slots 1 to 8 of the TW8E. Time-slots are numbered in
order of transmission on the working transmit serial data stream. Time-slot #1 is the first byte
transmitted and time-slot #12 is the last byte transmitted. The setting stored in
TMODEx[1:0] (x can be 1-8) determines which set of TelecomBus control signals are to be
encoded in 8B/10B characters.
TMODEx[1]
TMODEx[0]
Functional Description
0
0
Reserved
0
1
HPT level. This mode must be used
when in TelecomBus mode where valid
V1/V2 pointers must be preserved.
1
0
LPT level. This mode must be used for
SBI336 mode and in TelecomBus mode
with a valid V5 signal but without valid
V1/V2 pointers.
1
1
Reserved
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
244
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0B3H: TW8E Time-slot Configuration #2
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
R/W
TMODE12[1]
0
Bit 6
R/W
TMODE12[0]
0
Bit 5
R/W
TMODE11[1]
0
Bit 4
R/W
TMODE11[0]
0
Bit 3
R/W
TMODE10[1]
0
Bit 2
R/W
TMODE10[0]
0
Bit 1
R/W
TMODE9[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
TMODE9[0]
0
This register configures the path termination mode of time-slots 9 to 12 of the TW8E.
TMODE9[1:0]-TMODE12[1:0]
The time-slot path termination mode select register bits (TMODE9[1:0]-TMODE12[1:0])
configures the mode settings for time-slots 9 to 12 of the TW8E. Time-slots are numbered in
order of transmission on the working transmit serial data stream. Time-slot #1 is the first byte
transmitted and time-slot #12 is the last byte transmitted. The setting stored in
TMODEx[1:0] (x can be 9-12) determines which set of TelecomBus control signals are to be
encoded in 8B/10B characters.
TMODEx[1]
TMODEx[0]
Functional Description
0
0
Reserved
0
1
HPT level. This mode must be used
when in TelecomBus mode where valid
V1/V2 pointers must be preserved.
1
0
LPT level. This mode must be used for
SBI336 mode and in TelecomBus mode
with a valid V5 signal but without valid
V1/V2 pointers.
1
1
Reserved
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
245
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0B4H: TW8E Test Pattern
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
R/W
TP[9]
1
Bit 8
R/W
TP[8]
0
Bit 7
R/W
TP[7]
1
Bit 6
R/W
TP[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
TP[5]
1
Bit 4
R/W
TP[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
TP[3]
1
Bit 2
R/W
TP[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
TP[1]
1
Bit 0
R/W
TP[0]
0
This register contains the test pattern to be inserted into the working transmit serial data stream.
TP[9:0]
The Test Pattern registers (TP[9:0]) contains the test pattern that is used to insert into the
working transmit serial data stream for jitter test purpose. When the TPINS bit is set high, the
test pattern stored in TP[9:0] is used to replace all the overhead and payload bytes of the
transmit data stream.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
246
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0B5H: TW8E Analog Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 10
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 9
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 8
R/W
TXLV_ENB
0
Bit 7
R/W
PISO_ENB
0
Bit 6
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
1
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
1
Bit 0
R/W
ARSTB
1
This registers controls the analog blocks.
ARSTB
Setting this bit low will reset the TWPS and TWLV blocks.
PISO_ENB
Setting this bit high will disable the TWPS circuitry.
TXLV_ENB
Setting this bit high will disable the TWLV circuitry.
Reserved
The Reserved bits should not be modified.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
247
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0B8H: TP8E Control and Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
FIFOERRE
0
Bit 3
R/W
TPINS
0
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 1
W
CENTER
0
Bit 0
R/W
DLCV
0
This register provides control and reports the status of the TP8E.
DLCV
The diagnose line code violation bit (DLCV) controls the insertion of line code violation in
the protection transmit serial data stream. When this bit is set high, the encoded data is
inverted to generate the complementary running disparity.
CENTER
The FIFO centering control bit (CENTER) controls the separation of the FIFO read and write
pointers. CENTER is a write only bit. When a logic high is written to CENTER, and the
current FIFO depth is not in the range of 3, 4 or 5 characters, the FIFO depth is forced to be
four 8B/10B characters deep, with a momentary data corruption. Writing to the CENTER bit
when the FIFO depth is in the 3, 4 or 5 character range produces no effect. CENTER always
returns a logic low when read.
This bit must be set once CSU lock has been achieved.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
248
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
TPINS
The Test Pattern Insertion (TPINS) controls the insertion of test pattern in the protection
transmit serial data stream for jitter testing purpose. When this bit is set high, the test pattern
stored in the registers (TP[9:0]) is used to replace all the overhead and payload bytes of the
transmit data stream. When TPINS is set low, no test pattern is inserted.
FIFOERRE
The FIFO overrun/underrun error interrupt enable bit (FIFOERRE) enables FIFO
overrun/underrun interrupts. An interrupt is generated on a FIFO error event if the
FIFOERRE is set to logic one. No interrupt is generated if FIFOERRE if is set to logic zero.
Reserved
These bits must be set low for correct operation of the SBS.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
249
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0B9H: TP8E Interrupt Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
FIFOERRI
0
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
Unused
X
Bit 0
Unused
X
Bit 4
R
This register reports interrupt status due the detection of FIFO error.
FIFOERRI
The FIFO overrun/underrun error interrupt indication bit (FIFOERRI) reports a FIFO
overrun/underrun error event. FIFO overrun/underrun errors occur when FIFO logic detects
FIFO read and write pointers in close proximity to each other. FIFOERRI is set to logic one
on a FIFO overrun/underrun error. FIFOERRI is set to logic zero when this register is read.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
250
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0BAH: TP8E Time-slot Configuration #1
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
TMODE8[1]
0
Bit 14
R/W
TMODE8[0]
0
Bit 13
R/W
TMODE7[1]
0
Bit 12
R/W
TMODE7[0]
0
Bit 11
R/W
TMODE6[1]
0
Bit 10
R/W
TMODE6[0]
0
Bit 9
R/W
TMODE5[1]
0
Bit 8
R/W
TMODE5[0]
0
Bit 7
R/W
TMODE4[1]
0
Bit 6
R/W
TMODE4[0]
0
Bit 5
R/W
TMODE3[1]
0
Bit 4
R/W
TMODE3[0]
0
Bit 3
R/W
TMODE2[1]
0
Bit 2
R/W
TMODE2[0]
0
Bit 1
R/W
TMODE1[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
TMODE1[0]
0
This register configures the path termination mode of time-slots 1 to 8 of the TP8E.
TMODE1[1:0]-TMODE8[1:0]
The time-slot path termination mode select register bits (TMODE1[1:0]-TMODE8[1:0])
configures the mode settings for time-slots 1 to 8 of the TP8E. Time-slots are numbered in
order of transmission on the protection transmit serial data stream. Time-slot #1 is the first
byte transmitted and time-slot #12 is the last byte transmitted. The setting stored in
TMODEx[1:0] (x can be 1-8) determines which set of TelecomBus control signals are to be
encoded in 8B/10B characters.
TMODEx[1]
TMODEx[0]
Functional Description
0
0
Reserved
0
1
HPT level. This mode must be used
when in TelecomBus mode where valid
V1/V2 pointers must be preserved.
1
0
LPT level. This mode must be used for
SBI336 mode and in TelecomBus mode
with a valid V5 signal but without valid
V1/V2 pointers.
1
1
Reserved
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
251
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0BBH: TP8E Time-slot Configuration #2
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
R/W
TMODE12[1]
0
Bit 6
R/W
TMODE12[0]
0
Bit 5
R/W
TMODE11[1]
0
Bit 4
R/W
TMODE11[0]
0
Bit 3
R/W
TMODE10[1]
0
Bit 2
R/W
TMODE10[0]
0
Bit 1
R/W
TMODE9[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
TMODE9[0]
0
This register configures the path termination mode of time-slots 9 to 12 of the TP8E.
TMODE9[1:0]-TMODE12[1:0]
The time-slot path termination mode select register bits (TMODE9[1:0]-TMODE12[1:0])
configures the mode settings for time-slots 9 to 12 of the TW8E. Time-slots are numbered in
order of transmission on the working protection serial data stream. Time-slot #1 is the first
byte transmitted and time-slot #12 is the last byte transmitted. The setting stored in
TMODEx[1:0] (x can be 9-12) determines which set of TelecomBus control signals are to be
encoded in 8B/10B characters.
TMODEx[1]
TMODEx[0]
Functional Description
0
0
Reserved
0
1
HPT level. This mode must be used
when in TelecomBus mode where valid
V1/V2 pointers must be preserved.
1
0
LPT level. This mode must be used for
SBI336 mode and in TelecomBus mode
with a valid V5 signal but without valid
V1/V2 pointers.
1
1
Reserved
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
252
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0BCH: TP8E Test Pattern
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
R/W
TP[9]
1
Bit 8
R/W
TP[8]
0
Bit 7
R/W
TP[7]
1
Bit 6
R/W
TP[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
TP[5]
1
Bit 4
R/W
TP[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
TP[3]
1
Bit 2
R/W
TP[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
TP[1]
1
Bit 0
R/W
TP[0]
0
This register contains the test pattern to be inserted into the protection transmit serial data stream.
TP[9:0]
The Test Pattern registers (TP[9:0]) contains the test pattern that is used to insert into the
protection transmit serial data stream for jitter test purpose. When the TPINS bit is set high,
the test pattern stored in TP[9:0] is used to replace all the overhead and payload bytes of the
transmit data stream.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
253
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0BDH: TP8E Analog Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 10
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 9
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 8
R/W
TXLV_ENB
0
Bit 7
R/W
PISO_ENB
0
Bit 6
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
1
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
1
Bit 0
R/W
ARSTB
1
This register controls the analog blocks.
ARSTB
Setting this bit low will reset the TPPS and TPLV blocks.
PISO_ENB
Setting this bit high will disable the TPPS circuitry.
TXLV_ENB
Setting this bit high will disable the TPLV circuitry.
Reserved
The Reserved bits should not be modified.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
254
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0C0H: RW8D Control and Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 14
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 8
R/W
OFAAIS
0
Bit 7
R/W
FUOE
0
Bit 6
R/W
LCVE
0
Bit 5
R/W
OFAE
0
Bit 4
R/W
OCAE
0
Bit 3
R
OFAV
X
Bit 2
R
OCAV
X
Bit 1
R/W
FOFA
0
Bit 0
R/W
FOCA
0
This register provides control and reports the status of the RW8D.
FOCA
The force out-of-character-alignment bit (FOCA) controls the operation of the character
alignment block. A transition from logic zero to logic one in this bit forces the character
alignment block to the out-of-character-alignment state where it will search for the transport
frame alignment character (K28.5). This bit must be manually set to logic zero before it can
be used again.
FOFA
The force out-of-frame-alignment bit (FOFA) controls the operation of the frame alignment
block. A transition from logic zero to logic one in this bit forces the frame alignment block to
the out-of-frame-alignment state where it will search for the transport frame alignment
character (K28.5). This bit must be manually set to logic zero before it can be used again.
OCAV
The out-of-character-alignment status bit (OCAV) reports the state of the character alignment
block. OCAV is set high when the character alignment block is in the out-of-characteralignment state. OCAV is set low when the character alignment block is in the in-characteralignment state.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
255
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
OFAV
The out-of-frame-alignment status bit (OFAV) reports the state of the frame alignment block.
OFAV is set high when the frame alignment block is in the out-of-frame-alignment state.
OFAV is set low when the frame alignment block is in the in-frame-alignment state.
OCAE
The out-of-character-alignment interrupt enable bit (OCAE) controls the change of character
alignment state interrupts. Interrupts may be generated when the character alignment block
changes state to the out-of-character-alignment state or to the in-character-alignment state.
When OCAE is set high, an interrupt is generated when a change of state occurs. Interrupts
due to changes of character alignment state are masked when OCAE is set low.
OFAE
The out-of-frame-alignment interrupt enable bit (OFAE) controls the change of frame
alignment state interrupts. Interrupts may be generated when the frame alignment block
changes state to the out-of-frame-alignment state or to the in-frame-alignment state. When
OFAE is set high, an interrupt is generated when a change of state occurs. Interrupts due to
changes of frame alignment state are masked when OFAE is set low.
LCVE
The line code violation interrupt enable bit (LCVE) controls the line code violation event
interrupts. Interrupts may be generated when a line code violation is detected. When LCVE
is set high, an interrupt is generated when an LCV is detected. Interrupts due of LCVs are
masked when LCVE is set low.
FUOE
The FIFO underrun/overrun status interrupt enable (FUOE) controls the underrun/overrun
event interrupts. Interrupts may be generated when the underrun/overrun event is detected.
When FUOE is set high, an interrupt is generated when a FIFO underrun or overrun condition
is detected. Interrupts due to FIFO underrun of overrun conditions are masked when FUOE
is set low.
OFAAIS
The out of frame alignment alarm indication signal (OFAAIS) is set to logic one to force
high-order AIS signals in the data-stream, when the RW8D is in the out-of-frame-alignment
state. No insertion into the data stream is done when OFAAIS is set to logic zero.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
256
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Reserved
These bits must be set low for correct operation of the SBS.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
257
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0C1H: RW8D Interrupt Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
R
FUOI
X
Bit 6
R
LCVI
X
Bit 5
R
OFAI
X
Bit 4
R
OCAI
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
Unused
X
Bit 0
Unused
X
This register reports interrupt status due to change of character alignment, change of frame
alignment, detection of line code violations, and FIFO overrun or underrun events in the RW8D.
OCAI
The out-of-character-alignment interrupt status bit (OCAI) reports and acknowledges change
of character alignment state interrupts. Interrupts are generated when the character alignment
block changes state to the out-of-character-alignment state or to the in-character-alignment
state. OCAI is set high when change of state occurs. When the interrupt is masked by the
OCAE bit the OCAI remains valid and may be polled to detect change of frame alignment
events.
OFAI
The out-of-frame-alignment interrupt status bit (OFAI) reports and acknowledges change of
frame alignment state interrupts. Interrupts are generated when the frame alignment block
changes state to the out-of-frame-alignment state or to the in-frame-alignment state. OFAI is
set high when change of state. When the interrupt is masked by the OFAE bit the OFAI
remains valid and may be polled to detect change of frame alignment events.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
258
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
LCVI
The line code violation event interrupt status bit (LCVI) reports and acknowledges line code
violation interrupts. Interrupts are generated when the character alignment block detects a
line code violation in the incoming data stream. LCVI is set high when a line code violation
event is detected. When the interrupt is masked by the LCVE bit the LCVI remains valid and
may be polled to detect change of frame alignment events.
FUOI
The FIFO underrun/overrun event interrupt status bit (FUOI) reports and acknowledges the
FIFO underrun/overrun interrupts. Interrupts are generated when the character alignment
block detects a that the read and write pointers are within one byte of each other. FUOI is set
high when this event is detected. When the interrupt is masked by the FUOE bit the FUOI
remains valid and may be polled to detect underrun/overrun events.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
259
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0C2H: RW8D LCV Count
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
LCV[15]
X
Bit 14
R
LCV[14]
X
Bit 13
R
LCV[13]
X
Bit 12
R
LCV[12]
X
Bit 11
R
LCV[11]
X
Bit 10
R
LCV[10]
X
Bit 9
R
LCV[9]
X
Bit 8
R
LCV[8]
X
Bit 7
R
LCV[7]
X
Bit 6
R
LCV[6]
X
Bit 5
R
LCV[5]
X
Bit 4
R
LCV[4]
X
Bit 3
R
LCV[3]
X
Bit 2
R
LCV[2]
X
Bit 1
R
LCV[1]
X
Bit 0
R
LCV[0]
X
This register reports the number of line code violations in the previous accumulation period in the
RW8D.
LCV[15:0]
The LCV[15:0] bits reports the number of line code violations that have been detected since
the last time the LCV registers were polled. The LCV register is polled by writing this
register or by writing to the SBS Master Clock Monitor, Accumulation Trigger register. The
write access transfers the internally accumulated error count to the LCV register within 10 µs
and simultaneously resets the internal counter to begin a new cycle of error accumulation.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
260
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0C3H: RW8D Analog Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
Reserved
1
Bit 14
R/W
Reserved
1
Bit 13
R/W
DRU_ENB
0
Bit 12
R/W
RX_ENB
0
Bit 11
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 10
R/W
ARSTB
1
Bit 9
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 8
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 7
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 6
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Unused
X
Bit 0
This register controls the WDRU and RWLV analog blocks. Please refer to their respective
documents for a description of the functionality of these bits.
NOTE: THIS REGISTER MUST BE SET TO CC34h FOR PROPER OPERATION
OF THE RW8D BLOCKS. FOR DISABLING THIS RECEIVER, THIS REGISTER
SHOULD BE SET TO F834H
DRU_ENB
Setting this bit high will disable the WDRU.
RX_ENB
Setting this bit high will disable the RWLV.
ARSTB
Setting this bit low will reset the WDRU and RWLV blocks.
Reserved
The Reserved bits should be set as described above.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
261
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0C8H: RP8D Control and Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 14
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 8
R/W
OFAAIS
0
Bit 7
R/W
FUOE
0
Bit 6
R/W
LCVE
0
Bit 5
R/W
OFAE
0
Bit 4
R/W
OCAE
0
Bit 3
R
OFAV
X
Bit 2
R
OCAV
X
Bit 1
R/W
FOFA
0
Bit 0
R/W
FOCA
0
This register provides control and reports the status of the RP8D.
FOCA
The force out-of-character-alignment bit (FOCA) controls the operation of the character
alignment block. A transition from logic zero to logic one in this bit forces the character
alignment block to the out-of-character-alignment state where it will search for the transport
frame alignment character (K28.5). This bit must be manually set to logic zero before it can
be used again.
FOFA
The force out-of-frame-alignment bit (FOFA) controls the operation of the frame alignment
block. A transition from logic zero to logic one in this bit forces the frame alignment block to
the out-of-frame-alignment state where it will search for the transport frame alignment
character (K28.5). This bit must be manually set to logic zero before it can be used again.
OCAV
The out-of-character-alignment status bit (OCAV) reports the state of the character alignment
block. OCAV is set high when the character alignment block is in the out-of-characteralignment state. OCAV is set low when the character alignment block is in the in-characteralignment state.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
262
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
OFAV
The out-of-frame-alignment status bit (OFAV) reports the state of the frame alignment block.
OFAV is set high when the frame alignment block is in the out-of-frame-alignment state.
OFAV is set low when the frame alignment block is in the in-frame-alignment state.
OCAE
The out-of-character-alignment interrupt enable bit (OCAE) controls the change of character
alignment state interrupts. Interrupts may be generated when the character alignment block
changes state to the out-of-character-alignment state or to the in-character-alignment state.
When OCAE is set high, an interrupt is generated when a change of state occurs. Interrupts
due to changes of character alignment state are masked when OCAE is set low.
OFAE
The out-of-frame-alignment interrupt enable bit (OFAE) controls the change of frame
alignment state interrupts. Interrupts may be generated when the frame alignment block
changes state to the out-of-frame-alignment state or to the in-frame-alignment state. When
OFAE is set high, an interrupt is generated when a change of state occurs. Interrupts due to
changes of frame alignment state are masked when OFAE is set low.
LCVE
The line code violation interrupt enable bit (LCVE) controls the line code violation event
interrupts. Interrupts may be generated when a line code violation is detected. When LCVE
is set high, an interrupt is generated when an LCV is detected. Interrupts due of LCVs are
masked when LCVE is set low.
FUOE
The FIFO underrun/overrun status interrupt enable (FUOE) controls the underrun/overrun
event interrupts. Interrupts may be generated when the underrun/overrun event is detected.
When FUOE is set high, an interrupt is generated when a FIFO underrun or overrun condition
is detected. Interrupts due to FIFO underrun of overrun conditions are masked when FUOE
is set low.
OFAAIS
The out of frame alignment alarm indication signal (OFAAIS) is set to logic one to force
high-order AIS signals in the data-stream, when the RP8D is in the out-of-frame-alignment
state. No insertion into the data stream is done when OFAAIS is set to logic zero.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
263
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Reserved
These bits must be set low for correct operation of the SBS.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
264
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0C9H: RP8D Interrupt Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
R
FUOI
X
Bit 6
R
LCVI
X
Bit 5
R
OFAI
X
Bit 4
R
OCAI
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
Unused
X
Bit 0
Unused
X
This register reports interrupt status due to change of character alignment, change of frame
alignment, detection of line code violations, and FIFO overrun or underrun events in the RP8D.
OCAI
The out-of-character-alignment interrupt status bit (OCAI) reports and acknowledges change
of character alignment state interrupts. Interrupts are generated when the character alignment
block changes state to the out-of-character-alignment state or to the in-character-alignment
state. OCAI is set high when change of state occurs. When the interrupt is masked by the
OCAE bit the OCAI remains valid and may be polled to detect change of frame alignment
events.
OFAI
The out-of-frame-alignment interrupt status bit (OFAI) reports and acknowledges change of
frame alignment state interrupts. Interrupts are generated when the frame alignment block
changes state to the out-of-frame-alignment state or to the in-frame-alignment state. OFAI is
set high when change of state. When the interrupt is masked by the OFAE bit the OFAI
remains valid and may be polled to detect change of frame alignment events.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
265
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
LCVI
The line code violation event interrupt status bit (LCVI) reports and acknowledges line code
violation interrupts. Interrupts are generated when the character alignment block detects a
line code violation in the incoming data stream. LCVI is set high when a line code violation
event is detected. When the interrupt is masked by the LCVE bit the LCVI remains valid and
may be polled to detect change of frame alignment events.
FUOI
The FIFO underrun/overrun event interrupt status bit (FUOI) reports and acknowledges the
FIFO underrun/overrun interrupts. Interrupts are generated when the character alignment
block detects a that the read and write pointers are within one byte of each other. FUOI is set
high when this event is detected. When the interrupt is masked by the FUOE bit the FUOI
remains valid and may be polled to detect underrun/overrun events.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
266
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0CAH: RP8D LCV Count
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R
LCV[15]
X
Bit 14
R
LCV[14]
X
Bit 13
R
LCV[13]
X
Bit 12
R
LCV[12]
X
Bit 11
R
LCV[11]
X
Bit 10
R
LCV[10]
X
Bit 9
R
LCV[9]
X
Bit 8
R
LCV[8]
X
Bit 7
R
LCV[7]
X
Bit 6
R
LCV[6]
X
Bit 5
R
LCV[5]
X
Bit 4
R
LCV[4]
X
Bit 3
R
LCV[3]
X
Bit 2
R
LCV[2]
X
Bit 1
R
LCV[1]
X
Bit 0
R
LCV[0]
X
This register reports the number of line code violations in the previous accumulation period in the
RP8D.
LCV[15:0]
The LCV[15:0] bits reports the number of line code violations that have been detected since
the last time the LCV registers were polled. The LCV register is polled by writing this
register or by writing to the SBS Master Clock Monitor, Accumulation Trigger register. The
write access transfers the internally accumulated error count to the LCV register within 10 µs
and simultaneously resets the internal counter to begin a new cycle of error accumulation.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
267
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0CBH: RP8D Analog Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
Reserved
1
Bit 14
R/W
Reserved
1
Bit 13
R/W
DRU_ENB
0
Bit 12
R/W
RX_ENB
0
Bit 11
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 10
R/W
Reserved
1
Bit 9
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 8
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 7
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 6
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Unused
X
Bit 0
This register controls the PDRU and RPLV analog blocks. Please refer to their respective
documents for a description of the functionality of these bits.
NOTE: THIS REGISTER MUST BE SET TO CC34h FOR PROPER OPERATION
OF THE RP8D BLOCK. FOR DISABLING THIS RECEIVER, THIS REGISTER
SHOULD BE SET TO F834H
DRU_ENB
Setting this bit high will disable the PDRU.
RX_ENB
Setting this bit high will disable the RPLV.
ARSTB
Setting this bit low will reset the PDRU and RPLV blocks.
Reserved
The Reserved bits should be set as described above.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
268
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0D0H: CSTR Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 14
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 13
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 12
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 11
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 10
R/W
Reserved
1
Bit 9
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 8
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 7
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 6
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
CSU_ENB
0
Bit 3
R/W
CSU_RSTB
1
Unused
X
Unused
X
Reserved
1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
R/W
Reserved
The Reserved bits must be set to their default values for proper operation.
CSU_RSTB
The CSU_RSTB signal is a software reset signal that forces the CSU1250 into a reset. In
order to properly reset the CSU, CSU_RSTB should be held low for at least 1 ms.
CSU_ENB
The active low CSU enable control signal (CSU_ENB) bit can be used to force the CSU1250
into low power configuration if it is set to logic one. For normal operation, it is set to logic
zero.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
269
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0D1H: CSTR Configuration and Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
R
LOCKV
X
Bit 0
R/W
LOCKE
0
LOCKV
The CSU lock status bit (LOCKV) indicates whether the clock synthesis unit has successfully
locked with the reference clock. LOCKV is set low when the CSU has not successfully
locked with the reference SYSCLK. LOCKV is set high when the CSU has locked with the
reference SYSCLK.
LOCKE
The CSU lock interrupt enable bit (LOCKE) controls the assertion of CSU lock state
interrupts by the CSTR. When LOCKE is high, an interrupt is generated when the CSU lock
state changes. Interrupts due to CSU lock state are masked when LOCKE is set low.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
270
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0D2H: CSTR Interrupt Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Unused
X
LOCKI
0
Bit 1
Bit 0
R
LOCKI
The CSU lock interrupt status bit (LOCKI) responds to changes in the CSU lock state.
Interrupts are to be generated as the CSU achieves lock with the reference clock, or loses its
lock to the reference clock. As a result, the LOCKI register bit is set high when any of these
changes occurs. LOCKI register bit will be cleared when it is read. When LOCKE is set
high, LOCKI is used to produce the interrupt output that is reflected in the SBS Master
Interrupt Source register. Whether or not the interrupt is masked by the LOCKE bit, the
LOCKI bit itself remains valid and may be polled to detect change of lock status events.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
271
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0E0H: REFDLL Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Unused
X
ERRORE
X
Bit 3
Bit 2
R/W
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 0
R/W
LOCK
0
Bit 0
R/W
LOCK
0
The REFDLL Configuration Register controls the basic operation of the DLL connected to the
SREFCLK input. This DLL is only used when SREFCLK is operating at 77.76 MHz.
LOCK
The LOCK register is used to force the DLL to ignore phase offsets indicated by the phase
detector after phase lock has been achieved. When LOCK is set to logic zero, the DLL will
track phase offsets measured by the phase detector between the SREFCLK and the DLL’s
reference clock. When LOCK is set to logic one, the DLL will not change the tap after the
phase detector indicates of zero phase offset between the SREFCLK and the reference clock
for the first time.
ERRORE
The ERROR interrupt enable (ERRORE) bit enables the error indication interrupt. When
ERRORE is set high, an interrupt is generated upon assertion event of the ERR output and
ERROR register. When ERRORE is set low, changes in the ERROR and ERR status do not
generate an interrupt.
Reserved
These bits must be set to set low for correct operation of the SBS.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
272
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0E3H: REFDLL Control Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
R
SREFCLKI
X
Bit 6
R
DLL_REFCLKI
X
Bit 5
R
ERRORI
X
Bit 4
R
CHANGEI
X
Unused
X
X
Bit 3
Bit 2
R
ERROR
Bit 1
R
CHANGE
0
Bit 0
R
RUN
0
The REFDLL Control Status Register provides information on the operation of the DLL
connected to the SREFCLK input. This DLL is only used when SREFCLK is operating at 77.76
MHz.
RUN
The DLL lock status register bit (RUN) indicates the DLL found a delay line tap in which the
phase difference between the rising edge of the reference clock and the rising edge of
SREFLCK is zero. After system reset, RUN is logic zero until the phase detector indicates an
initial lock condition. When the phase detector indicates lock, RUN is set to logic one.
The RUN register bit is cleared only by a system reset (RSTB) or a software reset (in the SBS
Master Reset Register). RUN is forced high when the OVERRIDE register is set high or
when the VERN_EN register is set high.
CHANGE
The delay line tap change register bit (CHANGE) indicates the DLL has moved to a new
delay line tap. CHANGE is set high for eight SREFCLK cycles when the DLL moves to a
new delay line tap.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
273
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
ERROR
The delay line error register bit (ERROR) indicates the DLL has run out of dynamic range.
When the DLL attempts to move beyond the end of the delay line, ERROR is set high. When
ERROR is high, the DLL cannot generate a output clock phase that causes the rising edge of
the reference clock to be aligned to the rising edge of SREFCLK. ERROR is set low, when
the DLL captures lock again.
ERROR is forced low when the OVERRIDE register is set high or when the VERN_EN
register is set high.
CHANGEI
The delay line tap change event register bit (CHANGEI) indicates the CHANGE register bit
has changed value. When the CHANGE register changes from a logic zero to a logic one, the
CHANGEI register bit is set to logic one. The CHANGEI register bit is cleared immediately
after it is read, thus acknowledging the event has been recorded.
ERRORI
The delay line error event register bit (ERRORI) indicates the ERROR register bit has gone
high. When the ERROR register changes from a logic zero to a logic one, the ERRORI
register bit is set to logic one. If the ERRORE interrupt enable is high, the INT output is also
asserted when ERRORI asserts. The ERRORI register bit is cleared immediately after it is
read, thus acknowledging the event has been recorded.
DLL_REFCLKI
The reference clock event register bit DLL_REFCLKI provides a method to monitor activity
on the reference clock. When the DLL reference clock changes from a logic zero to a logic
one, the DLL_REFCLKI register bit is set to logic one. The DLL_REFCLKI register bit is
cleared immediately after it is read, thus acknowledging the event has been recorded.
SREFCLKI
The system clock event register bit SREFCLKI provides a method to monitor activity on the
system clock. When the SREFCLK primary input changes from a logic zero to a logic one,
the SREFCLKI register bit is set to logic one. The SREFCLKI register bit is cleared
immediately after it is read thus acknowledging the event has been recorded.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
274
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0E8H: SYSDLL Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Unused
X
ERRORE
X
Bit 3
Bit 2
R/W
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 0
R/W
LOCK
0
The SYSDLL Configuration Register controls the basic operation of the DLL connected to the
SYSCLK input.
LOCK
The LOCK register is used to force the DLL to ignore phase offsets indicated by the phase
detector after phase lock has been achieved. When LOCK is set to logic zero, the DLL will
track phase offsets measured by the phase detector between the SYSCLK input and the DLL’s
reference clock. When LOCK is set to logic one, the DLL will not change the tap after the
phase detector indicates of zero phase offset between SYSCLK and the reference clock for
the first time.
ERRORE
The ERROR interrupt enable (ERRORE) bit enables the error indication interrupt. When
ERRORE is set high, an interrupt is generated upon assertion event of the ERR output and
ERROR register. When ERRORE is set low, changes in the ERROR and ERR status do not
generate an interrupt.
Reserved
These bits must be set to set low for correct operation of the SBS.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
275
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 0EBH: SYSDLL Control Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
R
SYSCLKI
X
Bit 6
R
DLL_REFCLKI
X
Bit 5
R
ERRORI
X
Bit 4
R
CHANGEI
X
Unused
X
X
Bit 3
Bit 2
R
ERROR
Bit 1
R
CHANGE
0
Bit 0
R
RUN
0
The SYSDLL Control Status Register provides information on the operation of the DLL
connected to the SYSCLK input.
RUN
The DLL lock status register bit (RUN) indicates the DLL found a delay line tap in which the
phase difference between the rising edge of the reference clock and the rising edge of
SYSCLK is zero. After system reset, RUN is logic zero until the phase detector indicates an
initial lock condition. When the phase detector indicates lock, RUN is set to logic one.
The RUN register bit is cleared only by a system reset (RSTB) or a software reset (in the SBS
Master Reset Register). RUN is forced high when the OVERRIDE register is set high or
when the VERN_EN register is set high.
CHANGE
The delay line tap change register bit (CHANGE) indicates the DLL has moved to a new
delay line tap. CHANGE is set high for eight SYSCLK cycles when the DLL moves to a
new delay line tap.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
276
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
ERROR
The delay line error register bit (ERROR) indicates the DLL has run out of dynamic range.
When the DLL attempts to move beyond the end of the delay line, ERROR is set high. When
ERROR is high, the DLL cannot generate a output clock phase that causes the rising edge of
the reference clock to be aligned to the rising edge of SYSCLK. ERROR is set low, when the
DLL captures lock again.
ERROR is forced low when the OVERRIDE register is set high or when the VERN_EN
register is set high.
CHANGEI
The delay line tap change event register bit (CHANGEI) indicates the CHANGE register bit
has changed value. When the CHANGE register changes from a logic zero to a logic one, the
CHANGEI register bit is set to logic one. The CHANGEI register bit is cleared immediately
after it is read, thus acknowledging the event has been recorded.
ERRORI
The delay line error event register bit (ERRORI) indicates the ERROR register bit has gone
high. When the ERROR register changes from a logic zero to a logic one, the ERRORI
register bit is set to logic one. If the ERRORE interrupt enable is high, the INT output is also
asserted when ERRORI asserts. The ERRORI register bit is cleared immediately after it is
read, thus acknowledging the event has been recorded.
DLL_REFCLKI
The reference clock event register bit DLL_REFCLKI provides a method to monitor activity
on the reference clock. When the DLL reference clock changes from a logic zero to a logic
one, the DLL_REFCLKI register bit is set to logic one. The DLL_REFCLKI register bit is
cleared immediately after it is read, thus acknowledging the event has been recorded.
SYSCLKI
The system clock event register bit SYSCLKI provides a method to monitor activity on the
system clock. When the SYSCLK primary input changes from a logic zero to a logic one, the
SYSCLKI register bit is set to logic one. The SYSCLKI register bit is cleared immediately
after it is read thus acknowledging the event has been recorded.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
277
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
12
Test Features Description
The test mode registers, shown in Table 24, are used for production and board testing.
During production testing, the test mode registers are used to apply test vectors. In this case, the
test mode registers (as opposed to the normal mode registers) are selected when A[10] is high.
During board testing, the digital output pins and the data bus are held in a high-impedance state
by simultaneously asserting (low) the CSB, RDB, and WRB inputs. All of the TSBs for the SBS
are placed in test mode 0 so that device inputs may be read and device outputs may be forced
through the microprocessor interface.
Note: The SBS supports a standard IEEE 1149.1 five-signal JTAG boundary scan test port that
can be used for board testing. All digital device inputs may be read and all digital device outputs
may be forced through this JTAG test port.
Table 24 Test Mode Register Memory Map
12.1
Address
Register
000H-0FFH
Normal Mode Registers
100H
Master Test Register
101H - 1FFH
Reserved For Test
Master Test and Test Configuration Registers
Notes on Test Mode Register Bits
1. Writing values into unused register bits has no effect. However, to ensure software
compatibility with future, feature-enhanced versions of the product, unused register bits must
be written with logic zero. Reading back unused bits can produce either a logic one or a logic
zero; hence, unused register bits should be masked off by software when read.
2. Writable test mode register bits are not initialized upon reset unless otherwise noted.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
278
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Register 100H: Master Test
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 15
Unused
X
Bit 14
Unused
X
Bit 13
Unused
X
Bit 12
Unused
X
Bit 11
Unused
X
Bit 10
Unused
X
Bit 9
Unused
X
Bit 8
Unused
X
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
R/W
Reserved
X
Bit 5
R/W
PMCATST
X
Bit 4
W
PMCTST
X
Bit 3
W
DBCTRL
0
Bit 2
R/W
IOTST
0
Bit 1
W
HIZDATA
0
Bit 0
R/W
HIZIO
0
This register is used to enable SBS test features. All bits, except PMCTST and PMCATST are
reset to zero by a reset of the SBS using either the RSTB input. PMCTST is reset when CSB is
logic one. PMCATST is reset when both CSB is high and RSTB is low. PMCTST and
PMCATST can also be reset by writing a logic zero to the corresponding register bit.
HIZIO, HIZDATA
The HIZIO and HIZDATA bits control the tri-state modes of the SBS . While the HIZIO bit
is a logic one, all output pins of the SBS except the data bus and output TDO are held
tri-state. The microprocessor interface is still active. While the HIZDATA bit is a logic one,
the data bus is also held in a high-impedance state which inhibits microprocessor read cycles.
The HIZDATA bit is overridden by the DBCTRL bit.
IOTST
The IOTST bit is used to allow normal microprocessor access to the test registers and control
the test mode in each TSB block in the SBS for board level testing. When IOTST is a logic
one, all blocks are held in test mode and the microprocessor may write to a block’s test mode
0 registers to manipulate the outputs of the block and consequently the device outputs.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
279
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
DBCTRL
The DBCTRL bit is used to pass control of the data bus drivers to the CSB pin. When the
DBCTRL bit is set to logic one and PMCTST is set to logic one, the CSB pin controls the
output enable for the data bus. While the DBCTRL bit is set, holding the CSB pin high
causes the SBS to drive the data bus and holding the CSB pin low tri-states the data bus. The
DBCTRL bit overrides the HIZDATA bit. The DBCTRL bit is used to measure the drive
capability of the data bus driver pads.
PMCTST
The PMCTST bit is used to configure the SBS for PMC's manufacturing tests. When
PMCTST is set to logic one, the SBS microprocessor port becomes the test access port used
to run the PMC "canned" manufacturing test vectors. The PMCTST can be cleared by setting
CSB to logic one or by writing logic zero to the bit.
PMCATST
The PMCATST bit is used to configure the analog portion of the SBS for PMC's
manufacturing tests.
12.2
JTAG Test Port
The SBS JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) allows access to the TAP controller and the four TAP
registers: instruction, bypass, device identification and boundary scan. Using the TAP, device
input logic levels can be read, device outputs can be forced, the device can be identified and the
device scan path can be bypassed. For more details on the JTAG port, please refer to Section 13.
Table 25 Instruction Register (Length - 3 bits)
Instructions
Selected Register
Instruction Codes, IR[2:0]
EXTEST
Boundary Scan
000
IDCODE
Identification
001
SAMPLE
Boundary Scan
010
BYPASS
Bypass
011
BYPASS
Bypass
100
STCTEST
Boundary Scan
101
BYPASS
Bypass
110
BYPASS
Bypass
111
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
280
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Table 26 Identification Register
Length
32 bits
Version Number
0H
Part Number
8610H
Manufacturer's Identification Code
0CDH
Device Identification
086100CDH
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
281
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Table 27 Boundary Scan Register
Pin/ Enable
Register Bit
Cell Type
I.D. Bit
IV5[4]
291
IN_CELL
L
ITAIS[4]
290
IN_CELL
L
ITPL[4]
289
IN_CELL
L
IC1FP[4]
288
IN_CELL
L
IPL[4]
287
IN_CELL
H
IDP[4]
286
IN_CELL
L
IDATA[4][7]
285
IN_CELL
L
IDATA[4][6]
284
IN_CELL
L
IDATA[4][5]
283
IN_CELL
L
IDATA[4][4]
282
IN_CELL
H
IDATA[4][3]
281
IN_CELL
H
IDATA[4][2]
280
IN_CELL
L
IDATA[4][1]
279
IN_CELL
L
IDATA[4][0]
278
IN_CELL
L
ITAIS[2]
277
IN_CELL
L
ITPL[2]
276
IN_CELL
H
IC1FP[2]
275
IN_CELL
L
ALE
274
IN_CELL
L
RDB
273
IN_CELL
L
WRB
272
IN_CELL
L
CSB
271
IN_CELL
L
RWSEL
270
IN_CELL
L
RSTB
269
IN_CELL
L
RC1FP
268
IN_CELL
L
OEB_OACTIVE[4]
267
OUT_CELL
H
OACTIVE[4]
266
OUT_CELL
H
ODETECT[4]
265
IN_CELL
L
OEB_JUST_REQ[4]
264
OUT_CELL
L
JUST_REQ[4]
263
IO_CELL
H
OEB_OC1FP[4]
262
OUT_CELL
H
OC1FP[4]
261
OUT_CELL
L
OEB_OTAIS[4]
260
OUT_CELL
H
OTAIS[4]
259
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OV5[4]
258
OUT_CELL
-
OV5[4]
257
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OTPL[4]
256
OUT_CELL
-
OTPL[4]
255
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OPL[4]
254
OUT_CELL
-
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
282
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
OPL[4]
253
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODP[4]
252
OUT_CELL
-
ODP[4]
251
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_D[15]
250
OUT_CELL
-
D[15]
249
IO_CELL
-
OEB_D[14]
248
OUT_CELL
-
D[14]
247
IO_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[4][7]
246
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[4][7]
245
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[4][6]
244
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[4][6]
243
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[4][5]
242
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[4][5]
241
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[4][4]
240
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[4][4]
239
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[4][3]
238
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[4][3]
237
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[4][2]
236
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[4][2]
235
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[4][1]
234
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[4][1]
233
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[4][0]
232
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[4][0]
231
OUT_CELL
-
USER_IN
230
IN_CELL
-
OEB_D[13]
229
OUT_CELL
-
D[13]
228
IO_CELL
-
OEB_D[12]
227
OUT_CELL
-
D[12]
226
IO_CELL
-
OEB_D[11]
225
OUT_CELL
-
D[11]
224
IO_CELL
-
OEB_D[10]
223
OUT_CELL
-
D[10]
222
IO_CELL
-
OEB_D[9]
221
OUT_CELL
-
D[9]
220
IO_CELL
-
IV5[2]
219
IN_CELL
-
IPL[2]
218
IN_CELL
-
IDP[2]
217
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[2][7]
216
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[2][6]
215
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[2][5]
214
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[2][4]
213
IN_CELL
-
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
283
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
IDATA[2][3]
212
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[2][2]
211
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[2][1]
210
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[2][0]
209
IN_CELL
-
OEB_D[8]
208
OUT_CELL
-
D[8]
207
IO_CELL
-
OEB_D[7]
206
OUT_CELL
-
D[7]
205
IO_CELL
-
IV5[3]
204
IN_CELL
-
ITAIS[3]
203
IN_CELL
-
ITPL[3]
202
IN_CELL
-
IC1FP[3]
201
IN_CELL
-
IPL[3]
200
IN_CELL
-
IDP[3]
199
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[3][7]
198
IN_CELL
-
OEB_D[6]
197
OUT_CELL
-
D[6]
196
IO_CELL
-
OEB_D[5]
195
OUT_CELL
-
D[5]
194
IO_CELL
-
OEB_D[4]
193
OUT_CELL
-
D[4]
192
IO_CELL
-
IDATA[3][6]
191
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[3][5]
190
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[3][4]
189
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[3][3]
188
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[3][2]
187
IN_CELL
-
OEB_D[3]
186
OUT_CELL
-
D[3]
185
IO_CELL
-
OEB_D[2]
184
OUT_CELL
-
D[2]
183
IO_CELL
-
OEB_D[1]
182
OUT_CELL
-
D[1]
181
IO_CELL
-
OEB_D[0]
180
OUT_CELL
-
D[0]
179
IO_CELL
-
A[8]
178
IN_CELL
-
A[7]
177
IN_CELL
-
A[6]
176
IN_CELL
-
A[5]
175
IN_CELL
-
A[4]
174
IN_CELL
-
A[3]
173
IN_CELL
-
A[2]
172
IN_CELL
-
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
284
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
A[1]
171
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[3][1]
170
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[3][0]
169
IN_CELL
-
OEB_JUST_REQ[3]
168
OUT_CELL
-
JUST_REQ[3]
167
IO_CELL
-
A[0]
166
IN_CELL
-
OEB_USER_OUT
165
OUT_CELL
-
USER_OUT
164
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_JUST_REQ[1]
163
OUT_CELL
-
JUST_REQ[1]
162
IO_CELL
-
OEB_OC1FP[3]
161
OUT_CELL
-
OC1FP[3]
160
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OTAIS[3]
159
OUT_CELL
-
OTAIS[3]
158
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OV5[3]
157
OUT_CELL
-
OV5[3]
156
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OTPL[3]
155
OUT_CELL
-
OTPL[3]
154
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OPL[3]
153
OUT_CELL
-
OPL[3]
152
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODP[3]
151
OUT_CELL
-
ODP[3]
150
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OACTIVE[3]
149
OUT_CELL
-
OACTIVE[3]
148
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[3][7]
147
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[3][7]
146
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[3][6]
145
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[3][6]
144
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[3][5]
143
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[3][5]
142
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[3][4]
141
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[3][4]
140
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[3][3]
139
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[3][3]
138
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[3][2]
137
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[3][2]
136
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[3][1]
135
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[3][1]
134
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[3][0]
133
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[3][0]
132
OUT_CELL
-
ODETECT[3]
131
IN_CELL
-
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
285
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
OEB_INTB
130
OUT_CELL
-
INTB
129
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OC1FP[2]
128
OUT_CELL
-
OC1FP[2]
127
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OV5[2]
126
OUT_CELL
-
OV5[2]
125
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OPL[2]
124
OUT_CELL
-
OPL[2]
123
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODP[2]
122
OUT_CELL
-
ODP[2]
121
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[2][7]
120
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[2][7]
119
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[2][6]
118
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[2][6]
117
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[2][5]
116
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[2][5]
115
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[2][4]
114
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[2][4]
113
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[2][3]
112
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[2][3]
111
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[2][2]
110
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[2][2]
109
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[2][1]
108
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[2][1]
107
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[2][0]
106
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[2][0]
105
OUT_CELL
-
ITAIS[1]
104
IN_CELL
-
IPL[1]
103
IN_CELL
-
IC1FP[1]
102
IN_CELL
-
IV5[1]
101
IN_CELL
-
ITPL[1]
100
IN_CELL
-
IDP[1]
99
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[1][7]
98
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[1][6]
97
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[1][5]
96
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[1][4]
95
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[1][3]
94
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[1][2]
93
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[1][1]
92
IN_CELL
-
IDATA[1][0]
91
IN_CELL
-
OEB_SREFCLK19
90
OUT_CELL
-
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
286
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
SREFCLK19
89
OUT_CELL
-
SREFCLK
88
IN_CELL
-
SYSCLK
87
IN_CELL
-
OEB_JUST_REQ[2]
86
OUT_CELL
-
JUST_REQ[2]
85
IO_CELL
-
OEB_OACTIVE[2]
84
OUT_CELL
-
OACTIVE[2]
83
OUT_CELL
-
ODETECT[2]
82
IN_CELL
-
OCMP
81
IN_CELL
-
ICMP
80
IN_CELL
-
OEB_OTAIS[2]
79
OUT_CELL
-
OTAIS[2]
78
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OTPL[2]
77
OUT_CELL
-
OTPL[2]
76
OUT_CELL
-
RTAIS
75
IN_CELL
-
RTPL
74
IN_CELL
-
RV5
73
IN_CELL
-
RPL
72
IN_CELL
-
RDP
71
IN_CELL
-
RDATA[7]
70
IN_CELL
-
RDATA[6]
69
IN_CELL
-
RDATA[5]
68
IN_CELL
-
RDATA[4]
67
IN_CELL
-
RDATA[3]
66
IN_CELL
-
RDATA[2]
65
IN_CELL
-
RDATA[1]
64
IN_CELL
-
RDATA[0]
63
IN_CELL
-
RJUST_REQ
62
IN_CELL
-
OEB_OC1FP[1]
61
OUT_CELL
-
OC1FP[1]
60
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OPL[1]
59
OUT_CELL
-
OPL[1]
58
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OV5[1]
57
OUT_CELL
-
OV5[1]
56
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OTPL[1]
55
OUT_CELL
-
OTPL[1]
54
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_OTAIS[1]
53
OUT_CELL
-
OTAIS[1]
52
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[1][7]
51
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[1][7]
50
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[1][6]
49
OUT_CELL
-
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
287
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
ODATA[1][6]
48
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[1][5]
47
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[1][5]
46
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[1][4]
45
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[1][4]
44
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[1][3]
43
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[1][3]
42
OUT_CELL
-
ODETECT[1]
41
IN_CELL
-
OEB_OACTIVE[1]
40
OUT_CELL
-
OACTIVE[1]
39
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_TTAIS
38
OUT_CELL
-
TTAIS
37
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_TV5
36
OUT_CELL
-
TV5
35
OUT_CELL
-
Logic zero
34
IN_CELL
-
OEB_TTPL
33
OUT_CELL
-
TTPL
32
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_TPL
31
OUT_CELL
-
TPL
30
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_TDP
29
OUT_CELL
-
TDP
28
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[1][2]
27
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[1][2]
26
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[1][1]
25
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[1][1]
24
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODATA[1][0]
23
OUT_CELL
-
ODATA[1][0]
22
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_ODP[1]
21
OUT_CELL
-
ODP[1]
20
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_TDATA[7]
19
OUT_CELL
-
TDATA[7]
18
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_TDATA[6]
17
OUT_CELL
-
TDATA[6]
16
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_TDATA[5]
15
OUT_CELL
-
TDATA[5]
14
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_TDATA[4]
13
OUT_CELL
-
TDATA[4]
12
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_TDATA[3]
11
OUT_CELL
-
TDATA[3]
10
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_TDATA[2]
9
OUT_CELL
-
TDATA[2]
8
OUT_CELL
-
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
288
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
OEB_TDATA[1]
7
OUT_CELL
-
TDATA[1]
6
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_TDATA[0]
5
OUT_CELL
-
TDATA[0]
4
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_TC1FP
3
OUT_CELL
-
TC1FP
2
OUT_CELL
-
OEB_TJUST_REQ
1
OUT_CELL
-
TJUST_REQ
0
OUT_CELL
-
Notes
12.2.1
1.
When set high, INTB will be set to high impedance.
2.
“Enable cell OEB_pinname” tristates pin pinname when set high.
3.
IV5[4] is the first bit of the boundary scan chain.
4.
Cells ‘Logic zero’ are Input Observation cells whose input pad is bonded to VSS internally.
Boundary Scan Cells
In the following diagrams, CLOCK-DR is equal to TCK when the current controller state is
SHIFT-DR or CAPTURE-DR, and unchanging otherwise. The multiplexer in the center of the
diagram selects one of four inputs, depending on the status of select lines G1 and G2. The ID
Code bit is as listed in the Boundary Scan Register (Table 27).
Figure 13 Input Observation Cell (IN_CELL)
IDCODE
Scan Chain Out
INPUT
to internal
logic
Input
Pad
G1
G2
SHIFT-DR
I.D. Code bit
12
1 2 MUX
12
12
D
C
CLOCK-DR
Scan Chain In
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
289
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 14 Output Cell (OUT_CELL)
Scan Chain Out
G1
EXTEST
Output or Enable
from system logic
IDOODE
SHIFT-DR
1
G1
G2
1
1
1
1
I.D. code bit
1
2
2 MUX
2
2
OUTPUT
or Enable
MUX
D
D
C
C
CLOCK-DR
UPDATE-DR
Scan Chain In
Figure 15 Bidirectional Cell (IO_CELL)
Scan Chain Out
G1
EXTEST
OUTPUT from
internal logic
IDCODE
INPUT
from pin
12
1 2 MUX
12
12
MUX
1
G1
G2
SHIFT-DR
I.D. code bit
1
D
C
INPUT
to internal
logic
OUTPUT
to pin
D
C
CLOCK-DR
UPDATE-DR
Scan Chain In
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
290
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 16 Layout of Output Enable and Bidirectional Cells
Scan Chain Out
OUTPUT ENABLE
from internal
logic (0 = drive)
INPUT to
internal logic
OUTPUT from
internal logic
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
I/O
PAD
Scan Chain In
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
291
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
13
Operation
There are several important aspects regarding the operation of Narrowband-based switch fabrics;
these are dealt with in turn in the following sections.
13.1
“C1” Synchronization.
Any NSE/SBS fabric can be viewed as a collection of five “columns” of devices:
•
column 0 consists of the ingress flow from the load devices (e.g., some SBI device)
•
column 1 consists of the ingress flow through the SBS devices
•
column 2 consists of the NSE-20G device
•
column 3 consists of the egress flow through the SBS devices
•
column 4 consists of the egress flow through the load devices (e.g. some SBI device).
Note that the devices in columns 0 and 4 are SBI bus devices while columns 1 and 3 are SBS or
SBS-lite devices. The dual column references refer to their two separate simplex flows. Pathaligned STS-12 frames are pipelined through this structure in a regular fashion, under control of a
single clock source and frame pulse. There are latencies between these columns, and these
latencies may vary from path to path. The following design is used to accommodate these
latencies.
A timing pulse for SBI frames (2kHz, 500=µs) is generated and fed to each device in the fabric.
Each chip has a FrameDelay register (RC1DLY) which contains the count of 77.76 MHz clock
ticks that device should delay from the reference timing pulse before expecting the C1 characters
of the ingress STS-12 frames to have arrived. The base timing pulse is called t. The delays from t
based on the settings of the RC1DLY registers in the successive columns of the devices are called
t0, … t4. The first signal, t1(equal to t0), determines the start of an STS-12 frame; this signal is
used to instruct the ingress load devices (column 0) to start emitting an STS-12 frame (with its
special “C1” control character) at that time. ti is determined by the customer, based on device
and wiring delays to be approximately the earliest time that all “C1” characters will have arrived
in the ingress FIFOs of the ti column of devices. ti is selected to provide assurance that all “C1”
characters have arrived at the ith column. The ith column of devices use the ti signal to
synchronize emission of the STS-12 frames. The ingress FIFOs permit a variable latency in C1
arrival of up to 24 clock cycles.
Note: The SBS device, being a memory switch, adds a latency of one complete frame plus a few
clock ticks to the data.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
292
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 17 “C1” Synchronization Control
t0,t1 (no delay t delay through
t2
Ingress SBI device)
t at 0µs
t0
Ingress SBI
device
delay
t1
t3
t4
delay
125µs
Ingress SBS
(1 frame delay)
delay
125µs
delay
t2
NSE
delay
t3
Egress SBS
(1 frame delay)
delay
t4
Egress SBI
device
125µs Source
13.2
Synchronized Control Setting Changes
The NSE-20G and SBS support dual switch control settings. These dual settings permit one
bank of settings to be operational while the other bank is updated as a result of some new
connection requests. The CMP input selects the current operational switch control settings. CMP
is sampled by the NSE-20G on the base timing pulse t. The internal blocks sample the registered
CMP value as they receive the next C1 character –at least a delay of RC1DLY. The new CMP
value is applied on the first A1 character of the following STS-12 frame. This switchover is
hitless; the control change does not disrupt the user data flow in any way. This feature is required
for the addition of arbitrary new connections, as existing connections may need to be rerouted
(see the discussion of the connection routing algorithm in this document).
The DS0-granularity switch settings RAM in organized into two control settings banks, these are
switched by the above mechanisms on C1 boundaries. The NSE also has to coordinate the
switching of the connected SBS devices (if using the In-Band link facility), so a broader
understanding of the issues is required.
To illustrate the system, Sections 13.2.1 to 13.2.3 describe actual examples.
13.2.1
SBS/NSE Systems with DS0 and CAS switching
When building a DS0 and Channel Associated Signaling switching system with the SBS, SBS-lite
and NSE devices the overall timing is based on the CAS signaling multiframe on the SBI bus. In
this configuration the delay through the SBS devices is a single 125 µS SBI frame plus a few
77.76 MHz clocks and the delay through the NSE is a few 77.76 MHz clocks. A single C1FP
frame synchronization signal is distributed around the system. Internal to the SBS and NSE
devices are programmable offsets used to account for propagation delays through the system. The
key constraint is that all SBI frames are aligned going into the NSE device.
Compatible devices are PM8316 TEMUX-84, PM7388 FREEDM-336, PM7389 FREEDM-33684, PM7341 S/UNI-IMA-84, and other future SBI336 devices.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
293
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
The SBS and NSE devices have two configuration pages controlling the switching of each DS0
with CAS. The SBS has independent configuration pages for each direction of data flow through
the device. The NSE has one set of configuration pages. System configuration changes are made
by writing to the offline configuration page in all affected devices and then swapping from the old
configuration page to the new configuration page. The TCMP and OCMP signals control the
current configuration page of the SBS and the CMP signal controls the current configuration page
of the NSE. Swapping of configuration pages must be aligned to frame switching through the
system to avoid any possible data corruption. The TCMP, OCMP and CMP signals are sampled
with the SBS IC1FP and RC1FP signals and the NSE RC1FP signals respectively. The CMP
signals can be connected together at the expense of having to ensure all device configuration
pages are current.
The following diagram shows how the devices are connected together. The following timing
diagrams show the external signals and the internal device frame alignment signal generated
from the programmed delays. Although the CMP signals are sampled externally with the C1FP
signals they are also delayed internally to coincide with the internally delayed frame signals.
These are also shown in the timing diagram. All internal signals are identified by the .INT suffix.
Figure 18 TEMUX™-84/SBS/NSE/SBS/AAL1gator™-32 System DS0 Switching with CAS
SBS#2 OCMP
NSE CMP
SBS #1 TCMP
C1FP
DC1FP
TEMUX84
AC1FP
IC1FP
RC1FP
TCMP
SBI336
SBI336S
CMP
NSE
SBS #1
RC1FP
SBI336S
OCMP
OC1FP
RC1FP OCMP
DC1FP
SBS #2
SBI
OC1FP
IC1FP
TCMP
AALIGATOR32
AC1FP
SBS#2 TCMP
SBS #1 OCMP
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
294
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 19 CAS Multiframe timing
0us
2500us
5000us
C1FP
All CMPs
Frame Alignment
SBI frame time
T1 multiframe
T1 Signaling MF #1
E1 multiframe
E1 signaling MF #1
T1 Signaling MF #2
E1 signaling MF #2
E1 signaling MF #3
E1
Figure 20 Switch Timing DSOs with CAS
0us
250us
C1FP
All CMPs
SBI Frame Time
Internal Sigs
SBS#1 IC1FP.INT
NSE RC1FP.INT
SBS#2 RC1FP.INT
SBS#2 OC1FP.INT
SBS#1 TCMP.INT
NSE CMP.INT
SBS#2 OCMP.INT
13.2.2
SBS/NSE Systems switching DS0s without CAS
This is very similar to the DS0 switching system configuration with CAS described in the
previous section. The only difference is that in this system the global C1FP can be reduced to
every SBI multiframe rather than the longer 48 frame SBI bus signaling multiframe. The
advantage is that there is less latency when making switch configuration changes via the CMP
signals.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
295
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
The following diagram shows the system with the FREEDM™-336 which does not require
Channel Associated Signaling. Notice that the data latency through the system is the same as the
case when switching DS0s with CAS.
Figure 21 TEMUX-84/SBS/NSE/SBS/FREEDM-336 System DS0 Switching No CAS
SBS#2 OCMP
NSE CMP
SBS #1 TCMP
C1FP
DC1FP
TEMUX84
AC1FP
IC1FP
RC1FP
TCMP
SBI336
SBI336S
CMP
NSE
RC1FP
SBI336S
OCMP
OC1FP
SBS #1
DC1FP
SBS #2
SBI336 FREEDM336
OC1FP
RC1FP OCMP
IC1FP
TCMP
AC1FP
SBS#2 TCMP
SBS #1 OCMP
The following timing diagram shows the system timing when in this configuration.
Figure 22 Switch Timing - DSOs without CAS
0us
250us
500us
C1FP
All CMPs
SBI Frame Time
Internal Sigs
SBS IC1FP.INT
NSE RC1FP.INT
SBS RC1FP.INT
SBS OC1FP.INT
SBS TCMP.INT
NSE CMP.INT
SBS OCMP.INT
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
296
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
13.2.3
SBS/NSE Non-DS0 Level Switching with SBI336 Devices
The SBS and NSE support another mode of operation that has lower latency and lower power
when not switching at the DS0 level. In this mode, both of these devices become a column switch
rather than a DS0 switch. This saves software configuration since only one row of the switch
configuration RAMs has to be configured rather than all nine rows.
When switching DS0 through the system the SBS must store an entire frame of DS0s before
routing them to the destination to allow for the last DS0 of a frame to be switched to the first DS0
of the output. When doing column switching, only one row of the SBI structure needs to be stored
before switching can take place.
The same diagram from the previous section can be used here. The following timing diagram
shows the system timing for this mode of operation.
Figure 23 Non DS0 Switch Timing
0us
250us
500us
C1FP
SBS#1 TCMP
NSE CMP
SBS#2 OCMP
SBI Frame Time
Internal Sigs
SBS IC1FP.INT
NSE RC1FP.INT
SBS RC1FP.INT
SBS OC1FP.INT
SBS#1 TCMP.INT
NSE CMP.INT
SBS#2 OCMP.INT
13.3
Switch Setting Algorithm
NSE/SBS fabrics require an algorithm to map from customers’ connection requirements to
settings in the switch function control registers in these devices. Four constraints apply to this
algorithm:
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
297
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
•
The algorithm must succeed for arbitrary permutation requests (i.e., neither the fabric nor the
algorithm can fail to connect any one-to-one connection request).
•
The algorithm must permit connection of 2-cast requests (port replication for either snooping
or for advanced redundancy fabrics). In fabrics with spare capacity and multicast/broadcast
servers, the algorithm must permit mapping of multicast/broadcast requests, up to the
capacity of the fabric and the servers.
•
This algorithm must be fast enough to satisfy requirements for response to operator requests
for connection changes.
•
This algorithm must be fast enough to satisfy requirements for protection responses to
equipment failures.
There are several aspects of this problem:
13.3.1
•
Reconnection requests may be made individually in which case an incremental connectionsetting algorithm is desired, or as complete batches in which case a batch algorithm may be
desirable.
•
Reconnection requests may be pre-computed for fast protection fall-over mechanisms.
Problem Description
The basic scheduling problem is to find the switch settings to properly route a set of connections.
This is more formally described using the definitions in the following paragraphs.
Port: An STS-12 input/output data stream. The serial ports on the SBS devices and the NSE-20G
devices operate at STS-12 rates and utilize STS-12 frames. Since the intention of the NSE-20G is
to serve as a DS0-granularity switch, these STS-12 frames must be treated as repeating on a cycle
of 12*9*90 = 9720 octets. All connections considered by this algorithm are octet connections.
Higher aggregations of traffic are handled as collections of octets, and are ignored for the
purposes of describing this algorithm.
Timeslot: A specific octet location in the 9720 octet cyclic structure.
Spacetimeslot: A timeslot on a specific port, identified by a space component and a time
component: for example, octet 9 on port 3 of SBS device 2
Connection: A mapping of an input spacetimeslot to an output spacetimeslot. Connections come
in two varieties, multicast and unicast. Unicast connections are a mapping of a single input
spacetimeslot to a single output spacetimeslot. Multicast connections are a mapping of a single
spacetimeslot to multiple output spacetimeslots. This algorithm is only concerned with the
unicast problem.
13.3.2
Naïve Algorithm
We begin by describing a simplified version of the algorithm, applied to a specific SBS/NSE-20G
configuration. Figure 24 illustrates the application. Four SBS devices are connected by one port
each to an NSE, which is likewise connected by one port to the egress side of each SBS device.
Only four ingress/egress ports of 32 on the NSE-20G are in use in this application, but the ideas
generalize easily to larger fabrics.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
298
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Information flows from left to right. Each edge connects an egress port (on the left) to an ingress
port (on the right); each such edge has a capacity of 9720 timeslots.
For present purposes, we consider the SBSs to be supporting a single P-SBI port (eight bits at
77.76 MHz, or STS-12). Also, we ignore the “standby” LVDS port. This reduces the SBS from a
multi-ported Memory switch (which it in fact is) to a simpler two-ported (P-SBI and Active SSBI) Time switch. This reduction in complexity makes the following discussion more
straightforward, but does not reduce the algorithm’s ability to deal with the more complex cases
introduced by the use of the four slower P-SBI ports, or by concurrent use of the standby LVDS
port. The nature of switching in this application is illustrated by Figure 19. The two dimensional
4-X-4 matrices represent octet slots in both space (vertical) and time (horizontal).
We trace through the switching processing in the following steps:
•
Matrix I represents the arrival of the 16 octets from the SBI load devices.
•
The mapping from Matrix I to Matrix II represents the Time switching action of all four
ingress SBSs. Each SBS carries out an arbitrary permutation (including 1-to-many) of the
ingress Time slots within each Space row.
•
The mapping from Matrix II to Matrix III represents the Space switching action of the NSE.
During each Time slot, the NSE-20G carries out an arbirary permutation (including 1-tomany) of the ingress Space slots.
•
The mapping from Matrix III to Matrix IV represents the Time switching action of all four
egress SBSs. Each SBS carries out an arbitrary permutation (including 1-to-many) of the
ingress Time slots within each Space row.
It is known that any complete permutation from Matrix I to Matrix IV can be carried out in this
way. Figure 19 illustrates two particular octets (α and β) being switched through the
SBS:NSE:SBS Time:Space:Time switch.
Figure 24 Example Graph
Ingress SBSs
Egress SBSs
SBS 0
SBS 0
SBS 1
SBS 1
NSE
SBS 2
SBS 2
SBS 3
SBS 3
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
299
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 25 Time:Space:Time Switching in one NSE-20G and four Single-Ported SBSs
1
2
0
1
α
2
3
β
Time
3
0
Time Switching by
Ingress SBSs
0
Space (SBS #)
II
Time
Space (SBS #)
I
1
2
3
0
1
α
2
β
3
Space Switching
by NSE
III
2
3
α
β
2
3
Time
0
Space (SBS #)
1
1
Time Switching by
Egress SBSs
Space (SBS #)
0
0
IV
Time
1
3
α
0
1
2
β
2
3
α:
(S=1, T=2) => SBS => (S=1, T=0) => NSE => (S=0, T=0) => SBS => (S=0, T=3)
β:
(S=3, T=2) => SBS => (S=3, T=3) => NSE => (S=1, T=3) => SBS => (S=1, T=0)
Consider a request to route an octet from ingress port i to egress port j, where i and j range from
0 to 3, over four ports corresponding to the four SBS devices. To make this connection, we must
find a timeslot in the NSE-20G which can accept an octet from the ingress SBS and send an octet
to the egress SBS. If the NSE-20G has these two slots free in the same timeslot, then the SBSs
must also have the corresponding slot free. The actual routing of the sample is accomplished in
several steps. The octet is:
•
Mapped to the free timeslot by the ingress SBS port,
•
Picked up by the NSE-20G in that timeslot on the port from the ingress SBS and mapped to
the port which leads to the egress SBS,
•
Picked up by the egress SBS in the expected timeslot.
It may not be possible to find a free time that connects the ingress SBS to the egress SBS, even
though both SBS devices have unused capacity into the NSE-20G core (the ingress SBS may
have a free timeslot at time i and the egress SBS may have a free timeslot at time j, but i ~= j).
Such cases require a more complex algorithm which is capable of disconnecting and reconnecting
other connections to make space for the new i to j connection. (Disconnection and reconnection
of other connections is done hitlessly by NSE/SBS fabrics.) This more sophisticated algorithm is
described in the remainder of this section.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
300
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
13.3.3
Bi-partite graphs
A general solution to the connection problem is a schedule where each connection is assigned to
one of the 9720 timeslots in each time stage such that no two connections conflict. This solution
then maps to physical switch settings for the SBS and NSE-20G devices. The following
definitions allow us to represent the problem as an abstract graph problem:
1. Draw a graph where each input and output port is represented as a node.
2. Partition the graph so that all of the input ports are in one partition and all the output ports
are in the other.
3. Draw an edge from an input node to an output node if there is a connection from the
corresponding input port to the corresponding output port.
This results in a bipartite graph where each node has a maximum degree of 9720 (the total
number of possible connections from/to a port). A subset of this problem (6 nodes, 2 timeslots) is
illustrated in Figure 24. We want to assign the edges (connections) to timeslots such that no
coincident edges are assigned to the same timeslot. Notice that a solution to the problem consists
of a permutation (or partial permutation) mapping of input nodes onto output nodes for each of
the timeslots. These permutation mappings correspond to one set of switch settings for the NSE20G devices.
Figure 26 Example Graph
Inputs
A
B
C
D
E
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
Outputs
13.3.4
Unicast
Scheduling unicast connections through the NSE-20G is a relatively simple problem: given n
input ports, n output ports, m time slots and a guarantee that no port is oversubscribed, schedule
the transfer of all input slots to output slots. This solution uses the time slot interchange on the
SBS chips to schedule the flow of inputs to outputs through the NSE-20G fabric with no
collisions.
Unicast connections have a perfect solution.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
301
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Example
The algorithm is illustrated using an example with 3 timeslots and 6 input/output nodes. The
original configuration is shown in Figure 27. The new connection originates at input node F, and
terminates at output node 6. This is edge (F→
→6) in the bipartite graph.
Figure 27 Example Problem
A
B
C
D
E
F
Timeslot 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
B
C
D
E
F
Timeslot 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
B
C
D
E
F
Timeslot 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
Input node F is available on timeslot 3 and output node 6 is available on timeslot 2. Merging
these two timeslots and adding the edge (F→
→6) results in the graph shown in Figure 28. In this
graph, the edges assigned to timeslot 3 are shown as dotted lines. The edge (F→
→6) is shown in
bold.
Figure 28 Merged Graph
A
B
C
D
E
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
302
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
There are 3 maximal length paths in the merged graph, (A→2→B→1), (D→5), and
(C→4→F→
→6→E→3). The last path mentioned requires re-labeling. If we start with edge
(C→4) and traverse the path, alternately labeling with timeslot 2 and 3, we get the graph in
Figure 29. The timeslot labeling in this graph replaces timeslots 2 and 3 in the original graph
(and schedule).
Figure 29 Relabeled Graph
13.3.5
A
B
C
D
E
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
Experimental Results
The performance of PMC-Sierra’s Open Path Algorithm has been studied by implementing it in
C++ and running extensive random connection tests.
Tests for NSE/SBS applications of this algorithm used a single NSE-20G connected to 32 SBSs,
each carrying a full complement of DS0 connections (258,048 DS0 calls). Many runs were
completed in which an initially unloaded switch is presented with a sequence of random call
establishment requests up to the point of 100% switching loads. These runs were carried out on a
600 MHz Alpha running Linux. In all of these runs, no octet open path search took longer than
10 µs, thus supporting up to 100,0001 DS0 call establishments per second. T1s and other
aggregates require the establishment of multiple octet open paths; complete T1s can be
established at about 3,700 T1/sec. The reasons for this surprisingly good performance are
explained in the separate open path algorithm document. It is our opinion that these rates are
sufficiently high that the call establishment algorithm should not be a bottleneck in any
application of the NSE/SBS, and that this rate is sufficiently high to permit the NSE/SBS to be
used for PSTN call establishment rates (up to 100,000 calls/sec in a switch supporting 258,048
full-duplex calls, with the switching core implemented in 1 NSE-20G and 32 SBS chips).
13.3.6
Multicast
Scheduling general multicast connections is an entirely different class of problem. With
unrestricted multicast, the underlying architecture is non-blocking up to capacity dictated by the
number of slots in a frame, but finding the non-blocking schedule is NP-hard. There is no
polynomial time running algorithm known to solve this class of problem.
1
This ignores inband or µP to NSE limitations.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
303
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
There are two approaches to solving the multicast problem:
•
Heuristic algorithms that have statistical probability of success for simple versions of the
problem; (and)
•
Restricted multicast, where the form of restriction provides a means to solve the scheduling
problem.
The general multicast problem is not considered in this document. Refer to NSE documentation
for descriptions of the use of multicast in a protection switching schemes; the same concepts
apply to NSE/SBS fabrics.
13.4
JTAG Support
The SBS supports the IEEE Boundary Scan Specification as described in the IEEE 1149.1
standards. The Test Access Port (TAP) consists of the five standard pins, TRSTB, TCK, TMS,
TDI and TDO used to control the TAP controller and the boundary scan registers. The TRSTB
input is the active-low reset signal used to reset the TAP controller. TCK is the test clock used to
sample data on input, TDI, and to output data on output, TDO. The TMS input is used to direct
the TAP controller through its states. The basic boundary scan architecture is shown in Figure 30.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
304
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 30 Boundary Scan Architecture
Boundary Scan
Register
TDI
Device Identification
Register
Bypass
Register
Instruction
Register
and
Decode
Mux
DFF
TDO
Control
TMS
Test
Access
Port
Controller
Select
Tri-state Enable
TRSTB
TCK
The boundary scan architecture consists of a TAP controller, an instruction register with
instruction decode, a bypass register, a device identification register and a boundary scan register.
The TAP controller interprets the TMS input and generates control signals to load the instruction
and data registers. The instruction register with instruction decode block is used to select the test
to be executed and/or the register to be accessed. The bypass register offers a single-bit delay
from primary input, TDI, to primary output, TDO. The device identification register contains the
device identification code.
The boundary scan register allows testing of board inter-connectivity. The boundary scan register
consists of a shift register place in series with device inputs and outputs. Using the boundary scan
register, all digital inputs can be sampled and shifted out on primary output, TDO. In addition,
patterns can be shifted in on primary input, TDI, and forced onto all digital outputs.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
305
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
13.4.1
TAP Controller
The TAP controller is a synchronous finite state machine clocked by the rising edge of primary
input, TCK. All state transitions are controlled using primary input, TMS. The finite state
machine is shown in Figure 31.
Figure 31 TAP Controller Finite State Machine
TRSTB=0
Test-Logic-Reset
1
0
1
1
Run-Test-Idle
1
Select-IR-Scan
Select-DR-Scan
0
0
0
1
1
Capture-IR
Capture-DR
0
0
Shift-IR
Shift-DR
0
1
0
1
1
1
Exit1-IR
Exit1-DR
0
0
Pause-IR
Pause-DR
0
1
0
1
0
0
Exit2-IR
Exit2-DR
1
1
Update-IR
Update-DR
1
1
0
0
All transitions dependent on input TMS
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
306
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
13.4.2
States
Test-Logic-Reset
The test logic reset state is used to disable the TAP logic when the device is in normal mode
operation. The state is entered asynchronously by asserting input, TRSTB. The state is entered
synchronously regardless of the current TAP controller state by forcing input, TMS high for 5
TCK clock cycles. While in this state, the instruction register is set to the IDCODE instruction.
Run-Test-Idle
The run test/idle state is used to execute tests.
Capture-DR
The capture data register state is used to load parallel data into the test data registers selected by
the current instruction. If the selected register does not allow parallel loads or no loading is
required by the current instruction, the test register maintains its value. Loading occurs on the
rising edge of TCK.
Shift-DR
The shift data register state is used to shift the selected test data registers by one stage. Shifting is
from MSB to LSB and occurs on the rising edge of TCK.
Update-DR
The update data register state is used to load a test register's parallel output latch. In general, the
output latches are used to control the device. For example, for the EXTEST instruction, the
boundary scan test register's parallel output latches are used to control the device's outputs. The
parallel output latches are updated on the falling edge of TCK.
Capture-IR
The capture instruction register state is used to load the instruction register with a fixed
instruction. The load occurs on the rising edge of TCK.
Shift-IR
The shift instruction register state is used to shift both the instruction register and the selected test
data registers by one stage. Shifting is from MSB to LSB and occurs on the rising edge of TCK.
Update-IR
The update instruction register state is used to load a new instruction into the instruction register.
The new instruction must be scanned in using the Shift-IR state. The load occurs on the falling
edge of TCK.
The Pause-DR and Pause-IR states are provided to allow shifting through the test data and/or
instruction registers to be momentarily paused.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
307
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Boundary Scan Instructions
The following is a description of the standard instructions. Each instruction selects a serial test
data register path between input, TDI and output, TDO.
13.4.3
Instructions
BYPASS
The bypass instruction shifts data from input, TDI to output, TDO with one TCK clock period
delay. The instruction is used to bypass the device.
EXTEST
The external test instruction allows testing of the interconnection to other devices. When the
current instruction is the EXTEST instruction, the boundary scan register is place between input,
TDI and output, TDO. Primary device inputs can be sampled by loading the boundary scan
register using the Capture-DR state. The sampled values can then be viewed by shifting the
boundary scan register using the Shift-DR state. Primary device outputs can be controlled by
loading patterns shifted in through input TDI into the boundary scan register using the
Update-DR state.
SAMPLE
The sample instruction samples all the device inputs and outputs. For this instruction, the
boundary scan register is placed between TDI and TDO. Primary device inputs and outputs can
be sampled by loading the boundary scan register using the Capture-DR state. The sampled
values can then be viewed by shifting the boundary scan register using the Shift-DR state.
IDCODE
The identification instruction is used to connect the identification register between TDI and TDO.
The device's identification code can then be shifted out using the Shift-DR state.
STCTEST
The single transport chain instruction is used to test out the TAP controller and the boundary scan
register during production test. When this instruction is the current instruction, the boundary scan
register is connected between TDI and TDO. During the Capture-DR state, the device
identification code is loaded into the boundary scan register. The code can then be shifted out
output, TDO using the Shift-DR state.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
308
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
14
14.1
Functional Timing
Incoming SBI336 Bus Functional Timing
Figure 32 shows the functional timing for the incoming SBS 77.76 MHz SBI336 bus configured
for connection to a physical layer device. When configured for the SBI336 bus timing is
provided by a 77.76 MHz SREFCLK which is also connected to SYSCLK. When connecting to a
physical layer device the justification request signal, JUST_REQ, is used by the physical layer
device to control link timing from a slave link layer device and is an input to the SBS.
Figure 32 shows a number of capabilities of the SBI bus. IC1FP is a 2 KHz pulse that indicates
the SBI336 frame alignment from which all control signals and data are synchronized. The
payload signal indicates valid tributary data as well as positive and negative tributary timing
adjustments. In Figure 32 the first occurrence of IPL[1] high shows a negative timing adjustment
where valid data is carried in the V3 location. The last cycle with IPL[1] low indicates a positive
timing adjustment in the tributary octet after V3 where there is no valid data. The IV5[1] signal
indicates that the current data octet is the V5 octet used for tributary framing alignment. The
JUST_REQ[1] signal is only valid during the V3 octets and the tributary octets following the V3
octets. The first occurrence of JUST_REQ[1] high during the V3 octet indicates to the slave link
layer device that it should speed next frame by performing a negative timing adjustment. The
second occurrence of JUST_REQ[1] high during the tributary octet after the V3 octet indicates to
the slave link layer device that it should slow down by performing a positive timing adjustment
during the next frame. The last V3 in the diagram is meant to be the last V3 for all the tributaries.
The ICMP signal selects the active connection memory page in the memory switch. It is sampled
at the C1 byte position in every multiframe. ICMP is ignored at all other positions within the SBI
frame. The connection memory page is switched on the next SBI bus multiframe boundary after
ICMP is sampled. The SBI multiframe can be either 4 or 48 frames, depending on the value of
MF_48 in the SBS Master Configuration Register.
Figure 32 Incoming SBI336 Functional Timing
SREFCLK
IC1FP
IPL[1]
IV5[1]
IDATA[1][7:0]
C1
V3
V3
DS0#9 V3
DS0#4 V5
DS0#2DS0#7
IDP[1]
JUST_REQ[1]
ICMP
valid
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
309
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
When configured as connecting to a link layer device the JUST_REQ[1] signal is an output
synchronized to OC1FP rather than IC1FP as shown in Figure 32. With the exception of the
JUST_REQ[1] signal, the functional timing of the incoming SBI336 bus is the same when
connecting to a Link Layer device as connecting to a physical layer device.
14.2
Incoming SBI Bus Functional Timing
Figure 33 shows the functional timing for the four incoming SBI buses. When in SBI mode
SREFCLK is a 19.44 MHz clock sourced from SREFCLK19 which is generated from SYSCLK.
Figure 33 shows the timing for a 19.44 MHz SBI bus configured as connecting to a link layer
device carrying three E3 links. When configured for SBI mode connecting to a link layer device
the JUST_REQ[x] signal is an output synchronized to IC1FP. All other signals in Figure 33 are
inputs.
The first occurrence of IPL[x] in Figure 33 shows a negative timing justification during the H3
octet. During this H3 octet there would be actual data for E3#2. The IV5[x] signal would be
asserted during any octet carrying a V5 payload indicator. JUST_REQ[x] in this timing diagram
indicates to the link layer device that it should do a positive timing justification on tributary E3#3
and a negative timing justification on tributary E3#2 during the next SBI frame.
With the SBI bus there is also an ACTIVE signal that indicates when a particular SBI device is
driving the bus. In Figure 33 the link layer device is configured for E3#2 and E3#3 as indicated
by ACTIVE going high during these tributaries.
Figure 33 Incoming SBI Functional Timing
SYSCLK
SREFCLK19
SREFCLK
IC1FP
IPL[x]
IV5[x]
IDATA[x][7:0]
C1
H3
H3
H3
E3 #1
E3 #2
E3 #3
E3 #1
IDP[x]
JUST_REQ[x]
ACTIVE
ICMP
valid
When configured as connecting to physical layer device, JUST_REQ[x] is an input synchronized
to OC1FP, therefore JUST_REQ[x] would not be included in the incoming SBI functional timing
diagram when configured for connecting to a physical layer device.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
310
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Some SBI devices share a common SBI C1FP signal which locks both the incoming and outgoing
SBI buses together. The SBS is not able to support this mode and requires separate incoming
IC1FP and outgoing OC1FP SBI frame alignment. This is necessary due to the propagation times
through the SBS devices. If these C1FP pulses were to align significant buffering and latency
would be added to the system.
14.3
Incoming 77 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing
Figure 34 shows the timing of the Incoming TelecomBus stream when configured for 77.76 MHz
mode. Timing is provided by SREFCLK. SONET/SDH data is carried in the IDATA[1][7:0].
The bytes are arranged in order of transmission in an STS-12/STM-4 stream. Each
transport/section overhead byte is labeled by Sx,y and type. Payload bytes are labeled by Sx,y
and Bn, where ‘n’ is the active offset of the byte. Within Sx,y, the STS-3/STM-1 number is given
by ‘x’ and the column number within the STS-3/STM-1 is given by ‘y’. The IPL[1] signal is set
high to mark payload bytes and is set low at all other bytes. Similarly, ITPL[1] is set high to
mark tributary payload bytes and is set low at all other bytes. The composite transport frame and
payload frame signal IJ0J1V1 is equivalent to the IC1FP in SBI mode and is set high with IPL[1]
set low to mark the J0 byte of a transport frame. IC1J1V1/IC1FP is set high with IPL[1] set high
to mark the J1 bytes and V1 multiframe of all the streams within IDATA[1][7:0]. The SBS
requires that all J1s follow immediately after the J0(Z0) or the H3 overhead bytes and therefore
ignores the IC1J1V1 signal during these 12 J1 locations. The SBS also requires that all H4
multiframes be aligned forcing all V1 bytes to follow the J1 bytes as shown in Figure 35.
Multiframe alignment is based on the first V1 indication by IC1J1V1 after the twelve J1 bytes.
Tributary path frame boundaries are marked by a logic high on the IV5[1] signal. Tributaries in
AIS alarm are indicated by the ITAIS[1] signal.
The ICMP signal selects the active connection memory page in the memory switch. It is only
valid at the J0 byte position and is ignored at all other positions within the transport frame. The
connection memory page is switched on the next TelecomBus frame boundary after ICMP is
sampled at the J0 byte.
In Figure 34 below, STS-3/STM-1 numbers 1, 2, and 4 are configured for STS-3/AU3 operation.
STS-3/STM-1 number 3 is configured for STS-3c/AU4 operation. All streams are shown to have
an active offset of 522 by the high level on IPL[1] and IC1J1V1/IC1FP at byte Sx,y/B522. No
pointer justifications are shown nor permitted by the SBS. All stream are configured to carry
virtual tributaries/tributary units. The payload frame boundary of one such tributary is located at
byte S2,1/B0, as marked by a high level on IV5[1]. At byte S2,2/B0, the tributary carried in
stream S2,2 (2 (STM-1 #2, AU3 #2) is shown to be in tributary path AIS by the high level on
ITAIS[1] signal. The arrangement shown in Figure 34 is for illustrative purposes only; other
configurations, alarm conditions, active offsets and justification events, etc. are possible.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
311
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 34 Incoming 77 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing
SREFCLK
IDATA[1][7:0]
S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1 S1,2 S2,2 S3,2 S4,2 S1,3 S2,3 S3,3 S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1
A2
J0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0 B522 B522 B522 B522
S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1 S1,2 S2,2 S3,2 S4,2 S1,3 S2,3 S3,3 S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1 S1,2 S2,2 S3,2
H2
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
B0
B0
B0
B0
B0
B0
B0
.
.
.
IDP[1]
IC1FP(IC1J1V1)
.
.
.
X
IPL[1]
ITPL[1]
X
.
.
.
IV5[1]
X
ITAIS[1]
ICMP
14.4
Vaild
X
X
X
X
Incoming 19 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing
Figure 35 shows the Incoming TelecomBus interface configured for 19.44 MHz mode. The figure
is very similar to Figure 34 with one quarter the number of synchronous payload envelopes.
Timing is provided by a 19.44 MHz SREFCLK sourced from SREFCLK19 which is generated
by the SBS from the 77.76 MHz SYSCLK.
Figure 35 Incoming 19 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing
SYSCLK
SREFCLK19
SREFCLK
IDATA[x][7:0]
A2
J0
Z0
Z0
B522 - J1
B522 - J1
B522 - J1
S1,3
H3
B523 - V1
S1,1
B0
S1,2
B0
.
.
.
IDP[x]
IC1FP(IC1J1V1)
X
.
.
.
IPL[x]
ITPL[x]
.
.
.
IV5[x]
ITAIS[x]
ICMP
14.5
Vaild
X
X
X
Transmit Serial LVDS Functional Timing
The delay through the SBS is dependent on the operating mode. The timing from the Incoming
telecom or SBI bus to the LVDS link differs between TelecomBus mode and SBI mode. The
timing when in SBI mode is also dependent on whether the SBS is switching at the DS0 level and
above or is switching only at the tributary level. When switching only tributaries in SBI mode we
have the same delay through the SBS as when switching tributaries in TelecomBus mode.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
312
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
When switching tributaries in SBI mode or when in TelecomBus mode the SBS is acting as a
column switch and introduces a minimum delay equivalent to one row in a 77.76 MHz
TelecomBus structure or SBI336 bus structure. This minimum delay equates to 1080 SYSCLK
cycles. The actual delay will be slightly longer by no more than 31 SYSCLK cycles to allow for
other data path delays within the SBS.
Figure 36 Incoming TelecomBus to LVDS Functional Timing
SYSCLK
IC1FP (IJ0J1V1)
...
...
IPL[x]
Minimum Delay, 1080 + 23 cycles
Maximum Delay, 1080 + 31 cycles
TNWRK/
TPWRK
S4,3 / A2
TNPROT/
TPPROT
S1,1 / J0
...
...
S1,1 / J0
S2,1 / Z0
Delay J0 on IJ0J1V1 to TC1FP, 1080 + 32 cycles
TC1FP
When switching DS0s in SBI mode the minimum data delay through the SBS increases to an
entire SBI336 frame or 9720 SYSCLK cycles. The actual delay will be slightly longer by no
more than 31 SYSCLK cycles to allow for other data path delays within the SBS. The Channel
Associated Signaling delay through the SBS will be two full T1 or E1 multiframes which is 4 mS
for E1 links and 6 mS for T1 links.
Figure 37 Incoming SBI Bus to LVDS Timing with DS0 Switching
SYSCLK
IC1FP
...
...
IPL[x]
Minimum Delay, 9720 + 23 cycles
Maximum Delay, 9720 + 31 cycles
TNWRK/
TPWRK
TNPROT/
TPPROT
C1
...
...
C1
Delay IC1FP to TC1FP, 9720 + 32 cycles
TC1FP
The relative delay from the Incoming bus to either of the working and protect LVDS links may be
different but will be within a couple of SYSCLK cycles of each other.
Although Figure 36 and Figure 37 show IC1FP or IJ0J1V1 relative to SYSCLK, IC1FP(IJ0J1V1)
is sampled by SREFCLK at either 77.76 MHz or 19.44 MHz.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
313
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
14.6
Transmit TelecomBus Functional Timing
The delay from the Incoming TelecomBus, either four by 19.44 MHz buses or one 77.76 MHz
bus, to the transmit TelecomBus is the same as the delay to the serial LVDS interface. There is a
slight difference in the overall delay since the fifos of the serial LVDS link are no longer in the
path and therefore the absolute delay is more controlled. The total delay is from the incoming
TelecomBus to the transmit TelecomBus is 1080+12 77.76 MHz SYSCLK cycles.
Figure 38 shows the transmit TelecomBus functional timing. The transmit TelecomBus has only a
couple of small differences from the incoming 77.76 MHz TelecomBus, in fact without column
switching they could be identical. The main functional difference is in how the TC1FP(TJ0J1V1)
signal is handled. TJ0J1V1 will pulse during the J0 byte position, but must be configured to
pulse during the J1 and V1 positions if desired. This is shown in Figure 38.
Figure 38 Transmit TelecomBus Functional Timing
SYSCLK
TDATA[7:0]
S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1 S1,2 S2,2 S3,2 S4,2 S1,3 S2,3 S3,3 S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1
A2
J0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0 B522 B522 B522 B522
S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1 S1,2 S2,2 S3,2 S4,2 S1,3 S2,3 S3,3 S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1 S1,2 S2,2 S3,2
H2
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
B0
B0
B0
B0
B0
B0
B0
.
.
.
TDP
.
.
.
TC1FP(TJ0J1V1)
TPL
TTPL
.
.
.
TV5
TTAIS
14.7
Transmit SBI336 Bus Functional Timing
The delay from the Incoming SBI/SBI336 bus to the transmit SBI336 bus is the same as the delay
to the serial LVDS interface. There is a slight difference in the overall delay since the FIFOs of
the serial LVDS link are no longer in the path and therefore the absolute delay is more controlled.
When switching SBI tributaries the total delay is 1080+12 SYSCLK cycles. When switching
DS0s the data delay is 9720+12 SYSCLK cycles and the CAS delay is the T1 or E1 multiframe +
12 clocks.
The transmit SBI336 interface is functionally the same as the incoming 77.76 MHz SBI336
interface. Figure 39 shows the transmit SBI336 bus timing. Like Figure 32 it shows positive and
negative timing adjustments via the TPL signal, a V5 tributary frame alignment and positive and
negative justification requests via TJUST_REQ.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
314
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
The use of TJUST_REQ on the transmit SBI336 interface is dependent on whether the SBS is
configured as connecting to a physical layer device or link layer device. The interface connection
type refers to the Incoming and Outgoing SBI buses therefore the configuration of the transmit
SBI336 interface is opposite to that of the Incoming SBI336 bus. In Figure 39 TJUST_REQ is
shown as a transmit SBI336 bus output which is consistent with the SBS configured for
connection to a physical layer device, meaning that the transmit SBI336 interface is expected to
connect to a link layer type device. When the SBS is configured for connection to a link layer
device, TJUST_REQ is not used and is held low.
Figure 39 Transmit SBI336 Functional Timing Diagram
SYSCLK
TC1FP
TPL
TV5
TDATA[7:0]
C1
V3
V3
DS0
V3
DS0
V5
DS0
DS0
TDP
TJUST_REQ
14.8
Receive TelecomBus Functional Timing
Figure 40 shows the receive TelecomBus functional timing. This figure is very similar to the
Incoming 77.76 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing shown in Figure 34. The main difference is
that the timing is provided by the 77.76 MHz SYSCLK.
Figure 40 Receive TelecomBus Functional Timing
SYSCLK
RDATA[7:0]
S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1 S1,2 S2,2 S3,2 S4,2 S1,3 S2,3 S3,3 S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1
A2
J0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0 B522 B522 B522 B522
S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1 S1,2 S2,2 S3,2 S4,2 S1,3 S2,3 S3,3 S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1 S1,2 S2,2 S3,2
H2
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
B0
B0
B0
B0
B0
B0
B0
.
.
.
RDP
X
.
.
.
RC1FP(RJ0J1V1)
RPL
RTPL
X
.
.
.
RV5
X
RTAIS
OCMP
Vaild
X
X
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
X
X
315
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
14.9
Receive SBI336 Functional Timing
Figure 41 shows the receive TelecomBus functional timing. This figure is very similar to the
Incoming SBI336 Functional Timing shown in Figure 32. The main difference is that the timing
is provided by the 77.76 MHz SYSCLK.
The use of RJUST_REQ on the receive SBI336 interface is dependent on whether the SBS is
configured as connecting to a physical layer device or link layer device. The interface connection
type refers to the Incoming and Outgoing SBI buses therefore the configuration of the receive
SBI336 interface is opposite to that of the Outgoing SBI336 bus. In Figure 41 RJUST_REQ is
shown as a receive SBI336 bus input which is consistent with the SBS configured for connection
to a link layer device, meaning that the receive SBI336 interface is expected to connect to a
physical layer type device. When the SBS is configured for connection to a physical layer device,
RJUST_REQ is not used.
Figure 41 Receive SBI336 Functional Timing
SYSCLK
RC1FP
RPL
RV5
RDATA[7:0]
C1
V3
V3
DS0#9 V3
DS0#4 V5
DS0#2DS0#7
RDP
RJUST_REQ
OCMP
valid
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
316
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
14.10 Receive Serial LVDS Functional Timing
Figure 42 below shows the relative timing of the receive LVDS links. In TelecomBus mode links
carry SONET/SDH frame octets that are encoded in 8B/10B characters. Frame boundaries,
tributary justification events and tributary alarm conditions are encoded in special control
characters. The upstream devices sourcing the links share a common clock and have a common
transport frame alignment that is synchronized by the Receive Serial Interface Frame Pulse signal
(RC1FP). Due to phase noise of clock multiplication circuits and backplane routing
discrepancies, the links will not be phase aligned to each other (within a tolerance level of 24 byte
times) but are frequency locked The delay from RC1FP being sampled high to the first and last
J0 character is shown in Figure 42. In this example, the first J0 is delivered by the working link
(RNWRK/RPWRK). The delay to the last J0 represents the time when both links have delivered
their J0 character. The minimum value for the internal programmable delay (RC1FPDLY[13:0])
is the delay to the last J0 character plus 15. The maximum value is the delay to the first J0
character plus 31. Consequently, the external system must ensure that the relative delays between
all the receive LVDS links be less than 16 bytes. The relative phases of the links in Figure 42 are
shown for illustrative purposes only.
Figure 42 Receive LVDS Link Timing
SYSCLK
...
RC1FP
Delay to First J0
Delay to Last J0
RNWRK/
RPWRK
RNPROT/
RPPROT
S4,3 / A2
...
S3,3 / A2
S1,1 / J0
S4,4 / A2
S2,1 / Z0
S1,1 / J0
Figure 43 shows the timing relationships around the RC1FP signal. The Outgoing Memory Page
selection signal (OCMP) and the Receive Working Serial Data Select signal (RWSEL) are only
valid at the SYSCLK cycle located by RC1FP. They are ignored at all other locations within the
transport frame. The delay from RC1FP is to the J0 byte on the outgoing SBI or TelecomBus
stream is the sum of the value programmed into the RC1FPDLY[13:0] register and processing
delay of 18 SYSCLK cycles.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
317
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 43 Outgoing Synchronization Timing
SYSCLK
.
.
.
RC1FP
OCMP
X
Vaild
X
X
X
RWSEL
X
Vaild
X
X
X
.
.
.
OPL[x]
RC1FPDLY[13:0] + 18
OC1FP[x]
OD[x][7:0]
S3,3 S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1 S1,2 S2,2 S3,2 S4,2 S1,3 S2,3 S3,3 S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1
A2
A2
J0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0 B522 B522 B522
14.11 Outgoing 77.76 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing
Figure 44 shows the timing of the Outgoing TelecomBus stream. Timing is provided by
SREFCLK. SONET/SDH data is carried on the ODATA[1][7:0] signals. The bytes are arranged
in order of transmission in an STS-12/STM-4 stream. Each transport/section overhead byte is
labeled by Sx,y and type. Payload bytes are labeled by Sx,y and Bn, where ‘n’ is the active offset
of the byte. Within Sx,y, the STS-3/STM-1 number is given by ‘x’ and the column number within
the STS-3/STM-1 is given by ‘y’. The OPL[1] signal is set high to mark payload bytes and is set
low at all other bytes. Similarly, OTPL[1] is set high to mark tributary payload bytes and is set
low at all other bytes. The composite transport frame and payload frame signal, OC1FP[1]
(OJ0J1V1[1]), is set high with OPL[1] set low to mark the J0 byte of a transport frame.
OJ0J1V1[1] is optionally set high with OPL[1] also set high to mark the J1 byte and the byte
following J1 of all the streams within ODATA[1][7:0]. Tributary path frame boundaries are
marked by a logic high on the OTV5[1] signal. Tributaries in AIS alarm are indicated by the
OTAIS[1] signal.
Figure 44 Outgoing 77.76 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing
SREFCLK
ODATA[1][7:0]
S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1 S1,2 S2,2 S3,2 S4,2 S1,3 S2,3 S3,3 S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1
A2
J0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0 B522 B522 B522 B522
S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1 S1,2 S2,2 S3,2 S4,2 S1,3 S2,3 S3,3 S4,3 S1,1 S2,1 S3,1 S4,1 S1,2 S2,2 S3,2
H2
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
B0
B0
B0
B0
B0
B0
B0
.
.
.
TDP[1]
OPTIONALLY SET FOR
J1 AND V1 POSITIONS
.
.
.
OC1FP (OC1J1V1)
OPL[1]
OTPL[1]
.
.
.
OV5[1]
OTAIS[1]
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
318
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
14.12 Outgoing 19.44 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing
Figure 45 shows the Outgoing TelecomBus interface configured for 19.44 MHz mode. The figure
is very similar to Figure 44 with one quarter the number of synchronous payload envelopes.
Timing is provided by a 19.44 MHz SREFCLK sourced from SREFCLK19 which is generated
by the SBS from the 77.76 MHz SYSCLK.
Figure 45 Outgoing 19.44 MHz TelecomBus Functional Timing
SYSCLK
SREFCLK19
SREFCLK
ODATA[x][7:0]
A2
J0
Z0
Z0
B522 - J1
B522 - J1
B522 - J1
S1,3
H3
B523 - V1
S1,1
B0
S1,2
B0
.
.
.
ODP[x]
OPTIONALLY SET FOR J1
BYTE POSITIONS
OC1FP[x] (OC1J1V1[x])
OPTIONALLY SET FOR V1
BYTE POSITIONS
.
.
.
OPL[x]
OTPL[x]
.
.
.
OV5[x]
OTAIS[x]
OCMP
Vaild
X
X
X
14.13 Outgoing SBI336 Functional Timing
Figure 46 shows the functional timing for the outgoing 77.76 MHz SBI336 bus configured for
connection to a link layer device. When configured for the SBI336 bus, timing is provided by a
77.76 MHz SREFCLK which is also connected to SYSCLK. When connecting to a link layer
device the justification request signal, JUST_REQ[1], is output from the SBS and is used to
control the link timing. If the SBS is connected to a physical layer device the JUST_REQ[1]
signal is an input synchronized to IC1FP rather than OC1FP. With the exception of the
JUST_REQ[1] signal, the functional timing of the outgoing SBI336 bus is the same when
connecting to a physical layer device as connecting to a link layer device.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
319
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 46 Outgoing SBI336 Functional Timing
SREFCLK
OC1FP
OPL[1]
OV5[1]
ODATA[1][7:0]
C1
V3
V3
DS0#
V3
DS0#
V5
DS0#
DS0#
ODP[1]
JUST_REQ[1]
OACTIVE[1]
14.14 Outgoing SBI Bus Functional Timing
Figure 47 shows the functional timing for 4 outgoing 19.44 MHz SBI buses. When configured
for the SBI bus, timing is provided by a 19.44 MHz SREFCLK sourced from SREFCLK19 which
is generated by the SBS from the 77.76 MHz SYSCLK. Figure 47 shows the timing for a 19.44
MHz SBI bus configured to connect to a physical layer device. In this figure the JUST_REQ[x]
signal is an input to the SBS aligned to OC1FP and is used by the physical layer device to control
the link timing of a slave link layer device. If the SBS is connected to a link layer device, the
JUST_REQ[x] signal would be an output aligned to IC1FP. With the exception of the
JUST_REQ[x] signal, the functional timing of the outgoing SBI bus is the same when connecting
to a physical layer device as connecting to a link layer device.
Figure 47 Outgoing SBI Bus Functional Timing
SYSCLK
SREFCLK19
SREFCLK
OC1FP[1]
OPL[x]
OV5[x]
ODATA[x][7:0]
C1
V3
V3
DS0
V3
DS0
V5
DS0
DS0
ODP[x]
JUST_REQ[x]
OACTIVE[x]
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
320
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
15
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Maximum rating are the worst case limits that the device can withstand without sustaining
permanent damage. They are not indicative of normal mode operation conditions.
Table 28 Absolute Maximum Ratings
Case Temperature under Bias
-40°C to +85°C
Storage Temperature
-40°C to +125°C
Supply Voltage (DVDDO[x])
-0.3V to +4.6V
Supply Voltage (DVDDI[x])
-0.3V to +3.6V
Voltage on Any Digital Pin
-0.3V to DVDDO + 0.5V
Static Discharge Voltage
±1000 V
Latch-Up Current
±100 mA
DC Input Current
±20 mA
Lead Temperature
+230°C
Absolute Maximum Junction Temperature
+150°C
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
321
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
16
D. C. Characteristics
TC = -40 °C to +85 °C, VDDO = 3.3 V ± 8%, VDDI = 1.8 V ± 5%
(Typical Conditions: TC = 25°C, VDDO = 3.3 V, VDDI = 1.8 V)
Table 29 D.C Characteristics
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Units
VDDO
Power Supply
3.04
3.3
3.56
Vs
VDDI
Power Supply
1.71
1.8
1.89
Vs
VIL
Input Low Voltage
0
0.8
Vs
Guaranteed Input Low
Voltage.
VIH
Input High Voltage 1.7
VDDO +0.5 Vs
Guaranteed Input High
Voltage.
VOL
Output or
Bi-directional Low
Voltage
0.1
0.4
Vs
Guaranteed output Low
Voltage at
VDDO =3.04V and IOL= 2ma minimum.
VOH
2.4
Output or
Bi-directional High
Voltage
2.7
Vs
Guaranteed output High
Voltage at
VDDO =3.04V and IOH= 2ma minimum.
VT+
Reset Input High
Voltage
2.0
VDDO +0.5 Vs
Applies to RSTB and TRSTB
only.
VT-
Reset Input Low
Voltage
-0.5
0.8
Vs
Applies to RSTB and TRSTB
only.
VTH
Reset Input
Hysteresis Voltage
0.5
Vs
Applies to RSTB and TRSTB
only.
IILPU
Input Low Current +20
+83
+200
µA
VIL = GND. Notes 1 and 3.
IIHPU
Input High Current -10
0
+10
µA
VIH = VDD. Notes 1 and 3.
IIL
Input Low Current -10
0
+10
µA
VIL = GND. Notes 2 and 3.
IIH
Input High Current -10
0
+10
µA
VIH = VDD. Notes 2 and 3.
CIN
Input Capacitance
5
pF
tA=25°C, f = 1 MHz
COUT
Output Capacitance
5
pF
tA=25°C, f = 1 MHz
CIO
Bi-directional
Capacitance
5
pF
tA=25°C, f = 1 MHz
IDDOP1
Operating Current
mA
VDDO = 3.56V, VDDI =
1.89V, Outputs Unloaded
(4x19.44 MHz
Incoming/Outgoing interface
with Parallel Tx/Rx interface)
TBD
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
Conditions
322
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Symbol
Parameter
IDDOP2
Operating Current
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
TBD
mA
VDDO = 3.56V, VDDI =
1.89V, Outputs Unloaded
(77.76 MHz Incoming
Outgoing interface with Serial
LVDS Tx/Rx interface)
Notes on D.C. Characteristics
1.
Input pin or bi-directional pin with internal pull-up resistor.
2.
Input pin or bi-directional pin without internal pull-up resistor
3.
Negative currents flow into the device (sinking), positive currents flow out of the device (sourcing).
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
323
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
17
Microprocessor Interface Timing Characteristics
(TC = -40 °C to +85 °C, VDDO = 3.3 V ± 8%, VDDI = 1.8 V ± 5%)
Table 30 Microprocessor Interface Read Access (Figure 48)
Symbol
Parameter
Min
tSAR
Address to Valid Read Set-up Time
5
Max
Units
ns
tHAR
Address to Valid Read Hold Time
5
ns
tSALR
Address to Latch Set-up Time
5
ns
tHALR
Address to Latch Hold Time
5
ns
tVL
Valid Latch Pulse Width
2
ns
tSLR
Latch to Read Set-up
0
ns
tHLR
Latch to Read Hold
5
ns
tPRD
Valid Read to Valid Data Propagation Delay
15
ns
tZRD
Valid Read Negated to Output Tri-state
15
ns
tZINTH
Valid Read Negated to INTB High
20
ns
Figure 48 Microprocessor Interface Read Timing
tSar
tHar
A[11:0]
tSalr
tVl
tHalr
ALE
tSlr
tHlr
(CSB+RDB)
tZinth
INTB
tPrd
D[7:0]
tZrd
VALID
Notes on Microprocessor Interface Read Timing
1.
Output propagation delay time is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 V point of the reference signal to
the 1.4 V point of the output.
2.
Maximum output propagation delays are measured with a 100 pF load on the Microprocessor Interface
data bus, (D[15:0]).
3.
A valid read cycle is defined as a logical OR of the CSB and the RDB signals.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
324
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
4.
In non-multiplexed address/data bus architectures, ALE should be held high so parameters tSALR,
tHALR, tVL, tSLR, and tHLR are not applicable.
5.
Parameter tHAR is not applicable if address latching is used.
6.
When a set-up time is specified between an input and a clock, the set-up time is the time in
nanoseconds from the 1.4 V point of the input to the 1.4 V point of the clock.
7.
When a hold time is specified between an input and a clock, the hold time is the time in nanoseconds
from the 1.4 V point of the input to the 1.4 V point of the clock.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
325
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Table 31 Microprocessor Interface Write Access (Figure 49)
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Max
Units
tSAW
Address to Valid Write Set-up Time
5
ns
tSDW
Data to Valid Write Set-up Time
10
ns
tSALW
Address to Latch Set-up Time
5
ns
tHALW
Address to Latch Hold Time
5
ns
tVL
Valid Latch Pulse Width
2
ns
tSLW
Latch to Write Set-up
0
ns
tHLW
Latch to Write Hold
5
ns
tHDW
Data to Valid Write Hold Time
5
ns
tHAW
Address to Valid Write Hold Time
5
ns
tVWR
Valid Write Pulse Width
15
ns
Figure 49 Microprocessor Interface Write Timing
tSaw
tHaw
A[11:0]
tSalw
tVl
tHalw
ALE
(CSB+WRB)
tSlw
D[7:0]
tVwr
tHlw
tSdw
tHdw
VALID
Notes on Microprocessor Interface Write Timing
1.
A valid write cycle is defined as a logical OR of the CSB and the WRB signals.
2.
In non-multiplexed address/data bus architectures, ALE should be held high so parameters tSALW ,
tHALW , tVL, tSLW , and tHLW are not applicable.
3.
Parameter tHAW is not applicable if address latching is used.
4.
When a set-up time is specified between an input and a clock, the set-up time is the time in
nanoseconds from the 1.4 V point of the input to the 1.4 V point of the clock.
5.
When a hold time is specified between an input and a clock, the hold time is the time in nanoseconds
from the 1.4 V point of the input to the 1.4 V point of the clock.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
326
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
18
A.C. timing Characteristics
(TC = -40°C to +85°C, VDDO = 3.3V ± 8%, VDDI = 1.8V ± 5%)
18.1
SBS Incoming Bus Timing
Table 32 SBS Incoming Timing (Figure 50)
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
SREFCLK Frequency (nominally 19.44 MHz or 77.76 MHz )
-50
+50
ppm
SREFCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
tSID
IDATA[4:1][7:0] Set-up Time
3
ns
tHID
IDATA[4:1][7:0] Hold Time
0
ns
tSIDP
IDP[4:1] Set-up Time
3
ns
tHIDP
IDP[4:1] Hold Time
0
ns
tSIPL
IPL[4:1] Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHIPL
IPL[4:1] Hold Time
0
ns
tSIC1
IC1FP[4:1] Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHIC1
IC1FP[4:1] Hold Time
0
ns
tSJR
JUST_REQ[4:1] Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHJR
JUST_REQ[4:1] Hold Time
0
ns
tSITAIS
ITAIS[4:1] Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHITAIS
ITAIS[4:1] Hold Time
0
ns
tSITPL
ITPL[4:1] Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHITPL
ITPL[4:1] Hold Time
0
ns
tSIV5
IV5[4:1] Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHIV5
IV5[4:1] Hold Time
0
ns
tSICMP
ICMP Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHICMP
ICMP Hold Time
0
ns
tSODET
ODETECT[4:1] Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHODET
ODETECT[4:1] Hold Time
0
ns
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
327
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 50 SBS Incoming Timing
SREFCLK
tS ID
tH ID
tS ID P
tH ID P
tS IPL
tH IPL
tS IC1
tH IC1
tS JR
tH JR
tS ITAIS
tH ITAIS
tS ITPL
tH ITPL
tS IV5
tH IV5
tS ICMP
tH ICMP
tS ODET
tH ODET
IDATA[4:1][7:0]
IDP[4:1]
IPL[4:1]
IC1FP[4:1]
JUST_REQ[4:1]
ITAIS[4:1]
ITPL[4:1]
IV5[4:1]
ICMP
ODETECT
18.2
SBS Receive Bus Timing
Table 33 SBS Receive Timing (Figure 51)
Symbol
tSRD
Description
Min
Max
Units
SYSCLK Frequency (nominally 77.76 MHz )
-50
+50
ppm
SYSCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
RDATA[7:0] Set-up Time
3
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
ns
328
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Symbol
Description
Min
tHRD
RDATA[7:0] Hold Time
0
ns
tSRDP
RDP Set-up Time
3
ns
tHRDP
RDP Hold Time
0
ns
tSRPL
RPL Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHRPL
RPL Hold Time
0
ns
tSRC1
RC1FP Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHRC1
RC1FP Hold Time
0
ns
tSRJR
RJUST_REQ Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHRJR
RJUST_REQ Hold Time
0
ns
tSRTAIS
RTAIS Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHRTAIS
RTAIS Hold Time
0
ns
tSRPL
RTPL Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHRPL
RTPL Hold Time
0
ns
tSRV5
RV5 Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHRV5
RV5 Hold Time
0
ns
tSOC
OCMP Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHOC
OCMP Hold Time
0
ns
tSRWS
RWSEL Set-Up Time
3
ns
tHRWS
RWSEL Hold Time
0
ns
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
Max
Units
329
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 51 SBS Receive Timing
SYSCLK
tS RD
tH RD
tS RDP
tH RDP
tS RDP
tH RDP
tS RC1
tH RC1
tS RJR
tH RJR
tS RTAIS
tH RTAIS
tS RTPL
tH RTPL
tS RV5
tH RV5
tS OC
tH OC
tS RWS
tH RWS
RDATA[7:0]
RDP
RPL
RC1FP
RJUST_REQ
RTAIS
RTPL
RV5
OCMP
RWSEL
Notes on Input Timing
1.
When a set-up time is specified between an input and a clock, the set-up time is the time in
nanoseconds from the 1.4 V point of the input to the 1.4 V point of the clock.
2.
When a hold time is specified between an input and a clock, the hold time is the time in nanoseconds
from the 1.4 V point of the clock to the 1.4 V point of the input.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
330
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
18.3
SBS Outgoing Bus Timing
Table 34 SBS Outgoing Timing with 77.76 MHz SREFCLK (Figure 52)
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
tPOD
SREFCLK High to ODATA[4:1][7:0] Valid (77.76 MHz SREFCLK)
1
7
ns
tPODP
SREFCLK High to ODP[4:1] Valid (77.76 MHz SREFCLK)
1
7
ns
tPOTPL
SREFCLK High to OTPL[4:1] Valid (77.76 MHz SREFCLK)
1
7
ns
tPOV5
SREFCLK High to OV5[4:1] Valid (77.76 MHz SREFCLK)
1
7
ns
tPOPL
SREFCLK High to OPL[4:1] Valid (77.76 MHz SREFCLK)
1
7
ns
tPJR
SREFCLK High to JUST_REQ[4:1] Valid (77.76 MHz SREFCLK)
1
7
ns
tPOTAIS
SREFCLK High to OTAIS[4:1] Valid (77.76 MHz SREFCLK)
1
7
ns
tPOC1
SREFCLK High to OC1FP[4:1] Valid (77.76 MHz SREFCLK)
1
7
ns
tPOACT
SREFCLK High to OACTIVE[4:1] Valid (77.76 MHz SREFCLK)
1
7
ns
Table 35 SBS Outgoing Timing with 19.44 MHz SREFCLK (Figure 52)
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
tPOD
SREFCLK High to ODATA[4:1][7:0] Valid (19.44 MHz SREFCLK)
2
20
ns
tPODP
SREFCLK High to ODP[4:1] Valid (19.44 MHz SREFCLK)
2
20
ns
tPOTPL
SREFCLK High to OTPL[4:1] Valid (19.44 MHz SREFCLK)
2
20
ns
tPOV5
SREFCLK High to OV5[4:1] Valid (19.44 MHz SREFCLK)
2
20
ns
tPOPL
SREFCLK High to OPL[4:1] Valid (19.44 MHz SREFCLK)
2
20
ns
tPJR
SREFCLK High to JUST_REQ[4:1] Valid (19.44 MHz SREFCLK)
2
20
ns
tPOTAIS
SREFCLK High to OTAIS[4:1] Valid (19.44 MHz SREFCLK)
2
20
ns
tPOC1
SREFCLK High to OC1FP[4:1] Valid (19.44 MHz SREFCLK)
2
20
ns
tPOACT
SREFCLK High to OACTIVE[4:1] Valid (19.44 MHz SREFCLK)
2
20
ns
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
331
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 52 SBS Outgoing Timing
SREFCLK
tP OD
ODATA[4:1][7:0]
tP ODP
ODP[4:1]
tP OTPL
OTPL[4:1]
tP OV5
OV5[4:1]
tP OPL
OPL[4:1]
tP JR
JUST_REQ[4:1]
tP
OTAIS
OTAIS[4:1]
tP OC1
OC1FP[4:1]
tP OACT
OACTIVE[4:1]
18.4
SBS Outgoing Bus Collision Avoidance Timing
Table 36 SBS Outgoing Bus Collision Avoidance Timing (Figure 53)
Symbol
Description
Min
tSDET
ODETECT[4:1] Set-Up Time
3
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
Max
Units
ns
332
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
tHDET
ODETECT[4:1] Hold Time
0
tPOUTEN
ODETECT[4:1] low to all Outgoing Bus Outputs Valid
0
12
ns
tZOUTEN
ODETECT[4:1] high to all Outgoing Bus Outputs
Tristate
0
12
ns
ns
Figure 53 SBS Outgoing Bus Collision Avoidance Timing
SREFCLK
tSDET
tHDET
ODETECT[4:1]
tPOUTEN
tZOUTEN
ODATA[4:1][7:0]
ODP[4:1], OPL[4:1]
OV5[4:1], JUST_REQ[4:1]
18.5
SBS Transmit Bus Timing
Table 37 SBS Transmit Timing (Figure 54)
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
tPTD
SYSCLK High to TDATA[7:0] Valid
1
7
ns
tPTDP
SYSCLK High to TDP Valid
1
7
ns
tPTTPL
SYSCLK High to TTPL Valid
1
7
ns
tPTV5
SYSCLK High to TV5 Valid
1
7
ns
tPTPL
SYSCLK High to TPL Valid
1
7
ns
tPTJR
SYSCLK High to TJUST_REQ Valid
1
7
ns
tPTTAIS
SYSCLK High to TTAIS Valid
1
7
ns
tPTC1
SYSCLK High to TC1FP Valid
1
7
ns
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
333
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Figure 54 SBS Transmit Timing
SYSCLK
tP TD
TDATA[7:0]
tP TDP
TDP
tP TTPL
TTPL
tP TV5
TV5
tP TPL
TPL
tP TJR
TJUST_REQ
tP
TTAIS
TTAIS
tP TC1
TC1FP
Notes on Output Timing
1.
Output propagation delay time is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 V point of the reference signal to
the 1.4 V point of the output.
2.
Output propagation delays are measured with a 50 pF load on the outputs operating at 77.76 MHz
except where indicated.
3.
Output propagation delays are measured with a 100 pF load on the outputs operating at 19.44 MHz
except where indicated.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
334
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
18.6
JTAG Port Interface
Table 38 JTAG Port Interface (Figure 55)
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
FTCK
TCK Frequency
4
MHz
THITCK
TCK HI Pulse Width
100
ns
THITCK
TCK LO Pulse Width
100
ns
TSTMS
TMS Set-up time to TCK
25
ns
THTMS
TMS Hold time to TCK
25
ns
TSTDI
TDI Set-up time to TCK
25
ns
THTDI
TDI Hold time to TCK
25
ns
TPTDO
TCK Low to TDO Valid
2
TVTRSTB
TRSTB Pulse Width
100
35
ns
ns
Figure 55 JTAG Port Interface Timing
tHItck
tLOtck
TCK
tStdi
tHtdi
tStms
tHtms
TDI
TMS
tPtdo
TDO
tVtrstb
TRSTB
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
335
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
19
19.1
Ordering and Thermal Information
Packaging Information
Part No.
PM8610-BIAP
19.2
Description
352-pin Ball Grid Array (UBGA)
Thermal Information
The SBS is designed to operate over a wide temperature range and is suited for industrial
applications such as outside plant equipment.
Maximum long-term operating junction temperature to ensure adequate long-term
life.
105 ºC
Maximum junction temperature for short-term excursions with guaranteed continued
1
functional performance. This condition will typically be reached when local ambient
reaches 85 ºC.
125 ºC
Minimum ambient temperature
-40 ºC
2
Thermal Resistance vs Air Flow
Airflow
0
ΘJA ( C/W)
Device Compact Model
Natural Convection
200 LFM
400 LFM
16.7
11.45
10.14
Ambient
3
0
0.3
0
7.08
ΘJT ( C/W)
ΘJB ( C/W)
Junction
Operating power is dissipated in package (watts) at
worst case power supply
Power (watts)
ΘJT
1.44
4
Device
Compact
Model
ΘJB
Board
Notes
1.
Short-term is understood as the definition stated in Telcordia Generic Requirements GR-63-Core.
2.
ΘJA , the total junction to ambient thermal resistance as measured according to JEDEC Standard
JESD51 (2S2P)
3.
ΘJB, the junction-to-board thermal resistance and ΘJT, the residual junction to ambient thermal
resistance are obtained by simulating conditions described in JEDEC Standard, JESD 15-8.
4.
At 1.44 W in the 352 UBGA package, the SBS will not need any airflow in a dense board application.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
336
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
20
Mechanical Information
Figure 56 352 Pin UBGA 27 mm x 27 mm Body
a aa
A1 BA LL
CO R NE R
D
D1, M
(4X )
A1 BA LL
CO R NE R
A
2 6 2 4 22 2 0 18 16 1 4 12 1 0 8
6
4
2
2 5 23 21 19 17 15 13 1 1
7
5
3
1
9
B
b
A
0 .30 M
C
0 .10 M
C
A S
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
B S
A1 B ALL ID
INK MA RK
K
L
M
N
E
E1, N
P
R
T
U
S
V
W
Y
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
e
AF
S
BO TT OM VIE W
TOP VIEW
A
e
A2
b bb
C
dd d
SEAT IN G PLAN E
A1
C
SID E VIEW
NO TE S: 1)
2)
3)
4)
ALL D IM ENSIO NS IN M ILLIM ET ER.
DIMEN SION aaa DENOT ES PA CK AGE B ODY P RO FILE.
DIME NS IO N bbb DENO TES PAR ALLE L.
DIME NSION ddd DE NO TE S COP LANA RIT Y.
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
337
SBS Telecom Standard Product Data Sheet
Preliminary
Notes
Proprietary and Confidential to PMC-Sierra, Inc., and for its Customers’ Internal Use
Document ID: PMC-2000168, Issue 3
338